Irctc Specification

INDIAN RAILWAY CATERING AND TOURISM CORPORATION LIMITED
(A Government of India Enterprise – Mini Ratna)
CIN No. U74899DL1999GOI101707

Website : www.irctc.com
Email: ggmmumbai@irctc.com
E-OPEN TENDER DOCUMENT (TWO BID SYSTEM)
(Technical Bid )
(Tender No. 2019/IRCTC/WZ/BK-Renovation/Nagpur)
Name of the work

“Renovation and Upgradation of existing Base Kitchen at Nagpur Railway Station”
Pre-Bid Meeting and on [12/06/2019] at 15:00 hrs at West Zone Office, 2nd Floor, New
Address for Administrative Building, CSMT Railway Station, CSMT,
Place of Pre-bid Mumbai- 400001
Meeting
Last Date and Time of
online Submission of [02/07/2019] by 15:00 hrs
bid
Date and Time of [02/07/2019] at 15:30 hrs

Opening of Technical Bid
Earnest Money Rs 1,74,980/- to be submitted online at www.tenderwizard.com
Deposit (EMD)
Estimated Defect liability 60 days from the date of completion.

period
Approx. value of Rs. 87,48,930/- + Applicable GST
tender
NOTE: -
The bidders are requested to see for any Corrigendum/addendums issued to this Tender
document up to the date of opening, and to use updated tender form only failing which tender
is likely to be rejected.
1. Bidder should confirm that they have received all the above papers. The tender
document t o be digitally signed by the Bidder while submitting their offer. This Open
Tender document contains 234 pages.
Contents
DISCLAIMER 3
1. E - OPEN TENDER NOTICE 4-6
2. SCOPE OF WORK 7
3. ESSENTIAL QUALIFYING CRITERIA 7-12
4. INSTRUCTIONS TO TENDERERS 13 -17
5. E-OPEN TENDER APPLICATION 18
6. ENCLOSURES [Appendix] 19-20
COMPANY DETAILS: [Appendix- A]
7. AFFIDAVIT FOR SOLE PROPRIETORSHIP OF FIRM: Appendix A- 1 21
8. CONSTITUTION OF FIRM – SOLE PARTNERSHIP/ LTD.CO. [Appendix A-2] 22
9. LIST OF ALL SIMILAR NATURE WORKS COMPLETED [Appendix A-3] 23
10. AVAILABILITY OF TECHNICAL PERSONNEL / STAFF PROPOSED FOR THE PROJECT: [Appendix
A- 4] 24
11. STATEMENT OF FACTS BY BIDDER [Appendix- A/5] 25
12. AGREEMENT TOWARDS WAIVER UNDER ARBITRATION AND CONCILLIATION

(AMENDMENT) ACT [Appendix- A-6] 26
13. FORM OF PERFORMANCE SECURITY (Guarantee) 27-28
14. ARTICLES OF AGREEMENT ( ON APPROPRIATE NON-JUDICIAL STAMP PAPER) 29-31
15. STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT 32-73
GENERAL OBLIGATIONS, EXECUTION OF WORKS, CLAIMS, MEASUREMENTS, CERTIFICATES

AND PAYMENTS
16. SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT 73-74
17. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS & STANDARDS 74-211
18. DETAILED LAYOUT & DRAWINGS 21 2
19. LIST OF APPROVED BRANDS 213-217
20. FINACIAL BID 218-234

E-Open Tender No. 2019/IRCTC/WZ/BK-Renovation/NGP
DISCLAIMER
1. The information contained in this Tender is being provided by IRCTC for the open
tender purposes of enabling the Bidders to participate and submit a bid in response to this
tender. In no circumstances shall IRCTC, or its respective advisors, consultants,
contractors, servants and/or agents incur any liability arising out of or in respect of the
issue of this Tender, or the Bidding Process.
2. The objective of the Bid document is to provide the prospective Bidder(s) with all
relevant information to assist the formulation of proposals or bids.
3. This Tender may not be appropriate for all persons, and it is not possible for the
IRCTC, its employees or advisors to consider the investment objectives, financial situation
and particular needs of each party who reads or uses this Tender. The assumptions,
assessments, statements and information contained in this Tender may not be complete,
accurate, adequate or correct. Each Bidder should therefore, conduct its own due
diligence, investigations and analysis and should check the accuracy, adequacy,
correctness, reliability and completeness of the assumptions, assessments, statements and
information contained in this Tender and obtain independent advice from appropriate
sources.
4. Nothing in this Tender shall be construed as legal, financial or tax advice. IRCTC will not
be liable for any costs, expenses, however so incurred by the Bidders in
connection with the preparation or submission of their Bid. IRCTC reserves the right to
amend this Tender or its terms and any information contained herein or to cancel the
Bidding Process or altogether abandon the Project at any time by notice, in writing, to
the Bidders. Further, it may in no event be assumed that there shall be no deviation or
change in any of the herein-mentioned information.
5. IRCTC may, in its absolute discretion but without being under any obligation to do
so, update, amend or supplement the information, assessment or assumptions
contained in this Tender.
6. Laws of the Republic of India are applicable to this Tender.
7. Each Bidder‟s acceptance of delivery of this Tender constitutes its agreement to, and
acceptance of the terms set forth in this Disclaimer. By acceptance of this Tender, the
recipient agrees that this Tender and any information herewith supersedes
document(s) or earlier information, if any, in relation to the subject matter hereof.
3
INDIAN RAILWAY CATERING AND TOURISM CORPORATION LIMITED

(A Government of India Enterprise)
E-OPEN TENDER
1. E - OPEN TENDER NOTICE
Open Tenders in prescribed format are invited by GGM/West Zone, IRCTC Limited, 2nd Floor, New
Administrative Building, CSMT Railway Station Two Bid System from eligible contractors fulfilling
qualifying criteria stipulated in E-Open Tender bid document for the work of “Renovation and
upgradation of existing Base Kitchen at Nagpur Railway Station”.
The estimated cost of the work is Rs. 87, 48, 930/- plus GST (Approximately),
Completion Period: 120 days.
The Open Tender document f o r b i d d i n g i s a v a i l a b l e
o n www.tenderwizard.com/IRCTC.
Last date of submission of tender bids is on [02/07/2019] by 1500 Hrs.
For GGM /West Zone

IRCTC Limited
2nd Floor, New Administrative
Building, CSMT Railway
Station, CSMT, Mumbai
4
2. NOTICE INVITING OPEN TENDER

1. IRCTC Ltd invites E- Open Tenders in Two Bid System on prescribed forms from
eligible contractors fulfilling qualifying criteria stipulated in E- Open Tender bid document for
the work of “Renovation and Upgradation of existing Base Kitchen at Nagpur Railway
Station.”
Name of work Renovation and Upgradation of existing B ase Kitchen at

Nagpur Railway Station.
Estimated cost of the Rs. 87,48,930/- plus GST (Approximately)
work
EMD Rs. 1,74,980/- through On-line along with Technical Bid at
www.tenderwizard.com
Completion period 120 Days
Last date and time of Up to 15.00 Hrs. on [02/07/2019]
Online submission of
tender
2. ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA:
Eligibility of the applicants shall be assessed based on the Essential Qualifying Criteria and
other credentials as given in the E- Open Tender documents under the chapter Essential
Qualifying Criteria.
3. E- Open Tender Document (non-transferable) embodying terms and conditions can be obtained
by downloading from IRCTC portal www.irctc.com or www.tenderwizard.com/IRCTC.
4. PRE-BID MEETING
4.1 The pre bid meeting will be held at [1500] hrs on [12/06/2019] in IRCTC‟s office:
“IRCTC West Zone Office,
2nd Floor, New Administrative Building,
CSMT Station, CSMT,
Mumbai
4.2 The bidders are required to submit question if any in writing to reach the office of the Group
General Manager/West Zone, Mumbai-400001 not later than three days before the
meeting.
4.3 The purpose of the meeting will be to clarify issues and to answer questions on any matter that
may be raised at that stage.
4.4 Any modifications of the E- Open Tender Document which may become necessary as a result
of the Pre-bid Meeting shall be made exclusively through the issue of an Addendum /
Corrigendum and not through the Minutes of the Pre-Bid Meeting.
4.5 Non-attendance at the Pre-bid Meeting will not be a cause for disqualification of a
bidder.
5
5. AMENDMENT OF OPEN TENDER DOCUMENT

Before the deadline for submission of tenders, the E-Open Tender Document may be
modified by IRCTC Ltd. by issue of addendum/ corrigendum. Such addendum(s)/
corrigendum(s) (if any) shall also be submitted, duly stamped and signed, along with the
submission of the E-Open Tenders. Any tender submitted without addendum(s)/corrigendum(s)
(if any) shall be summarily rejected.
6. EARNEST MONEY
6.1 Tender should be accompanied by Earnest Money Deposit of Rs. 1,74, 980/- [Rs. One Lakh
Seventy Four Thousand Nine Hundred and Eighty only] through Online in favour of
IRCTC Ltd at www.tenderwizard.com/IRCTC
6.2 Any Tender not accompanied by Earnest Money Deposit in the form as specified in tender
documents shall not be considered and shall be summarily rejected.
7. Submission of the tender
7.1 Open Tender complete in all respects and with all documents as mentioned in bid documents
should be submitted up to 15:00 hrs of [02/07/2019] online. Tender Bids shall be opened at
15:30 hours on [02/07/2019] in the presence of the opening committee of the tender.
7.2 Tender shall be submitted as per “Instructions to Tenderers” forming a part of the Open
Tender document. Any Tender submitted by the bidder after the specified date and time will not
be entertained.
7.3 The purchaser does not guarantee opening of the tenders immediately after closing date and time
due to reasons beyond its control and hence tenders can be opened after the due date and time also. It
will however, be ensured that no offers are submitted after tender closing date and time. Vendors cannot
submit/ modify any offer or attach any file to it after the closing date and time as stipulated in the tender
notice. System does not permit any alteration, modification, deletion of any entry and condition, offered
by the bidder in the e-tender, after closure of the virtual tender box.
8.0 TENDER VALIDITY
8.1 The Open Tender shall be valid for a period of 90 days from the due date for submission of
Open Tender or any extended date as indicated in sub Para below.
8.2 In exceptional circumstances, during the process of evaluation of Tenders and prior to the
expiry of the original time limit for Tender Validity, the IRCTC may request the tenderers to
extend the period of validity for a specified additional period. The request and the tenderer‟s
response shall be made in writing. A Tenderer may refuse the request without forfeiting his
Earnest Money. A Tenderer agreeing to the request will not be permitted to modify his
Financial Bid to a higher amount but will be required to extend the validity of the Earnest Money
for the period of the extension.
For & on behalf of

IRCTC LIMITED
Group General Manager/West Zone
6
1. SCOPE OF WORK
The proposed work is to be taken up at IRCTC Base Kitchen, Station Building, 1st Floor, Platform-1, Nagpur
Railway Station, Nagpur
The proposed renovation will be done in existing building of BK/NGP. All the allied services such as
drainage, water supply, electrical wiring etc; are required to be provided in the existing building as per
requirement of commercial kitchen. Proposed construction will broadly include (details in the price bid):
i. Dismantling150mm thick brick wall, marble, granite, kota, marble mosaic, ceramic tile or other
flooring & skirting, kitchen/pantry platform & wash basin counter, existing doors/windows/grillwork,
electrical cables etc.
ii. Disposal of dismantled material should include the disposal of malba/rubbish to nearest municipal
dump so that leading/loading/unloading charges may be included in the quoted rates.
iii. Brick Work & plastering
iv. Painting, Providing and laying machine cut machine Polished Kota stone flooring, Tiling, False ceiling
work
v. Provision of Drainage system, water proof bedding for flooring,
vi. Carpentry works as Provision of windows, doors, ventilators and partition works etc.
vii. Sanitary fittings & fixtures with necessary materials including connecting the existing water supply
lines & drainage lines.
viii. Removal of construction waste material and other miscellaneous works as directed by Engineer/
Officer In-Charge.
ix. Each stage of the execution of this work has to be recorded with before and after photographs. Also, a
video of 2-3 minutes professionally recorded documentary showing the changes and improvements
made to the work space as part of the upgradation effort to be submitted afte r the completion of the
work.
2. ESSENTIAL QUALIFYING CRITERIA
1. Work Experience/Technical Eligibility

The tenderer must have successfully completed any of the following during last 07 (seven)
years, ending last day of month previous to the one in which tender is invited:
Three similar works costing not less than the amount equal to 40% of advertised value of the
tender, or
Two similar works costing not less than the amount equal to 50% of advertised value of the
tender, or
One similar work costing not less than the amount equal to 80% of advertised value of the
tender.
The similar works shall mean “Construction of non-residential building (civil, electrical
and allied work)”
- The contractor should submit d e t a i l s in reference to executed works above from

clients for having successfully completed similar work/s d u r i n g l a s t 0 7
( s e v e n ) y e a r s & should submit the details of such similar completed works as per
the format at Appendix-A/3.
2. Financial strength/Capability
The tenderer must have received contractual payments in the previous three financial years
and the current financial year upto the date of opening of tender, at least 150% of the
7
advertised value of the tender. The tenderers shall submit Certificates to this effect which
may be an attested Certificate from the concerned department /client and/or Audited Balance
Sheet duly certified by the Chartered Accountant etc.
3. Tenderer Credentials:
Documents testifying tenderer previous experience and financial status should be produced
alongwith the tender.
Tenderer(s) who is / are not borne on the approved list of the Contractors shall submit alongwith his
/ their tender:
(i) Certificates and testimonials regarding contracting experience for the type of job for which
tender is invited with list of works carried out in the past.
(ii) Certificates which may be an attested Certificate from the client, Audited Balance Sheet
duly certified by the Chartered Accountant etc regarding contractual payments received in the past.
(iii) The list of personnel / organization on hand and proposed to be engaged for the
tendered work. Similarly list of Plant & Machinery available on hand and proposed to be
inducted and hired for the tendered work.
(iv) A copy of notarized affidavit on a non-judicial stamp paper stating that they are not
liable to be disqualified and all their statements/documents submitted alongwith bid are true and
factual. Standard format of the affidavit to be submitted by the bidder is enclosed as Annexure-V.
Non submission of a copy of notarised affidavit by the bidder shall result in summarily rejection
of his/their bid. It shall be mandatorily incumbent upon the tenderer to identify, state and submit
the supporting documents duly self attested by which they/he are/is qualifying the Qualifying
Criteria mentioned in the Tender Document.
(v) The IRCTC reserves the right to verify all statements, information and documents
submitted by the bidder in his tender offer, and the bidder shall, when so required by the IRCTC,
make available all such information, evidence and documents as may be necessary for such
verification. Any such verification or lack of such verification, by the IRCTC shall not relieve the
bidder of its obligations or liabilities hereunder nor will it affect any rights of the IRCTC
thereunder.
(vi) (a) In case of any information submitted by tenderer is found to be false forged or
incorrect at any time during process for evaluation of tenders, it shall lead to forfeiture of the
tender Earnest Money Deposit besides banning of business for a period of upto five years.
(b) In case of any information submitted by tenderer is found to be false forged or

incorrect after the award of contract, the contract shall be terminated. Earnest Money Deposit
(EMD), Performance Guarantee and Security Deposit available with the IRCTC shall be
forfeited. In addition, other dues of the contractor, if any, under this contract shall be forfeited and
agency shall be banned for doing business for a period of upto five years
4. Non-compliance with any of the conditions set forth therein above is liable to result in the
tender being rejected.
5. Execution of Contract Documents: The successful Tenderer(s) shall be required to execute

an agreement with the I R C T C for carrying out the work according to Standard General
Conditions of Contract, Special Conditions / Specifications annexed to the tender and
Standard Specifications (Works and Materials) of IRCTC/Railway as amended/corrected upto
latest correction slips, mentioned in tender form (First Sheet).
8
6. Declaration of the Bidder
Even though the bidders may meet the above qualifying criteria, they are subject to be
disqualified if they have
a) Made misleading or false representation in the forms, statements and attachments in proof of
the qualification requirements.
b) Records of poor performance such as abandoning the work, not properly
completing the contract, inordinate delays in completion, litigation history or financial
failures etc.
c) Their business banned by any Central/State Government Department/ Public Undertakings or
Enterprises of Central/State Government.
d) Not submitted all the supporting documents or not furnished the relevant details as per the
prescribed format.
e) A declaration to the above effect in the form of affidavit on stamp paper of Rs.
100/- duly attested by Notary/Magistrate should be submitted as per format given in
Appendix- A-5
Note: During tender evaluation, IRCTC may, at its discretion, ask the Tenderer for a
clarification of its tender. The request for clarification and response shall be in writing, and no
change in the price or substance of the tender shall be sought, offered or permitted.
9
ANNEXURE - I (Contd. …)
TENDER FORM (Third Sheet)
Name of Work:
SCHEDULE OF RATES AND QUANTITIES
Rates in Figures Amount(₹)

SL Item Description Approximate Unit and Words (₹) (excl. of GST)
No. of Item of Quantity (excl. of GST)
Work
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
The quantities shown in above Schedule are approximate and are as a guide to give the
tenderer(s) an idea of quantum of work involved. The IRCTC reserves the right to increase/ decrease
and/or delete or include any of the quantities given above and no extra rate will be allowed on this
account.
I/We undertake to do the work at __ % above/below the Schedule of Rates of

the IRCTC as applicable to Division or at the rates quoted above for each
item.
Dated
_
Signature of the Tenderer(s)
Note: Columns 1 to 5 shall be filled by the office of the Authority inviting tender. Columns 6
& 7 shall be filled by the Tenderer(s) only when percentage tenders are not invited.
10
ANNEXURE – II
AGREEMENT FOR ZONE CONTRACT
CONTRACT AGREEMENT No._ DATED .

ARTICLES OF AGREEMENT made this day of between
,
hereinafter called the "IRCTC" of the one part and _
hereinafter called the "Contractor" of the other part.
WHEREAS the Contractor has agreed with the IRCTC during the period of
months from to for the performance of:
(a) New Works, additions and alterations to existing structures, special repair works and supply of
building materials subject to the contract value for such works not exceeding
₹ .
(b) All ordinary repair and maintenance works at any site between kilometer and
kilometre as will be set forth in the work orders (which work orders shall be
deemed and taken to be part of this contract) that will be issued during the said period at
% above/below the Schedule of Rates of the _ IRCTC, corrected up to
the latest correction slips and Standard Specifications of the IRCTC
corrected upto latest correction slips and the Special Conditions and Special Specifications, if any in
conformity with the drawings (if any) that will be issued with the work order, aforesaid AND WHEREAS the
performance of the said work is an act in which the public are interested.
NOW THIS INDENTURE PRESENTS WITNESSETH That in consideration of the payment to be

made by the IRCTC, the Contractor will duly perform the works set forth in the said Work Order and shall
execute the same with great promptness, care and accuracy, in a workman like manner to the satisfaction of
the IRCTC and will complete the same on or before the respective dates specified therein in accordance with
the said specifications and said drawings (if any) and said conditions of contract and will observe, fulfill and
keep all the conditions therein mentioned, (which shall be deemed and taken to be part of this contract as if the
same had been duly set forth herein), AND the IRCTC both here-by agree that if the Contractor shall duly
perform the said work in the manner aforesaid and observe and keep the said terms and conditions, the IRCTC
will pay or cause to be paid to the Contractor for the said works on the completion thereof the amount due in
respect thereof at the rates specified
above.
Contractor Designation
Address _ IRCTC
11
Witnesses (to signature of Contractor):
Signature of witnesses with address
Date
Signature of witnesses with address
Date
12
7. INSTRUCTIONS TO TENDERERS
(TENDERER (S) SHOULD CAREFULLY READ THE FOLLOWING

INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE FILLING UP THE OPEN TENDER.)
1. Before quoting, the Bidder must inspect the site to fully acquaint himself about the condition in
regard to accessibility of the site, nature and extent of ground, working condition of site and
locality including stacking of materials, installations of tools and plants (T&P) etc., conditions
affecting accommodations and movement of labor e t c . Required for the satisfactory
execution of the work contract. No claim whatsoever on such account shall be entertained by the
IRCTC in any circumstances.
2. All pages of the E-Open Tender document should be duly digitally signed by the authorized
signatory of the applicant. The Open Tender submitted on behalf of a firm shall be signed by all
the partners of the firm or by a partner who has the necessary authority on behalf of the firm to
enter into the proposed contract, otherwise the Open Tender is liable to be rejected.
3. The E - Open Tender document should be submitted in original. E - Open Tender document
not submitted in original will be rejected.
4. Over writing is not permitted. Failure to comply with either of these conditions will render the
E-Open Tender void. No advice of any change in rate or conditions after the opening of the E-
Open Tender will be entertained.
5. E-Open Tenderer(s) should submit the requisite certificates and testimonials along with the
E-Open Tender document in support of qualifying eligibility criteria & for their credential etc:
6. For judging the work experience and financial capability, only those works which have been
executed for the Govt. or PSUs & govt. autonomous organizations shall be considered and the
tenderer will submit the certificate to this effect from the officer concerned duly signed under the
official seal. The copies of certificates and testimonials may be submitted. The IRCTC reserves
the right to verify the correctness of certificates & testimonials in such a manner they consider fit
and appropriate. Certificates from private individuals/organization will not be accepted unless
supported by TDS certificate.
7. Partnership deeds, Power of Attorney Etc. – The Tenderer shall clearly specify whether the E-
Open Tender is submitted on his own or on behalf of a partnership concern. If the E - Open
Tender is submitted on behalf of a partnership concern, he should submit the certified copy of
partnership deed along with the E-Open Tender and authorization to sign the E-Open Tender
documents on behalf of partnership firm. If these documents are not enclosed along with E-
Open Tender documents, the E-Open Tender will be treated as having been submitted by
individual signing the E-Open Tender documents. The IRCTC will not be bound by any power
of attorney granted by the tenderer or by changes in the composition of the firm made
subsequent to the execution of the contract. It may, however recognize such power of
attorney and changes after obtaining proper legal advice, the cost of which will be chargeable to
the contractor.
13
8. In case of Company, the signing individual(s) should be Director(s) or Company Secretary of the
company duly authorized by a resolution passed by the Board of Directors or in
pursuance of the authority conferred by the Memorandum and Articles of Association. A
copy of such resolution duly self attested and certified copy of Memorandum and Articles of
Association and certificate of incorporation of the company should be enclosed with the offer.
9. The applicant should submit complete set of documents in support of information furnished in
the Bid document. The tender(s) may please note that their offer will be evaluated as per the
credential/documents attached by the tender(s) along with E-Open Tender.
10. The name of the applicant and name of work should be mentioned on the reverse of the
respective DD/ Banker‟s Cheque, attached as EMD.
11. “JVs/ Consortiums/ MOU's shall not be considered.”
12. Rate quoted by the contractor in item rate tendered in figures and words shall be accurately
filled in so that there is no discrepancy in the rates written in figures and words. However, if a
discrepancy is found, the rates which correspond with the amount worked out by the
contractor shall unless otherwise proved be taken as correct. If the amount of an item is not
worked out by the contractor or it does not correspond with the rates written either in figures or
in words then the rates quoted by the contractor in words shall be taken as correct. Where the
rates quoted by the contractor in figures and in words tally but the amount is not worked out
correctly, the rates quoted by the contractor will unless otherwise provided be taken as correct and
not the amount.
13. Rates quoted by the contractor shall remain firm till the completion of the entire work covered
by this contract and shall not be subject to exchange variations, labour conditions, fluctuations in
freights or any other conditions whatsoever. Rates quoted shall be the net rate inclusive of all
materials, labour, all taxes and duties etc. as per latest Government regulations etc.
14. E- Open Tender duly sealed in the prescribed manner can also be sent through registered post so
as to reach this office not later than due date and time specified in Open Tender documents. Any
tender received after the specified time is liable to be rejected. IRCTC shall not be responsible for
any postal delay.
15. Tenderer(s) may carefully note that their contract agreement for this work is liable to be
terminated at any time later, in case any of the information furnished by them is found to be
untrue or any adverse points came to light subsequently. The decision of purchaser in this regard
shall be final and binding.
16. The Earnest Money is liable to be forfeited

a) If after bid opening during the period of bid validity or issue of Letter of Acceptance,
whichever is earlier, any tenderer,
i) Withdraws his E- Open Tender or
14
ii) Makes any modification in the terms and conditions of the E-Open Tender which are not
acceptable to the IRCTC.
b) In case any statement/information/document furnished by the tenderer is found to be
incorrect or false.
c) Submission of fake documents / suppression of blacklisting. d)
In the case of a successful tenderer, if the tenderers.
i) Fails to furnish Performance Guarantee within the stipulated period specified in of
Special Conditions of Contract.
ii) Fails to commence the work within 15 days after the date of issue of Letter of
Acceptance or from the date of handing over of the site, whichever is later without valid
reason.
In case of forfeiture of EMD as prescribed here in above, the tenderer shall not be allowed to
participate in the re-tendering process of the work
17. Omissions and Discrepancies – Should a tenderer find discrepancies in, or omissions from the
drawings or any of Open Tender Forms or should be in doubt as to their meaning, he should
at once notify the authority inviting Open Tenders who may send a written instruction to all
Tenderers. It shall be understood that every endeavor has been made to avoid any error which
can materially affect the basis of the Open Tender and the successful tenderer shall take upon
himself and provide for the risk of any error which may subsequently be discovered and
shall make no subsequent claim on account thereof.
18. IRCTC reserves its right to either cancel the Open Tender or rejects any or all the Open
Tenders without assigning any reason thereof.
8. THE BID SO SUBMITTED SHALL COMPRISE FOLLOWING
1. Two bid system process-
Technical Bid
 E- Open Tender Document duly digitally signed.
 Requisite Earnest Money Deposit through online only.
 Affidavit for sole proprietorship, Partnership Deed and Power of Attorney duly
notarized/registered.
 The certificates & documents in support of essential qualifying/eligibility criteria/conditions.
 Statements as per appendices
Price (financial bid)
2. The bid document with all the conditions / notices and the drawings shall form part of the
contract document. Submission of E-Open Tender implies that the tenderer has made himself
aware of the scope and specification of works, conditions at the site, nature of site with
access and information as to the risk / contingencies which may influence their E- Open Tender
and no extra charges consequent on any misconception / misunderstanding shall be allowed.
3. IRCTC‟s assessment of suitability shall be final and binding. IRCTC does not bind himself to
accept the lowest or any Open Tender and reserves to himself the right to accept or reject any or
15
all the Open Tenders, either in whole or in part without assigning any reasons for doing so. Open
tender containing any condition leading to unknown / indefinite liabilities is liable to be rejected.
4. NEGOTIATIONS:
4.1 The accepting authority reserve the right to enter into negotiations with the L-1 before
acceptance of the Open Tender in order to clarify special conditions, or, reduction of rates, or,
for changes in scope of the work etc, at its sole discretion. For this purpose L-1 is defined as the
lowest, valid and eligible tenderer who would have been otherwise considered for award of
contract directly, if the rates were not unreasonably high.
4.2 Should such negotiation with the tenderer (s) be entered into, the tenderer (s) shall not be
permitted to increase their quoted rates under any circumstances, even if it includes
withdrawal / modification of such special conditions as are given by the tenderer(s) along
with their original Open Tender.
5. Tender Evaluation: The entire process of evaluation of the offers shall be in two stages,
i. Stage I: The Technical bid of all the offers that are received within due date mentioned
herein shall be opened first in presence of those Bidders or their authorized
representatives who choose to be present at the time of opening of the tender. The
technical suitability of the Bidders shall be evaluated in terms of condition laid down. The
financial bid of only those Bidders shall be opened who are shortlisted in stage I.
ii. Stage II: The date and time of opening of the Financial Bid shall be intimated to the
shortlisted Bidders and shall be opened at such an appointed date and time in the
presence of those Bidders or their representatives who choose to be present. In addition,
the following shall also apply.
iii. During tender evaluation, IRCTC may, at its discretion, ask the Bidder for a
clarification of its tender. The request for clarification and response shall be in writing, and
no change in the price or substance of the tender shall be permitted in response.
iv. The bidder is to quote in terms of % below or above over the cost of construction projected
in the financial bid. The lowest quote will be decided on the basis of percentage quoted (+/-)
as the case may be.
6. PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE:
Successful bidder shall furnish irrevocable performance bank guarantee to IRCTC Ltd for an
amount of 5% of the contract price valid up to the date of completion of work plus 60 days
as per PG form prescribed by IRCTC Ltd. The first payment will be released subject to the
production of this document. The proceeds of the performance guarantee shall be payable to
IRCTC Ltd as compensation resulting from the Vendor's failures to complete its obligation under
the contract. Failure of the successful Bidder to comply with the requirement of performance
bank guarantee shall constitute sufficient grounds for the annulment of the award in which
event IRCTC Ltd may make the award to the next evaluated bidder or call for new bids.
7. SECURITY DEPOSIT/ RETENTION MONEY: Security deposit will be 5% of contract

value shall be applicable and shall be recovered from on account / bills of contractor. The rate
of recovery of security deposit shall be @10% of the bill amount till the full security deposit is
recovered.
8. EXECUTION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS – The successful tenderer(s) shall be

required to execute an agreement with the IRCTC for carrying out the work according to
general condition of contract, special conditions/specifications annexed to the Open Tender and
specifications for work.
16
9. INCOME TAX
9.01 As per rules of central government, the income tax will be deducted at source while releasing
payment to vendors. The rate of deduction at source will be governed by the prevailing
central government income tax rules. The rates quoted by vendors shall be deemed to be
inclusive of such tax.
9.02 If any contractor submits the certificate of Income Tax department for reduced rate of income
tax deduction at source to Engineer-in-charge, the same shall be forwarded by EIC to Finance
department for taking action by them.
9.03 TDS certificate for recovery of Income Tax made at source will be issued by Finance
Department at regular intervals – every quarter. In case of delay contractor must bring it to
the notice of Engineer-in-Charge to arrange the TDS certificate expeditiously.
10. STUDY OF TENDER DOCUMENT & VISIT TO SITE
10.01 Tenderer must study the tender documents and visit the site to acquaint themselves with the site
conditions and have a clear idea of scope of work before submitting their offers.
10.02 The tenderers are also expected to know about the availability of water, power, approach, road cum-
construction materials, as per our specifications and any/ all other ancillary facilities since these are
to be provided / arranged by the tenderer (unless otherwise specified) at their cost to execute the
works. All these factors must be taken into account by tenderer before submitting their bid.
9. CHECK LIST OF DOCUMENTS TO BE SUBMITTED

(Indicative Only*)
i) Technical Bid-Annexure A also works as the checklist of documents to be enclosed.

Annexure A along with supporting documents may be uploaded duly serially numbered.
ii) Price/financial bid
*Tenderers/bidders are requested to go though the entire tender document and ensure submission
of all relevant documents as described anywhere in the document. The above list is indicative
only and not exhaustive.
17
10. E-OPEN TENDER APPLICATION
GGM (West Zone),

IRCTC Ltd,
Mumbai- 400001
I/We (authorized representative of the firm) ----------------------------------------------------------------

---------------------------------------------------- have read the various conditions to Open Tender
attached here to and hereby agree to abide by the said conditions. I/We also agree to keep this
Open Tender open for acceptance for a period of 90 (Ninety) days from the date fixed for
opening the same and in default thereof I/We will be liable for forfeiture of my/our earnest
money. I/We offer to do this work of “Renovation and Upgradation of existing Base Kitchen, at
Nagpur Railway Station” at the rates quoted by us in the Financial Bid schedule and
hereby bind myself/ourselves to complete the work in all respects within [120 days] from the date of
issue of letter of acceptance of Open Tender.
I/We also hereby agree to abide by the General Condition of Contract and to carry out the work
according to the Special Conditions of Contract and specifications for material and works as laid down
by the IRCTC Ltd.
1. The earnest money amount of Rs. 1,74,980/- deposited through online. The full value of
the earnest money shall stand forfeited without prejudice to any other rights or remedies if
I/We resile from my/our offer or modify the terms and conditions thereof in a manner not
acceptable to the IRCTC Ltd. during a period of 90 (Ninety) days from the date of opening of
E-Open Tender.
2. Until a formal agreement is prepared and executed, the issuance of acceptance of the our
tendered rates shall constitute a binding contract between us as per the terms &
conditions of the Open Tender document subject to modification, as may be mutually agreed
to between us as indicated in the letter of acceptance of my/our offer for this work.
3. We also understand that the quantities of various items of works will be finalized by
IRCTC in consultation with the consultant and as per site requirement and the work will be
executed by us as per final decision of IRCTC and claim will be as per actual quantity
executed and as per rates quoted in the Open Tender without any extra claim. We are
therefore agreeable in case some of the items are deleted from the scope without making any
claim/damages.
Signature of the Open Tenderer/s
Tenderer/s Address (complete postal address to be given
18
11. ENCLOSURES [Appendix]
COMPANY DETAILS: [Appendix- A]
I / We …………………………………………………………………………… am / are desirous of

being considered for price bid for the work of “Renovation and upgradation of existing Base
Kitchen at Nagpur Railway Station” and hereby apply for the same. I/we give the following details
for your consideration:
Sl. Item Information to be filled in or

No. statement given separately duly
signed by applicant
1. Name of the firm / contractor
2. Full Address
3. Telephone Number: office

Residence
Fax No.
E-Mail address
4. (i) What is the constitution of firm viz. Sole
Proprietor, Partnership, Pvt. Ltd., Public
Ltd., etc.
(ii) Enclose copy of Affidavit as per appendix
A-1 in case of sole proprietorship.
(iii) Enclose copy of partnership deed, article
of association for partnership firm and
statement as per appendix A-2.
(iv) In case of Company, the signing
individual(s) should be Director(s),
Manager or Secretary of the company
duly authorized by a resolution passed by
the Board of Directors or in pursuance of
the authority conferred by the
Memorandum and Articles of Association.
A copy of such resolution duly self
attested and certified copy of
Memorandum and Articles of Association
and certificate of incorporation of the
company, Certificate for commencement
of business should be enclosed with the
offer.
5. Has the applicant or any of his partners or YES/NO
Directors been black listed or banned in
19
the past by any Central or State
Government Dept. /Organization?
6. Self attested copy of Auditor‟s Report along with
balance sheet and Profit & Loss statement along with
schedules for the relevant financial year in which the
minimum criterion is met
7. Statement as per Appendix A-3.
Note: List of only similar works carried out by the
firm is to be given as Work Experience.
8. Availability of technical Personal i.e. Manpower- as
per appendix-A4
9. Statement of facts by bidder [appendix-A/5]

10. List of plant and machinery available on hand (own)
and proposed to be inducted (own or hired to be
given separately) for the subject work.
11. Whether registered with GST authorities.
Furnish GST no.
12. PAN No. of individual / firm.
13. CIN NO. (In case of company)
14. Digitally signed complete tender document
15. Any other information the applicant might
like to give including list of technical staff etc.
Signature & Seal of applicant
20
a) AFFIDAVIT FOR SOLE PROPRIETORSHIP OF FIRM: Appendix A- 1
(On Non-Judicial Stamp Paper of appropriate value in case the individual who is the sole
proprietor of the firm)
I,………………………………………………….S/o…………………………………
… Age………years, occupation business R/o
……………………………………………………….
………………………………………………... do hereby state on oath as under:
That I am residing in ………………………………………………………………………

locality of District ……………………………. Since last ………………….. years.
That I am the sole proprietor of a proprietary concern name and style as

“..................……….” having its office at
………………………………..……………………………………………………..
District………………………..…………….... dealing in the business of Government‟s/Private‟s civil
contracts and ancillary works attached therefor.
The Firm has not been banned by any Central/State Government Department/ Public
Undertakings or Enterprises of Central/State Government.
Deponent ………………
Note: This Affidavit should be notarized.
21
b) CONSTITUTION OF FIRM – SOLE PARTNERSHIP/LTD.CO. [Appendix A-2]
DETAILS OF CONSTITUENTS
Technical /
Professional
Name of Individual/ Experience As
Whether power of
Sr.No. Partners / Directors of % Share Employee or as
attorney Holder
Firm / Co. contractor (from year
to year)
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
In case of partnership please enclose partnership registration certificate and in

case of company please enclose incorporation certificate with ROC.
The Firm has not been banned by any Central/State Government Department/ Public
Undertakings or Enterprises of Central/State Government.
SIGNATURE & SEAL OF CONTRACTOR
22
c) LIST OF ALL SIMILAR NATURE WORKS COMPLETED [Appendix A-3]
[DURING LAST 07 FINANCIAL YEARS]
Sr Name Clien Agree Contra Is copy Value Date Date of Penalty Copy of
No of t ment ct of of of Complet levied Complet
work /organizat No. & Amou agreeme work start ion of for ion
& ion for Date nt nt as per of work delay of Certifica
Natur whom (Rs. in / final work complet te from
e of work was Lacs) accepta bill ion, if Client /
work carried nce (Rs. any Org
out (Name letter In enclosed
& enclose Lacs
Address) d? )
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)

23
d) AVAILABILITY OF TECHNICAL PERSONNEL / STAFF PROPOSED FOR THE
PROJECT: [Appendix A- 4]
Emolume
Name of prime Technical Relevant
Sl. Position to be candidate & Qualificati experience in nts/ likely
Age
No. held alternate candidate ons years emolume
nts
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Project
Manager – 1
No.
Site Engineer -
2
Electrical
/Other
Engineer
24
e) STATEMENT OF FACTS BY BIDDER [Appendix-A/5]
(Affidavit on Non-Judicial Stamp Paper of 100/- duly attested by Notary / Magistrate)

This is to certify that We, M/s. , in submission of this offer
confirm that:-
i) We have not made any misleading or false representation in the forms, statements and
attachments in proof of the qualification requirements;
ii) We do not have records of poor performance such as abandoning the work, not
properly completing the contract, inordinate delays in completion, litigation history
or financial failures etc.
iii) No Central / State Government Department/ Public Sector Undertaking or

Enterprise of Central / State Government has banned/suspended business dealings
with us as on date.
iv) We have submitted all the supporting documents and furnished the relevant
details as per prescribed format.
v) List of Similar Works satisfying Qualification Criterion indicated in Proforma

1 does not include any work which has been carried out by us through a
Sub contractor on a back to back basis.
vi) The information and documents submitted with the Open Tender and those to be
submitted subsequently by w a y o f c l a r i f i c a t i o n s / making good
d e f i c i e n t documents are correct and we are fully responsible for the
correctness of the information and documents submitted by us.
vii) We understand that in case any statement/information/document furnished by us or to

be furnished by us in connection with this offer, is found to be incorrect or false, our
EMD in full will be forfeited and business dealings will be banned.
SEAL AND SIGNATURE & NAME OF THE BIDDER
25
f) AGREEMENT TOWARDS WAIVER UNDER ARBITRATION AND CONCILLIATION
(AMENDMENT) ACT
[Appendix- A-6]
Agreement towards waiver under Section 12 (5) and Section 31-A(5) of Arbitration and
Conciliation (Amendment) Act
I/we_ (Name o f agency/contractor) with reference to
agreement dated _ _ raise disputes as to the construction
and operation of this contract, and demand arbitration in respect of following claims:
Brief of claim:
Claim 1- Detailed at Annexure-

I/we do agree to waive of applicability of Section 12(5) of
Arbitration and Conciliation (Amendment) Act.
Signature of Claimant Signature of Respondent_
I/we (Name of Claimant) with reference to agreement dated

_hereby waive of applicability of subsection 31A (2) to 31A (4) of Arbitration
and Conciliation (Amendment) Act. We further agree that cost of arbitration will be shared by
the parties in terms of Arbitration clause of the agreement.
Signature of Claimant _Signature of Respondent
26
g) FORM OF PERFORMANCE SECURITY (Guarantee)
Bank Guarantee Bond
In consideration of IRCTC having offered to accept the terms and conditions of the proposed
agreement between…………………………….and ………………………
(hereinafter called “the said Contractor(s)”) for the
work…………………………………………………… (hereinafter
called “the said agreement”) having agreed to production of an irrevocable Bank Guarantee for
Rs. ………….
(Rupees ………………………………… only) as a security/guarantee from the contractor(s) for
compliance of his obligations in accordance with the terms and conditions in the said agreement.
1. We, … ……………………………. (hereinafter referred to as “the Bank”) hereby

undertake to pay to the IRCTC an amount not exceeding Rs. ………………………..
(Rupees………………. Only) on demand by the IRCTC.
2. We, ……………………………….(indicate the name of the Bank) do hereby undertake to pay

the amounts due and payable under this guarantee without any demure, merely on a demand from
the IRCTC stating that the amount claimed as required to meet the recoveries due or likely to be
due from the said contractor(s). Any such demand made on the bank shall be conclusive as
regards the amount due and payable by the bank under this Guarantee. However, our liability
under this guarantee shall be restricted to an amount not exceeding Rs.
………………….. (Rupees ……………….only)
3. We, the said bank further undertake to pay the IRCTC any money so demanded
notwithstanding any dispute or disputes raised by the contractor(s) in any suit or proceeding
pending before any court or Tribunal relating thereto, our liability under this present being
absolute and unequivocal. The payment so made by us under this bond shall be a valid discharge
of our liability for payment there under and the Contractor(s) shall have no claim against us for
making such payment.
4. We, ……………………………. (indicate the name of the Bank) further agree that the
guarantee herein contained shall remain in full force and effect during the period that would be
taken for the performance of the said agreement and that it shall continue to be
enforceable till all the dues of the IRCTC under or by virtue of the said agreement have been
fully paid and its claims satisfied or discharged or till Engineer in-Charge on behalf of the IRCTC
certified that the terms and conditions of the said agreement have been fully and properly carried
out by the said Contractor(s) and accordingly discharges this guarantee.
27
5. We, … … … …… … …… … … …… … …… … (indicate the name of the Bank) further agree
with the IRCTC that the IRCTC shall have the fullest liberty without our consent and
without affecting in any manner our obligation hereunder to vary any of the terms and
conditions of the said agreement or to extend time of performance by the said Contractor(s)
from time to time or to postpone for any time or from time to time any of the powers exercisable
by the IRCTC against the said contractor(s) and to forbear or enforce any of the terms
and conditions relating to the said agreement and we shall not be relieved from our liability by
reason of any such variation, or extension being granted to the said Contractor(s) or for any
forbearance, act of omission on the part of the IRCTC or any indulgence by the IRCTC to the said
Contractor(s) or by any such matter or thing whatsoever which under the law relating to sureties
would, but for this provision, have effect of so relieving us.
6. This guarantee will not be discharged due to the change in the constitution of the Bank or the
Contractor(s).
7. We, ……………………………. (indicate the name of the Bank) lastly undertake not to revoke
this guarantee except with the previous consent of the IRCTC in writing.
8. This guarantee shall be valid up to …………………………unless extended on demand by the

IRCTC.
Notwithstanding anything mentioned above, our liability against this guarantee is restricted
to Rs.…………………… (Rupees ………………..) and unless a claim in writing is lodged with
us within six months of the date of expiry or the extended date of expiry of this guarantee
all our liabilities under this guarantee shall stand discharged.
Dated the ………………..day of ……………………for………………….(indicate the name of the

Bank)
28
h) Articles of agreement ( on appropriate non-judicial stamp paper)
Articles of agreement made this day of _ 2019 between the INDIAN
RAILWAYS CATERING AND TOURISM CORPORATION LIMITED, a company
incorporated under the Companies Act, 1956, having its registered office at B 148, 11th Floor,
Statesman House, Barakhamba Road, New Delhi-110001, hereinafter referred to as IRCTC,
which expression shall unless repugnant to the context include its successors and assigns and persons
for the time being of the management of the IRCTC Ltd. OF THE ONE PART.
And
M/s hereinafter called the CONTRACTOR which
expression shall include his / their respective Heirs, successors, executors, administrators and
assigns of the other part.
Whereas the IRCTC invited Open Tender No. 2019/IRCTC/WZ/BK-Renovation/Nagpur for

getting the work name of the work _ done and has caused drawings,
schedule of quantities and specifications describing the work to be done and IRCTC vide letter of
award / work order no. …………………..dt…………. accepted a Open Tender submitted by
contractor in response to aforesaid Tender.
And whereas the Contractor has agreed to execute, upon and subject to the conditions set forth herein
and to the conditions set forth in the invitation to Open Tender, General Instructions and Conditions
of the Open Tender, and schedule of quantities and Conditions of Contract ( all contained in bid
document of which are collectively hereinafter referred to as the said conditions), the works
shown upon the said drawings and / or described in the said schedule of quantities at the respective
rates herein set forth amounting to the sum as therein arrived at or such other sum as shall become
payable there under (hereinafter referred to as „the said contract amount‟).
In consideration of the said Contract amount to be paid at the time and in the manner set forth in the
said conditions, execute and complete the work shown upon the drawings and described in the said
specifications and the schedule of quantities, NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED AND DECLARED
BY AND BETWEEN THE PARTIES HERE TO FOLLOWS:
1. The IRCTC shall pay the Contractor the said Contract amount or such other sum shall
become payable at the times and in the manner hereinafter specified in the said
conditions.
2. The conditions and Appendix thereto shall be read and construed as forming part of this
agreement, and the parties hereto shall respectively abide by, submit themselves to the said
conditions and perform the agreements on their part respectively in the said conditions
contained.
3. The term “the Architects” in the said conditions shall mean [name of architect appointed
29
the Architect for the purpose of this Contract such other person or persons as shall be
nominated for the purpose by the IRCTC.
4. The plans, agreement and documents mentioned herein shall form the basis of this and the
decision of the said architects for the time being as mentioned in the said conditions, in
reference to all matters of dispute as to materials and workmanship be final and
binding on both parties.
5. This contract is a contract to carry out the work in respect of the entire buildings to be paid
for according to actual measured quantities at the rates contained in the schedule of rates and
probable quantities or as provided in the said conditions.
6. The contractor shall be responsible for the co-ordination of the work of other contractors
/ sub contractors etc., The respective contractors shall work harmoniously and afford
reasonable facility to each other as circumstances required.
7. In all matters of co-ordination the Officer in charge/IRCTC decision shall be final and
binding on all parties. The IRCTC reserves to himself the right of altering drawings and
nature of the work, adding to or omitting any item of work from the contract or having
portion of the same carried out through other agencies without prejudice to this contract.
8. Time shall be considered as the essence of this agreement and the contractor hereby
agrees to commence the work soon after the site is handed over to him or from the fourteenth
day of the date of issue of formal work order as provided for in the said conditions and to
complete the entire work within [120 DAYS] nevertheless to the provisions for
extension of time.
9. All payments by the IRCTC under this contract shall be made only at Mumbai.
Further all disputes arising out of or in any way connected with this agreement shall be
deemed to have arisen in Mumbai and only courts in Mumbai shall have jurisdiction to
entertain and determine the same.
10. Except to the extent expressly stated otherwise, neither party will acquire any right,
title or interest in any Intellectual Property Rights belonging to the other party, or to the
other party‟s licensors.“Intellectual Property Rights” means all copyrights, moral rights,
patent rights, trademarks, rights in or relating to Confidential Information and any other
intellectual property or similar rights (registered or unregistered) throughout the world.
11. All disputes relating to or in connection with the construction or operation of
this agreement or respective right and liabilities of the parties on any matter in question
shall first be referred to Arbitration as prescribed in Clause 64 of GCC.
12. The courts of Mumbai shall alone have jurisdiction to decide any dispute
arising out of or in respect of this agreement.
30
In witness where of the parties hereto have set their respective hands the day and the year
in above written _
Signed by the said contractor. Signed by the IRCTC In
the presence of In the presence of:
Address: Address:
Occupation: Occupation
31
12. STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
FOR USE IN CONNECTION WITH WORKS CONTRACTS
DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION
Definitions and Abbreviations
1.0 „The Contract‟ means the documents forming the tender and acceptance thereof and the
formal agreement executed between IRCTC and the Contractor, together with the
documents referred to therein including these conditions, the specifications, designs,
drawings and instructions issued from by the IRCTC / Consultant time to time and all
these documents taken together, shall be deemed to form one contract and shall be
complementary to one another. In the contract the following expressions shall,
unless the context otherwise requires, have the meaning hereby respectively assigned to
them.
1.1 „IRCTC‟ means Indian Railway Catering and Tourism Corporation Ltd.(IRCTC)
constituted under Section 3 of the Act and having its Registered & Corporate Office
at 11th Floor Statesman House, B-148, Barakhamba Road, New Delhi and includes its
representatives, successors and assigns.
1.2 „Corporate Office‟ means the Corporate Office of the Board and includes any other
offices as prescribed by the Board from time to time for that purpose.
1.3 „Sanctioning Authority‟ means authority nominated to exercise power of approval,
sanction and acceptance concerning administrative, financial and technical aspects of
transactions done on behalf of the Board.
1.4 “Employer‟ means IRCTC and includes its representatives, successors and assigns.
1.5 „Site Engineer‟ means an Engineer appointed by the IRCTC through the IRCTC as
their representative to give instructions and supervise the work of the contractor at site.
1.6 "Contractor" shall mean the Person/Firm/Co-operative Society or Company who enters into
the contract with IRCTC and shall include their executors, administrators, successors
and permitted assigns.
1.7 "Contract" shall mean and include the Agreement of Work Order, the accepted
Schedule of Rates or the Schedule or Rates of IRCTC modified by the tender
percentage for items of works quantified, or not quantified, the Standard General
Conditions of Contract, the Special Conditions of Contracts, if any; the Drawing, the
Specifications, the Special Specifications, if any and Tender Forms, if any.
1.8 "Works" shall mean the works to be executed in accordance with the contract.
1.9 "Specifications" shall mean the Standard Specifications for Materials &Works of
IRCTC as specified by IRCTC under the authority of the Chief Engineer or as
amplified, added to or superseded by Special Specifications, if any.
1.10 “ Schedule of Rates of IRCTC" shall mean the Schedule of Rates issued under the
authority of the GGM/IRCTC from time to time.
32
1.11 "Drawing" shall mean the maps, drawings, plans and tracings or prints there of annexed to
the contract and shall include any modifications of such drawings and further drawings as may be
issued by the Engineer from time to time.
1.12 "Constructional Plant" shall mean all appliances or things of whatsoever nature required for
the execution, completion or maintenance of the works or temporary works (as hereinafter
defined) but does not include materials or other things intended to form or forming part of
the permanent work.
1.13 "Temporary Works" shall mean all temporary works of every kind required for the execution
completion and/or maintenance of the works.
1.14 "Site" shall mean the lands and other places on, under, in or through which the works are to
be carried out and any other lands or places provided by IRCTC for the purpose of the contract.
1.15 "Period of Maintenance" shall mean the specified period of maintenance from the date of
completion of the works, as certified by the Engineer.
1.16 „Month‟ means calendar month.
1.17 „Week‟ means seven consecutive days.
1.18 „Day‟ means a calendar day beginning and ending at 00 Hrs and 24 hrs respectively.
1. (2) Singular and Plural: Words importing the singular number shall also include the plural and
vice versa where the context requires.
1.(3) Headings And Marginal Headings : The headings and marginal headings in these Standard
General Conditions are solely for the purpose of facilitating reference and shall not be deemed
to be part thereof or be taken into consideration in the interpretation or construction thereof
or the contract.
GENERAL OBLIGATIONS
2. (1) Execution Co-Relation and Intent of Contract Documents: The contract documents shall
be signed in triplicate by the IRCTC and the Contractor. The contract documents are complementary and
what is called for by anyone shall be as binding as if called for by all, the intention of the documents is to
include all labour and materials, equipments and transportation necessary for proper execution of work.
Materials or works not covered by or properly inferable from any heading or class of the specifications shall
not be supplied by the IRCTC to the Contractors unless distinctly specified in the contract documents.
Materials or works described in words which so applied have a well-known technical or trade meaning,
shall be held to refer to such recognized standards.
2.(2) If a work is transferred from the jurisdiction of IRCTC to a Project authority or vice versa while contract
is in subsistence, the contract shall be binding on the Contractor and the Successor Project authority in the same
manner & take effect in all respects as if the Contractor and the Successor Project authority were parties
thereto from the inception and the corresponding officer or the Competent Authority in the Successor Project
authority will exercise the same powers and enjoy the same authority as conferred to the Predecessor Railway
authority under the original contract/agreement entered into.
2. (3) If for administrative or other reasons the contract is transferred to the Successor Project
authority, the contract shall, notwithstanding any things contained herein contrary there to, be binding on the
Contractor and the Successor Project authority in the same manner and take effect in all respects as if the
Contractor and the Successor Project authority had been parties thereto from the date of this contract.
33
3. (1) Law Governing the Contract: The contract shall be governed by the law for the time being in force in
the Republic of India.
3.(2) Compliance to Regulations and Bye-Laws: The Contractor shall conform to the provision of any
statute relating to the works and regulations and bye-laws of any local authority and of any water and
lighting companies or undertakings, with whose system the work is proposed to be connected and shall
before making any variation from the drawings or the specifications that may be necessitated by so confirming
give to the Engineer notice specifying the variation proposed to be made and the reason for making the
variation and shall not carry out such variation until he has received instructions from the Engineer in respect
thereof. The Contractor shall be bound to give all notices required by statute, regulations or bye-laws as
aforesaid and to pay all fees and taxes payable to any authority in respect thereof.
4. Communications to be in Writing: All notices, communications, reference and complaints made

by the IRCTC or the Engineer or the Engineer's Representative or the Contractor inter-se concerning the works
shall be in writing or e-mail on registered e-mail ID
34
and no notice, communication, reference or complaint not in writing or through e-mail, shall be recognized.
5. Service of Notices on Contractors: The Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer the name,
designation and address of his authorized agent and all complaints, notices, communications and references
shall be deemed to have been duly given to the Contractor, if delivered to the Contractor or his authorized
agent or left at or posted to the address so given and shall be deemed to have been so given in the case of
posting on day on which they would have reached such address in the ordinary course of post or on the day on
which they were so delivered or left. In the case of contract by partners, any change in the constitution of the
firm shall be forthwith notified by the Contractor to the Engineer.
6. Occupation and Use of Land: No land belonging to or in the possession of the IRCTC shall be
occupied by the Contractor without the permission of the IRCTC. The Contractor shall not use, or allow to be
used the site for any purposes other than that of executing the works. Whenever non-IRCTC bodies/persons
are permitted to use IRCTC premises with competent authority‟s approval, conservancy charges as applicable
from time to time may be levied.
7. Assignment or Subletting of Contract: The Contractor shall not assign or sublet the contract or any
part thereof or allow any person to become interested therein any manner whatsoever without the special
permission in writing of the Chief Engineer. Any breach of this condition shall entitle the IRCTC to rescind the
contract under Clause 62 of these Conditions and also render the Contractor liable for payment to the IRCTC in
respect of any loss or damage arising or ensuing from such cancellation; provided always that execution
of the details of the work by petty Contractor under the direct and personal supervision of the Contractor or his
agent shall not be deemed to be sub-letting under this clause. The permitted subletting of work by the
Contractor shall not establish any contractual relationship between the sub-contractor and the IRCTC and shall
not relieve the Contractor of any responsibility under the Contract.
8. Assistance by IRCTC for the Stores to be obtained by the Contractor: Owing to difficulty in
obtaining certain materials (including Tools & Plant) in the market, the IRCTC may have agreed without any
liability therefore to endeavour to obtain or assist the Contractor in obtaining the required quantities of such
materials as may be specified in the Tender. In the event of delay or failure in obtaining the required quantities
of the aforesaid material, the Contractor shall not be deemed absolved of his own responsibility and shall keep in
touch with the day to day position regarding their availability and accordingly adjust progress of works
including employment of labour and the IRCTC shall not in any way be liable for the supply of materials or for
the non-supply thereof for any reasons whatsoever nor for any loss or damage arising in consequence of such
delay or non-supply.
9. T r a v e l T i c k e t s / Railway Passes: No free Travel tickets/ Railway passes shall be issued

by the Railway/IRCTC to the Contractor or any of his employee/worker.
35
10. Carriage of Materials: No forwarding orders shall be issued by the IRCTC for the conveyance of
Contractor's materials, tools and plant by train which may be required for use in the works and the Contractor
shall pay full freight charges at public tariff rates therefor.
11. Use of Ballast Trains: Contractor shall arrange and pay for the use thereof charges calculated at
public tariff rates on the marked carrying capacity of each vehicle subject to specified minimum charge per day
or part of day and provided further that the Contractor shall indemnify the IRCTC against any claims or damages
arising out of the use or misuse thereof and against any liabilities under the Workmen's Compensation Act, 1923
or any statutory amendments thereto.
12. Representation on Works: The Contractor shall, when he is not personally present on the site of the
works place, keep a responsible agent at the works during working hours who shall on receiving reasonable
notice, present himself to the Engineer and orders given by the Engineer or the Engineer's representative to the
agent shall be deemed to have the same force as if they had been given to the Contractor. Before absenting
himself, the Contractor shall furnish the name and address of his agent for the purpose of this clause and failure
on the part of the Contractor to comply with this provision at any time will entitle the IRCTC to rescind the
contract under Clause 62 of these Conditions.
13. Relics and Treasures: All gold, silver, oil, other minerals of any description, all precious stones,
coins, treasures relics antiquities and other similar things which shall be found in or upon the site shall be the
property of the IRCTC and the Contractor shall duly preserve the same to the satisfaction of the IRCTC and
shall from time to time deliver the same to such person or persons as the IRCTC may appoint to receive the same.
14. Excavated Material: The Contractor shall not sell or otherwise dispose of or remove except for the
purpose of this contract, the sand, stone, clay ballast, earth, rock or other substances or materials which may be
obtained from any excavation made for the purpose of the works or any building or produced upon the site at
the time of delivery of the possession thereof but all the substances, materials, buildings and produce shall be
the property of the IRCTC provided that the Contractor may, with the permission of the Engineer, use the same
for the purpose of the works either free of cost or pay the cost of the same at such rates as may be determined by
the Engineer.
15. Indemnity by Contractors: The Contractor shall indemnify and save harmless the IRCTC from and
against all actions, suit, proceedings, losses, costs, damages, charges, claims and demands of every nature and
description brought or recovered against the IRCTCs by reason of any act or omission of the Contractor, his
agents or employees, in the execution of the works or in his guarding of the same. All sums payable by way of
compensation under any of these conditions shall be considered as reasonable compensation to be applied to the
actual loss or damage sustained, and whether or not any damage shall have been sustained.
36
16.(1) Security Deposit: The Earnest Money deposited by the Contractor with his tender will be retained by
the IRCTCs as part of security for the due and faithful fulfillment of the contract by the Contractor. The
Security Deposit shall be 5% of the contract value. Security Deposit may be deposited by the Contractor before
release of first on account bill in cash or Term Deposit Receipt issued from Scheduled Bank, or may be
recovered at the rate of 10% of the bill amount till the full Security Deposit is recovered. Provided also that
in case of defaulting Contractor, the IRCTC may retain any amount due for payment to the Contractor on the
pending "on account bills" so that the amounts so retained (including amount guaranteed through
Performance Guarantee) may not exceed 10% of the total value of the contract.
Further, in case of contracts having value equal to or more than ₹ 50 crore (Rs Fifty crore) the Security
Deposit may be deposited as Bank Guarantee Bond also, issued by a scheduled bank after execution of contract
st
documents, but before payment of 1 on account bill. Provided further that the validity of Bank Guarantee
Bond shall be extended from time to time, depending upon extension of contract granted in terms of Clause
17 of the Standard General Conditions of Contract.
Further, in case Security Deposit has been submitted as Term Deposit Receipt/Bank Guarantee Bond in full
amount, the Earnest Money deposited by the Contractor with his tender will be returned by the IRCTCs.
Note: After the work is physically completed as certified by competent authority, Security Deposit recovered
from the running bills of a Contractor can be returned to him, if he so desires, in lieu of Term Deposit
Receipt/irrevocable Bank Guarantee for equivalent amount from Scheduled Bank, to be submitted by him.
16.(2) (i) Refund of Security Deposit: Security Deposit mentioned in sub clause (1) above shall be returned
to the Contractor after the following:
(a) Final Payment of the Contract as per clause 51.(1) and

(b) Signature of Final Supplementary Agreement or Certification by Engineer that IRCTC has
No Claim on Contractor and
(c) Issue of Maintenance Certificate on expiry of the maintenance period as per clause 50.(1).
16. (2) (ii) Forfeiture of Security Deposit: Whenever the contract is rescinded as a whole under clause 62 (1) of
GCC, the Security Deposit already with IRCTCs under the contract shall be forfeited. However, in case the
contract is rescinded in part or parts under clause 62 (1) of GCC, the Security Deposit shall not be forfeited.
16.(3) No interest shall be payable upon the Earnest Money and Security Deposit or amounts payable to the
Contractor under the Contract, but Government Securities deposited in terms of Sub-Clause 16.(4)(b) of this
clause will be payable with interest accrued thereon
37
16. (4) Performance Guarantee
The procedure for obtaining Performance Guarantee is outlined below:
(a) The successful bidder shall have to submit a Performance Guarantee (PG) within 21 (Twenty one) days
from the date of issue of Letter of Acceptance (LOA). Extension of time for submission of PG beyond 21
(Twenty one) days and upto 60 days from the date of issue of LOA may be given by the Authority who
is competent to sign the contract agreement. However, a penal interest of 12% per annum shall be
nd
charged for the delay beyond 21(Twenty one) days, i.e. from 22 day after the date of issue of LOA.
th
Further, if the 60 day happens to be a declared holiday in the concerned office of the IRCTC,
submission of PG can be accepted on the next working day.
In all other cases, if the Contractor fails to submit the requisite PG even after 60 days from the date
of issue of LOA, the contract is liable to be terminated. In case contract is terminated IRCTC shall
be entitled to forfeit Earnest Money Deposit and other dues payable against that contract. In case a
tenderer has not submitted Earnest Money Deposit on the strength of their registration as a Startup
recognized by Department of Industrial Policy and Promotion (DIPP) under Ministry of Commerce and
Industry, DIPP shall be informed to this effect.
The failed Contractor shall be debarred from participating in re-tender for that work.
(b) The successful bidder shall submit the Performance Guarantee (PG) in any of the
following forms, amounting to 5% of the contract value:
(i) A deposit of Cash;
(ii) Irrevocable Bank Guarantee;
(iii) Government Securities including State Loan Bonds at 5% below the market value; (iv) Deposit
Receipts, Pay Orders, Demand Drafts and Guarantee Bonds. These forms
of Performance Guarantee could be either of the State Bank of India or of any of the
Nationalized Banks;
(v) Guarantee Bonds executed or Deposits Receipts tendered by all Scheduled Banks; (vi) Deposit in
the Post Office Saving Bank;
(vii) Deposit in the National Savings Certificates; (viii)
Twelve years National Defence Certificates; (ix) Ten years
Defence Deposits;
38
(x) National Defence Bonds and
(xi) Unit Trust Certificates at 5% below market value or at the face value whichever is less. Also, FDR
in favour of FA&CAO (free from any encumbrance) may be accepted.
(c) The Performance Guarantee shall be submitted by the successful bidder after the Letter of Acceptance
(LOA) has been issued, but before signing of the contract agreement. This P.G. shall be initially valid
upto the stipulated date of completion plus 60 days beyond that. In case, the time for completion of work
gets extended, the Contractor shall get the validity of P.G. extended to cover such extended time for
completion of work plus 60 days.
(d) The value of PG to be submitted by the Contractor will not change for variation upto
25% (either increase or decrease). In case during the course of execution, value of the contract increases
by more than 25% of the original contract value, an additional
Performance Guarantee amounting to 5% (five percent) for the excess value over the
original contract value shall be deposited by the Contractor. On the other hand, if the value of
contract decreases by more than 25% of the original contract value, Performance Guarantee amounting to
5% (five percent) of the decrease in the contract value shall be returned to the Contractor. The PG
amount in excess of required PG for decreased contract value, available with IRCTCs, shall be returned
to Contractor as per his request duly safeguarding the interest of IRCTCs
(e) The Performance Guarantee (PG) shall be released after physical completion of the work based on
'Completion Certificate' issued by the competent authority stating that the Contractor has completed the
work in all respects satisfactorily.
(f) Whenever the contract is rescinded, the Performance Guarantee already submitted for the
contract shall be encashed in addition to forfeiture of Security Deposit available with IRCTC.
(g) The Engineer shall not make a claim under the Performance Guarantee except for amounts to
which the President of India is entitled under the contract (not withstanding
and/or without prejudice to any other provisions in the contract agreement) in the event of:
(i) Failure by the Contractor to extend the validity of the Performance Guarantee as
described herein above, in which event the Engineer may claim the full amount of the
Performance Guarantee.
(ii) Failure by the Contractor to pay President of India any amount due, either as agreed by the
Contractor or determined under any of the Clauses/Conditions of the
Agreement, within 30 days of the service of notice to this effect by Engineer. (iii) The
Contract being determined or rescinded under clause 62 of the GCC
17. Force Majeure Clause: If at any time, during the continuance of this contract, the performance in
whole or in part by either party of any obligation under this contract shall be prevented or delayed by reason of
any war, hostility, acts of public enemy, civil commotion, sabotage, serious loss or damage by fire,
explosions, epidemics, strikes, lockouts or acts of God (hereinafter, referred to events) provided, notice of the
happening of any such event is given by either party to the other within 30 days from the date of occurrence
thereof, neither party shall by reason of such event, be entitled to terminate this contract nor shall either party
have any claim for damages against the other in respect of such non-performance or delay in
39
performance, and works under the contract shall be resumed as soon as practicable after such event has come to
an end or ceased to exist, and the decision of the Engineer as to whether the works have been so resumed or not
shall be final and conclusive, PROVIDED FURTHER that if the performance in whole or in part of any
obligation under this contract is prevented or delayed by reason of any such event for a period exceeding 120
days, either party may at its option terminate the contract by giving notice to the other party.
17–A Extension of Time in Contracts: Subject to any requirement in the contract as to completion of
any portion or portions of the works before completion of the whole, the Contractor shall fully and finally
complete the whole of the works comprised in the contract (with such modifications as may be directed under
conditions of this contract) by the date entered in the contract or extended date in terms of the following clauses:
(i) Extension due to Modification: If any modifications have been ordered which in the opinion of the
Engineer have materially increased the magnitude of the work, then such extension of the contracted date
of completion may be granted as shall appear to the Engineer to be reasonable in the circumstances,
provided moreover that the Contractor shall be responsible for requesting such extension of the date as
may be considered necessary as soon as the cause thereof shall arise and in any case not less than one
month before the expiry of the date fixed for completion of the works.
(ii) Extension for Delay not due to IRCTC or Contractor: If in the opinion of the Engineer, the
progress of work has any time been delayed by any act or neglect of IRCTC's employees or by other
Contractor employed by the IRCTC under Sub-Clause (4) of Clause 20 of these Conditions or in
executing the work not forming part of the contract but on which Contractor's performance necessarily
depends or by reason of proceeding taken or threatened by or dispute with adjoining or to neighbouring
owners or public authority arising otherwise through the Contractor's own default etc. or by the delay
authorized by the Engineer pending arbitration or in consequences of the Contractor not having
received in due time necessary instructions from the IRCTC for which he shall have specially applied
in writing to the Engineer or his authorized representative then upon happening of any such event
causing delay, the Contractor shall immediately give notice thereof in writing to the Engineer within
15 days of such happening, but shall nevertheless make constantly his best endeavours to bring down
or make good the delay and shall do all that may be reasonably required of him to the satisfaction of the
Engineer to proceed with the works. The Contractor may also indicate the period for which the work is
likely to be delayed and shall be bound to ask for necessary extension of time. The Engineer on receipt of
such request from the Contractor shall consider the same and shall grant such extension of time as in his
opinion is reasonable having regard to the nature and period of delay and the type and quantum of work
affected thereby. No other compensation shall be payable for works so carried forward to the extended
period of time; the same rates, terms and conditions of contract being applicable as if such extended
period of time was originally provided in the original contract itself.
(iii) Extension for Delay due to IRCTCs: In the event of any failure or delay by the IRCTC to hand
over the Contractor possession of the lands necessary for the execution of the works or to give the
necessary notice to commence the works or to provide the necessary drawings or instructions or any
other delay caused by the IRCTC due to any other cause whatsoever, then such failure or delay shall in
no way affect or vitiate the
40
contract or alter the character thereof or entitle the Contractor to damages or compensation
therefor, but in any such case, the IRCTC may grant such extension or extensions of the completion date
as may be considered reasonable.
17-B Extension of Time for delay due to Contractor:

(i) With liquidated Damage (LD): The time for the execution of the work or part of the works
specified in the contract documents shall be deemed to be the essence of the contract and the works must be
completed not later than the date(s) as specified in the contract. If the Contractor fails to complete the
works within the time as specified in the contract for the reasons other than the reasons specified in Clause 17
and 17-A, the IRCTC may, if satisfied that the works can be completed by the Contractor within reasonable
short time thereafter, allow the Contractor for further extension of time (Proforma at Annexure-VII) as the
Engineer may decide. On such extension the IRCTC will be entitled without prejudice to any other right
and remedy available on that behalf, to recover from the Contractor as agreed damages and not by way of
penalty for each week or part of the week, a sum calculated at the following rates of the contract value of the
works.
For the purpose of this Clause, the contract value of the works shall be taken as value of work as per contract
agreement including any supplementary work order/contract agreement issued. Provided also, that the total
amount of liquidated damages under this condition shall not exceed 5% of the contract value or of the total value
of the item or groups of items of work for which a separate distinct completion period is specified in the contract.
S.No. Duration of extension of time under Clause 17-B Rate of Penalty
(i) Up to Twenty percent of original period of As decided by Engineer,

completion including period of extension of between 0.01% to 0.10% of
DOC granted under Section 17A(i) contract value for each week or
part of the week
(ii) Above Twenty percent but upto Thirty percent of 0.20% of contract value for
original period of completion including period of each week or part of the week
extension of DOC granted under Section 17A(i)
(iii) Above Thirty percent but upto Forty percent of 0.30% of contract value for
original period of completion including period of each week or part of the week
extension of DOC granted under Section 17A(i)
(iv) Above Forty percent of original period of 0.50% of contract value for
completion including period of extension of each week or part of the week
DOC granted under Section 17A(i)
Provided further, that if the IRCTC is not satisfied that the works can be completed by the Contractor and in the
event of failure on the part of the contractor to complete the work within further extension of time allowed as
aforesaid, the IRCTC shall be entitled without prejudice to any other right or remedy available in that behalf, to
appropriate the contractor‟s Security Deposit and rescind the contract under Clause 62 of these Conditions,
whether or not actual damage is caused by such default.
41
18.(1) Illegal Gratification: Any bribe, commission, gift or advantage given, promised or offered by or on
behalf of the Contractor or his partner or agent or servant or anyone on his behalf, to any officer or employee of
the IRCTC or to any person on his behalf in relation to obtaining or execution of this or any other contract with
the IRCTC shall, in addition to any criminal liability which he may incur, subject Contractor to the rescission
of the contract and all other contracts with the IRCTC and to the payment of any loss or damage resulting from
such decision and the IRCTC shall be entitled to deduct the amounts so payable from the Contractor‟s
bills/Security Deposit or any other dues of Contractor with the Government of India.
18.(2) The Contractor shall not lend or borrow from or have or enter into any monitory dealings or
transactions either directly or indirectly with any employee of the IRCTC and if he shall do so, the IRCTC
shall be entitled forthwith to rescind the contract and all other contracts with the IRCTC. Any question or
dispute as to the commission of any such offence or compensation payable to the IRCTC under this Clause
shall be settled by the General Manager of the IRCTC, in such a manner as he shall consider fit & sufficient and
his decision shall be final & conclusive. In the event of rescission of the contract under this Clause, the
Contractor will not be paid any compensation whatsoever except payments for the work done upto the date of
rescission.
EXECUTION OF WORKS
19.(1) Contractor's understanding: It is understood and agreed that the Contractor has, by careful
examination, satisfied himself as to the nature and location of the work, the conformation of the ground, the
character, quality and quantity of the materials to be encountered, the character of equipment and facilities
needed preliminary to and during the progress of the works, the general and local conditions, the labour
conditions prevailing therein and all other matters which can in any way affect the works under the contract.
19.(2) Commencement of Works: The Contractor shall commence the works within 15 days after the
receipt by him of an order in writing to this effect from the Engineer and shall proceed with the same with due
expedition and without delay
19.(3) Accepted Programme of Work: The Contractor who has been awarded the work shall as soon as
possible but not later than 30 days after the date of receipt of the acceptance letter in respect of contracts with
initial completion period of two years or less or not later than
90 days for other contracts have to submit the detailed programme of work indicating the time schedule of
various items of works in the form of Bar Chart/PERT/CPM. He shall also submit the details of organisation (in
terms of labour and supervisors), plant and machinery that he intends to utilize (from time to time) for
execution of the work within stipulated date of completion. The programme of work amended as necessary by
discussions with the Engineer, shall be treated as the agreed programme of the work for the purpose of this
contract and the Contractor shall endeavor to fulfill this programme of work. The progress of work will be
watched accordingly and the liquidated damages will be with reference to the overall
42
completion date. Nothing stated herein shall preclude the Contractor in achieving earlier completion of item or
whole of the works than indicated in the programme.
19. (4) Setting out of Works: The Contractor shall be responsible for the correct setting out of all works in
relation to original points, lines and levels of reference at his cost. The Contractor shall execute the work true to
alignment, grade, levels and dimensions as shown in the drawing and as directed by the Engineer's
representative and check these at frequent intervals. The Contractor shall provide all facilities like labour and
instruments and shall co- operate with the Engineer's representative for checking of all alignment, grades,
levels and dimensions. If, at any time, during the progress of the works any error appear or arise in any part of
the work, the Contractor, on being required so to do by the Engineer's representative shall, at his own cost
rectify such errors, to the satisfaction of the Engineer's representative.
Such checking shall not absolve the Contractor of his own responsibility of maintaining accuracy in the
work. The Contractor shall carefully protect and preserve all bench marks, sight rails, pegs and other things
used in setting out the work.
20.(1) Compliance to Engineer‟s Instructions: The Engineer shall direct the order in which the several parts
of the works shall be executed and the Contractor shall execute without delay all orders given by the Engineer
from time to time; but the Contractor shall not be relieved thereby from responsibility for the due performance
of the works in all respects.
20.(2) Alterations to be Authorized: No alterations in or additions to or omissions or abandonment of

any part of the works shall be deemed authorised, except under instructions from the Engineer. The Contractor
shall be responsible to obtain such instructions in each and every case in writing from the Engineer.
20.(3) Extra Works: Should works over and above those included in the contract require to be executed at
the site, the Contractor shall have no right to be entrusted with the execution of such works which may be
carried out by another Contractor or Contractors or by other means at the option of the IRCTC.
20.(4) Separate Contracts in Connection with Works: The IRCTC shall have the right to let other contracts
in connection with the works. The Contractor shall afford other Contractors reasonable opportunity for the
storage of their materials and the execution of their works and shall properly connect and coordinate his
work with theirs. If any part of the Contractor‟s work depends upon proper execution or result upon the
work of another Contractor(s), the Contractor shall inspect and promptly report to the Engineer any defects in
such works that render it unsuitable for such proper execution and results. The Contractor's failure so-to
inspect and report shall constitute an acceptance of the other Contractor's work as fit and proper for the
reception of his work, except as to defects which may develop in the other Contractor's work after the execution
of his work.
21. Instruction of Engineer's Representative: Any instructions or approval given by the Engineer's
representative to Contractor in connection with the works shall bind the Contractor as though it had been given
by the Engineer provided always as follows:
43
(a) Failure of the Engineer's representative to disapprove any work or materials shall not prejudice the
power of the Engineer thereafter to disapprove such work or material and to order the removal or breaking
up thereof.
(b) If the Contractor shall be dissatisfied by reason of any decision of the Engineer's representative,
he shall be entitled to refer the matter to the Engineer who shall there upon confirm or vary such
decision.
22.(1) Adherence to Specifications and Drawings: The whole of the works shall be executed in
perfect conformity with the specifications and drawings of the contract. If Contractor performs any works in a
manner contrary to the specifications or drawings or any of them and without such reference to the Engineer,
he shall bear all the costs arising or ensuing therefrom and shall be responsible for all loss to the IRCTC.
22.(2) Drawings and Specifications of the Works: The Contractor shall keep one copy of Drawings and
Specifications at the site, in good order, and such contract documents as may be necessary, available to the
Engineer or the Engineer's Representative.
22.(3) Ownership of Drawings and Specifications: All Drawings and Specifications and copies thereof
furnished by the IRCTC to the Contractor are deemed to be the property of the IRCTC. They shall not be used
on other works and with the exception of the signed contract set, shall be returned by the Contractor to the
IRCTC on completion of the work or termination of the Contract.
22.(4) Compliance with Contractor's Request for Details: The Engineer shall furnish with reasonable
promptness, after receipt by him of the Contractor's request, additional instructions by means of drawings or
otherwise, necessary for the proper execution of the works or any part thereof. All such drawings and
instructions shall be consistent with the Contract Documents and reasonably inferable therefrom.
22.(5) Meaning and Intent of Specification and Drawings: If any ambiguity arises as to the meaning and
intent of any portion of the Specifications and Drawings or as to execution or quality of any work or material,
or as to the measurements of the works the decision of the Engineer thereon shall be final subject to the appeal
(within 7 days of such decision being intimated to the Contractor) to the Chief Engineer who shall have the
power to correct any errors, omissions, or discrepancies in aforementioned items and whose decision in the
matter in dispute or doubt shall be final and conclusive.
23. Working during Night: The Contractor shall not carry out any work between sun-set and sun-rise
without the previous permission of the Engineer. However, if the Engineer is satisfied that the work is not
likely to be completed in time except by resorting to night work, he may order the same without confirming
any right on the Contractor for claiming any extra payment for the same.
24. Damage to IRCTC Property or Private Life and Property: The Contractor shall be responsible for all
risk to the work and for trespass and shall make good at his own expense all loss or damage whether to the
works themselves or to any other property of the IRCTC or the
44
lives, persons or property of others from whatsoever cause in connection with the works until they are taken
over by the IRCTC, although all reasonable and proper precautions may have been taken by the Contractor. In
case the IRCTC shall be called upon to make good any costs, loss or damages, or to pay any compensation,
including that payable under the provisions of the Workmen's Compensation Act or any statutory amendments
thereof to any person or persons sustaining damages as aforesaid by reason of any act, or any negligence or
omissions on the part of the Contractor; the amount of any costs or charges including costs and charges in
connection with legal proceedings, which the IRCTC may incur in reference thereto, shall be charged to the
Contractor. The IRCTC shall have the power and right to pay or to defend or compromise any claim of
threatened legal proceedings or in anticipation of legal proceedings being instituted consequent on the
action or default of the Contractor, to take such steps as may be considered necessary or desirable to ward off
or mitigate the effect of such proceedings, charging to Contractor, as aforesaid; any sum or sums of money
which may be paid and any expenses whether for reinstatement or otherwise which may be incurred and the
propriety of any such payment, defence or compromise, and the incurring of any such expenses shall
not be called in question by the Contractor.
25. Sheds, Storehouses and Yards: The Contractor shall at his own expense provide himself with
sheds, storehouses and yards in such situations and in such numbers as in the opinion of the Engineer is
requisite for carrying on the works and the Contractor shall keep at each such sheds, storehouses and yards a
sufficient quantity of materials and plant in stock as not to delay the carrying out of the works with due
expedition and the Engineer and the Engineer's representative shall have free access to the said sheds, store
houses and yards at any time for the purpose of inspecting the stock of materials or plant so kept in hand, and
any materials or plant which the Engineer may object to shall not be brought upon or used in the works, but
shall be forthwith removed from the sheds, storehouses or yards by the Contractor. The Contractor shall at his
own expenses provide and maintain suitable mortar mills, soaking vats or any other equipments necessary for
the execution of the works.
26. Provision of Efficient and Competent Staff at Work Sites by the Contractor:
26.1 The Contractor shall place and keep on the works at all times efficient and competent staff to give the
necessary directions to his workmen and to see that they execute their work in sound & proper manner and shall
employ only such supervisors, workmen & labourers in or about the execution of any of these works as are
careful and skilled in the various trades.
26.2 The Contractor shall at once remove from the works any agents, permitted sub- contractor,
supervisor, workman or labourer who shall be objected to by the Engineer and if and whenever required by the
Engineer, he shall submit a correct return showing the names of all staff and workmen employed by him.
26.3 In the event of the Engineer being of the opinion that the Contractor is not employing on the works a
sufficient number of staff and workmen as is necessary for proper completion of the works within the time
prescribed, the Contractor shall forthwith on receiving intimation to this effect deploy the additional number of
staff and labour as specified by the Engineer within seven days of being so required and failure on the part
of the Contractor to comply with such instructions will entitle the IRCTC to rescind the contract under Clause
62 of these conditions.
26A. Deployment of Qualified Engineers at Work Sites by the Contractor:

45
26A.1 The Contractor shall also employ qualified Graduate Engineer or qualified Diploma Engineer, based
on value of contract, as may be prescribed by the Ministry of IRCTCs through separate instructions from
time to time.
26A.2 In case the Contractor fails to employ the Engineer, as aforesaid in Para 26A.1, he shall be liable to
pay penalty at the rates, as may be prescribed by the Ministry of Railways through separate instructions from
time to time for the default period for the provisions, as contained in Para 26A.1.
26A.3 No. of qualified Engineers required to be deployed by the Contractor for various activities contained
in the works contract shall be specified in the tender documents as
„Special Condition of Contract‟ by the tender inviting authority.”
27.(1) Workmanship and Testing: The whole of the works and/or supply of materials specified and
provided in the contract or that may be necessary to be done in order to form and complete any part thereof shall
be executed in the best and most substantial workman like manner with materials of the best and most
approved quality of their respective kinds, agreeable to the particulars contained in or implied by the
specifications and as referred to in and represented by the drawings or in such other additional
particulars, instructions and drawings given during the carrying on of the works and to the entire
satisfaction of the Engineer according to the instructions and directions which the Contractors may from time
to time receive from the Engineer. The materials may be subjected to tests by means of such machines,
instruments and appliances as the Engineer may direct and wholly at the expense of the Contractor.
27.(2) Removal of Improper Work and Materials: The Engineer or the Engineer's
Representative shall be entitled to order from time to time:
(a) The removal from the site, within the time specified in the order, of any materials which in his opinion are
not in accordance with the specifications or drawings.
(b) The substitution of proper and suitable materials, and
(c) the removal and proper re-execution, notwithstanding any previous tests thereof or on account payments
therefor, of any work which in respect of materials or workmanship is not in his opinion in accordance with the
specifications and in case of default on the part of the Contractor in carrying out such order, the IRCTC
shall be entitled to rescind the contract under Clause 62 of these conditions.
28. Facilities for Inspection: The Contractor shall afford the Engineer and the Engineer's
Representative every facility for entering in and upon every portion of the work at all hours for
46
the purpose of inspection or otherwise and shall provide all labour, materials, planks, ladders, pumps,
appliances and things of every kind required for the purpose and the Engineer and the Engineer's
Representative shall at all times have free access to every part of the works and to all places at which materials
for the works are stored or being prepared.
29. Examination of Work before Covering Up: The Contractor shall give 7 days‟ notice to the Engineer
or the Engineer's Representative whenever any work or materials are intended to be covered up in the earth, in
bodies or walls or otherwise to be placed beyond the reach of measurements in order that the work may be
inspected or that correct dimensions may be taken before being so covered, placed beyond the reach of
measurement in default whereof, the same shall at the option of the Engineer or the Engineer's Representative be
uncovered and measured at the Contractor's expense or no allowance shall be made for such work or materials.
30. Temporary Works: All temporary works necessary for the proper execution of the works shall be
provided and maintained by the Contractor and subject to the consent of the Engineer shall be removed by
him at his expenses when they are no longer required and in such manner as the Engineer shall direct. In the
event of failure on the part of the Contractor to remove the temporary works, the Engineer will cause them
to be removed and cost as increased by supervision and other incidental charges shall be recovered from the
Contractor. If temporary huts are provided by the Contractor on the IRCTC land for labour engaged by him
for the execution of works, the Contractor shall arrange for handing over vacant possession of the said
land after the work is completed; if the Contractor's labour refuse to vacate, and have to be evicted by the
IRCTC, necessary expenses incurred by the IRCTC in connection therewith shall be borne by the Contractor.
31.(1) Contractor to Supply Water for Works: Unless otherwise provided in the Contract, the Contractor
shall be responsible for the arrangements to obtain supply of water necessary for the works.
31.(2) Water Supply from IRCTC System: The IRCTC may supply to the Contractor part or whole of the
quantity of the water required for the execution of works from the IRCTC's existing water supply system at or
near the site of works on specified terms and conditions and at such charges as shall be determined by the
IRCTC and payable by the Contractor, provided that the Contractor shall arrange, at his own expense, to
effect the connections and lay additional pipelines and accessories on the site and that the Contractor shall
not be entitled to any compensation for interruption of failure of the water supply.
31.(3) Water Supply by IRCTC Transport: In the event of the IRCTC arranging supply of water to the
Contractor at or near the site of works by travelling water tanks or other means, the freight and other
charges incurred thereby, including demurrage charges that may be levied, shall be paid by the Contractor
in addition to the charges referred to in Sub-Clause (2) of the Clause provided that the Contractor shall not be
entitled to any compensation for interruption or failure of the water supply.
47
31.(4)(a) Contractor to Arrange Supply of Electric Power for Works: Unless otherwise
provided in the contract, the Contractor shall be responsible for arrangements to obtain supply of Electric Power
for the works.
(b) Electric Supply from the IRCTC System: The IRCTC may supply to the Contractor part or whole of
the electric power wherever available and possible, required for execution of works from the IRCTC's existing
electric supply systems at or near the site of works on specified terms and conditions and such charges as shall
be determined by the IRCTC and payable by the Contractor provided the cost of arranging necessary
connections to the IRCTC's Electric Supply systems and laying of underground/overhead conductor, circuit
protection, electric power meters, transmission structure, shall be borne by the Contractor and that the
Contractor shall not be entitled to any compensation for interruption or failure of the Electric supply system.
32. Property in Materials and Plant: The materials and plant brought by the Contractor upon the site or
on the land occupied by the Contractor in connection with the works and intended to be used for the execution
thereof shall immediately be deemed to be the property of the IRCTC. Such of them as during the progress of
the works are rejected by the Engineer under Clause 25 of these conditions or are declared by him not to be
needed for the execution of the works or such as on the grant of the certificate of completion remain unused
shall immediately on such rejection, declaration or grant cease to be deemed the property of the IRCTC and the
Contractor may then (but not before) remove them from the site or the said land. This clause shall not in any
way diminish the liability of the Contractor nor shall the IRCTC be in any way answerable for any loss or
damage which may happen to or in respect of any such materials or plant either by the same being lost, stolen,
injured or destroyed by fire, tempest or otherwise.
33.(1) Tools, Plant and Materials Supplied by IRCTC: The Contractor shall take all reasonable care of
all tools, plant and materials or other property whether of a like description or not belonging to the IRCTC and
committed to his charge for the purpose of the works and shall be responsible for all damage or loss caused by
him, his agents, permitted sub-contractor, or his workmen or others while they are in his charge. The
Contractors shall sign accountable receipts for tools, plants and materials made over to him by the Engineer and
on completion of the works shall hand over the unused balance of the same to the Engineer in good order and
repair, fair wear and tear excepted, and shall be responsible for any failure to account for the same or any
damage done thereto.
33.(2) Hire of IRCTC's Plant: The IRCTC may hire to the Contractor such plant as concrete mixers,
compressors and portable engines for use during execution of the works on such terms as may be specified in
the special conditions or in a separate agreement for Hire of Plant.
34.(1) Precaution During Progress of Works: During the execution of works, unless otherwise
specified, the Contractor shall at his own cost provide the materials for and execute
48
all shoring, timbering and strutting works as is necessary for the stability and safety of all structures,
excavations and works and shall ensure that no damage, injury or loss is caused or likely to be caused to any
person or property.
34.(2) Roads and Water Courses: Existing roads or water courses shall not be blocked cut through, altered,
diverted or obstructed in any way by the Contractor, except with the permission of the Engineer. All
compensations claimed for any unauthorized closure, cutting through, alteration, diversion or obstruction to such
roads or water courses by the Contractor or his agent or his staff shall be recoverable from the Contractor‟s
34.(3) Provision of Access to Premises: During progress of work in any street or thoroughfare, the
Contractor shall make adequate provision for the passage of traffic, for securing safe access to all premises
approached from such street or thoroughfare and for any drainage, water supply or means of lighting which
may be interrupted by reasons of the execution of the works and shall react and maintain at his own cost
barriers, lights and other safeguards as prescribed by the Engineer, for the regulation of the traffic, and
provide watchmen necessary to prevent accidents. The works shall in such cases be executed night and day, if so
ordered by the Engineer and with such vigour so that the traffic way be impeded for as short a time as possible.
34.(4) Safety of Public: The Contractor shall be responsible to take all precautions to ensure the safety of the
public whether on public or IRCTC property and shall post such look out men as may, in the opinion of the
Engineer, be required to comply with regulations appertaining to the work. Contractor shall ensure placement of
barricading / partitions at the place of work to ensure safety of habitants of adjacent area, failing which
Engineer may advise stoppage of work as per his discretion.
34.(5) Display Board: The Contractor shall be responsible for displaying the details of works i.e. name of
work, approximate cost, expected date of completion, name and address of the Contractor and address of
Engineer on a proper steel Board of size not less than 1m x 1m.
35. Use of Explosives: Explosives shall not be used on the works or on the site by the Contractor without
the permission of the Engineer and then also only in the manner and to the extent to which such permission is
given. Where explosives are required for the works, they shall be stored in a special magazine to be provided
by and at the cost of the Contractor in accordance with the Explosive Rules. The Contractor shall obtain the
necessary license for the storage and the use of explosives. All operations in which or for which explosives
are employed shall be at the sole risk and responsibility of the Contractor and the Contractor shall indemnify the
IRCTC in respect thereof.
36.(1) Suspension of Works: The Contractor shall on the order of the Engineer, suspend the progress of the
works or any part thereof for such time or times and in such manner as the
49
Engineer may consider necessary and shall during such suspension properly protect and secure the work so far as
is necessary in the opinion of the Engineer. If such suspension is:
(a) Provided for in the contract, or
(b) Necessary for the proper execution of the works or by the reason of weather conditions or by
some default on the part of the Contractor, and or
(c) Necessary for the safety of the works or any part thereof.
36.(2) The Contractor shall not be entitled to the extra costs, if any, incurred by him during the period of
suspension of the works, but in the event of any suspension ordered by the Engineer for reasons other than
aforementioned and when each such period of suspension exceeds 14 days, the Contractor shall be entitled to
such extension of time for completion of the works as the Engineer may consider proper having regard to the
period or periods of such suspensions and to such compensations as the Engineer may consider reasonable in
respect of salaries or wages paid by the Contractor to his employees during the periods of such suspension.
36.(3) Suspension Lasting More than 3 Months: If the progress of the works or any part thereof is
suspended on the order of the Engineer for more than three months at a time, the Contractor may serve a
written notice on the Engineer requiring permission within 15 days from the receipt thereof to proceed with the
works or that part thereof in regard to which progress is suspended and if such permission is not granted within
that time the Contractor by further written notice so served may, but is not bound to, elect to treat the
suspension where it affects part only of the works as an omission of such part or where it affects the whole of
the works, as an abandonment of the contract by the IRCTC.
37. Rates for Items of Works:
(i) The rates, entered in the accepted Schedule of Rates of the Contract are intended to provide for works duly
and properly completed in accordance with the General and Special (if any) Conditions of the Contract and the
Specifications and drawings together with such enlargements, extensions, diminutions, reductions, alterations
or additions as may be ordered in terms of Clause 42 of these conditions and without prejudice to the
generality thereof and shall be deemed to include and cover superintendence and labour, supply, including full
freight of materials, stores, patterns, profiles, moulds, fittings, centerings, scaffolding, shoring props, timber,
machinery, barracks, tackle, roads, pegs, posts, tools and all apparatus and plant required on the works, except
such tools, plant or materials as may be specified in the contract to be supplied to the Contractor by the IRCTC,
the erection, maintenance and removal of all temporary works and buildings, all watching, lighting, bailing,
pumping and draining, all prevention of or compensation for trespass, all barriers and arrangements for the
safety of the public or of employees during the execution of works, all sanitary and medical arrangements for
labour camps as may be prescribed by the IRCTC, the setting of all work and of the construction, repair and
upkeep of all centre lines, bench marks and level pegs thereon, site
50
clearance, all fees duties, royalties, rent and compensation to owners for surface damage or taxes and
impositions payable to local authorities in respect of land, structures and all material supplied for the work or
other duties or expenses for which the Contractor may become liable or may be put to under any provision of
law for the purpose of or in connection with the execution of the contract and all such other incidental charges
or contingencies as may have been specially provided for in the Specifications.
However, if rates of existing GST or cess on GST for Works Contract is increased or any new tax
/cess on Works Contract is imposed by Statute after the date of opening of tender but within the original date of
completion/date of completion extended under clause 17 & 17A and the Contractor thereupon properly pays
such taxes/cess, the Contractor shall be reimbursed the amount so paid.
Further, if rates of existing GST or cess on GST for Works Contract is decreased or any tax/cess on
Works Contract is decreased / removed by Statute after the date of opening of tender, the reduction in tax
amount shall be recovered from Contractor‟s bills/Security Deposit or any other dues of Contractor with the
Government of India.
38. Demurrage and Wharfage Dues: Demurrage charges calculated in accordance with the scale in
force for the time being on the IRCTC and incurred by the Contractor failing to load or unload any goods or
materials within the time allowed by the IRCTC for loading as also wharfage charges, of materials not removed
in time, as also charges due on consignments booked by or to him shall be paid by the Contractor, failing
which such charges shall be debited to the Contractor's account in the hands of the IRCTC and shall be
deducted from any sums which may become due to him in terms of the contracts.
39.(1) Rates for Extra Items of Works: Any item of work carried out by the Contractor on the instructions
of the Engineer which is not included in the accepted Schedules of Rates shall be executed at the rates set forth
in the "Schedule of Rates of IRCTC" modified by the tender percentage, and for such items not contained in the
latter, at the rate agreed upon between the Engineer and the Contractor before the execution of such items of
work and the Contractors shall be bound to notify the Engineer at least seven days before the necessity arises
for the execution of such items of works that the accepted Schedule of Rates does not include rate or rates for
the extra work involved. The rates payable for such items shall be decided at the meeting to be held between
the Engineer and Contractor, in as short a period as possible after the need for the special item has come to the
notice. In case the Contractor fails to attend the meeting after being notified to do so or in the event of no
settlement being arrived at, the IRCTC shall be entitled to execute the extra works by other means and the
Contractor shall have no claim for loss or damage that may result from such procedure.
39.(2) Provided that if the Contractor commences work or incurs any expenditure in regard thereto before the
rates as determined and agreed upon as lastly hereuntofore-mentioned, then and in such a case the Contractor
shall only be entitled to be paid in respect of the work carried out or expenditure incurred by him prior to the
date of determination of the rates as aforesaid
51
according to the rates as shall be fixed by the Engineer. However, if the Contractor is not satisfied with the
decision of the Engineer in this respect, he may appeal to the Chief Engineer within 30 days of getting the
decision of the Engineer, supported by analysis of the rates claimed. The Chief Engineer's decision after hearing
both the parties in the matter would be final and binding on the Contractor and the IRCTC.
40.(1) Handing over of Works: The Contractor shall be bound to hand over the works executed under the
contract to the IRCTC complete in all respects to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The Engineer shall determine
the date on which the work is considered to have been completed, in support of which his certificate shall be
regarded as sufficient evidence for all purposes. The Engineer shall determine from time to time, the date on
which any particular section of the work shall have been completed, and the Contractor shall be bound to
observe any such determination of the Engineer.
40.(2) Clearance of Site on Completion: On completion of the works, the Contractor shall clear away and
remove from the site all constructional plant, surplus materials, rubbish and temporary works of every kind and
leave the whole of the site and works clean and in a workman like condition to the satisfaction of the
Engineer. No final payment in settlement of the accounts for the works shall be paid, held to be due or shall be
made to the, Contractor till, in addition to any other condition necessary for final payment, site clearance shall
have been affected by him, and such clearance may be made by the Engineer at the expense of the Contractor
in the event of his failure to comply with this provision within 7 days after receiving notice to that
effect. Should it become necessary for the Engineer to have the site cleared at the expenses of the Contractor,
the IRCTC shall not be held liable for any loss or damage to such of the Contractor's property as may be on
the site and due to such removal there from which removal may be affected by means of public sales of such
materials and property or in such a way as deemed fit and convenient to the Engineer.
VARIATIONS IN EXTENT OF CONTRACT
41. Modification to Contract to be in Writing: In the event of any of the provisions of the contract required
to be modified after the contract documents have been signed, the modifications shall be made in writing and
signed by the IRCTC and the Contractor and no work shall proceed under such modifications until this has
been done. Any verbal or written arrangement abandoning, modifying, extending, reducing or supplementing the
contract or any of the terms thereof shall be deemed conditional and shall not be binding on the IRCTC
unless and until the same is incorporated in a formal instrument and signed by the IRCTC and the Contractor, and
till then the IRCTC shall have the right to repudiate such arrangements.
42.(1) Powers of Modification to Contract: The Engineer on behalf of the IRCTC shall be entitled by order in
writing to enlarge or extend, diminish or reduce the works or make any alterations in their design, character
position, site, quantities, dimensions or in the method of their execution or in the combination and use of
materials for the execution thereof or to order any additional work to be done or any works not to be done
and the Contractor will not be
52
entitled, to any compensation for any increase/reduction in the quantities of work but will be paid only for the
actual amount of work done and for approved materials supplied against a specific order.
42.(2) (i) Unless otherwise specified in the special conditions of the contract, the accepted variation in
quantity of each individual item of the contract would be upto 25% of the quantity originally contracted, except
in case of foundation work.
(ii) The Contractor shall be bound to carry out the work at the agreed rates and shall not be entitled to any
claim or any compensation whatsoever upto the limit of 25% variation in quantity of individual item of works.
(iii) In case an increase in quantity of an individual item by more than 25% of the agreement quantity is
considered unavoidable, then same shall be executed at following rates
(a) Quantities operated in excess of 125% but upto 140% of the agreement quantity of the concerned item,
shall be paid at 98% of the rate awarded for that item in that particular tender;
(b) Quantities operated in excess of 140% but upto 150% of the agreement quantity of the concerned item
shall be paid at 96% of the rate awarded for that item in that particular tender;
(c) Variation in quantities of individual items beyond 150% will be avoided and would be
permitted only in exceptional unavoidable circumstances and shall be paid at 96% of the rate
awarded for that item in that particular tender.
(d) Variation to quantities of Minor Value Item:
The limit for varying quantities for minor value items shall be 100% (as against 25% prescribed for
other items). A minor value item for this purpose is defined as an item whose original agreement value
is less than 1 % of the total original agreement value.
d.(i) Quantities operated upto and including 100% of the agreement quantity of the
concerned minor value item, shall be paid at the rate
awarded for that item in that particular tender;
d.(ii) Quantities operated in excess of 100% but upto 200% of the agreement quantity of the
concerned minor value item, shall be paid at 98% of the rate awarded for that
item in that particular tender;
d.(iii) Variation in quantities of individual minor value item beyond 200% will be avoided and
would be permitted only in exceptional unavoidable circumstances and shall be paid at 96% of the rate
awarded for that item in that particular tender.
(iv) In case of earthwork, the variation limit of 25% shall apply to the gross quantity of earthwork and
variation in the quantities of individual classifications of soil shall not be subject to this limit.
(v) In case of foundation work, no variation limit shall apply and the work shall be carried out by the Contractor
on agreed rates irrespective of any variation.
(vi) As far as SOR items are concerned, the limit of 25% would apply to the value of SOR
schedule as a whole and not on individual SOR items. However, in case of NS items, the limit
53
of 25% would apply on the individual items irrespective of the manner of quoting the rate
(single percentage rate or individual item rate).
42.(3) Valuation of Variations: The enlargements, extensions, diminution, reduction, alterations or

additions referred to in Sub-Clause (2) of this Clause shall in no degree affect the validity of the contract; but
shall be performed by the Contractor as provided therein and be subject to the same conditions, stipulations and
obligations as if they had been originally and expressively included and provided for in the Specifications and
Drawings and the amounts to be paid therefor shall be calculated in accordance with the accepted Schedule of
Rates. Any extra items/quantities of work falling outside the purview of the provisions of Sub-Clause (2) above
shall be paid for at the rates determined under Clause-39 of these Conditions.
CLAIMS
43.(1) Quarterly Statement of Claims: The Contractor shall prepare and furnish to the Engineer once in
every quarter commencing from the month following the month of issue of Letter of Acceptance, an account
giving full and detailed particulars of all claims for any additional expenses to which the Contractor may
consider himself entitled to and of all extra or additional works ordered by the Engineer which he has executed
during the preceding month quarter and no claim for payment for such work will be considered which
has not been included in such particulars.
43.(2) Signing of "No Claim" Certificate : The Contractor shall not be entitled to make any claim
whatsoever against the IRCTC under or by virtue of or arising out of this contract, nor shall the IRCTC
entertain or consider any such claim, if made by the Contractor, after he shall have signed a "No Claim"
Certificate in favour of the IRCTC in such form as shall be required by the IRCTC after the works are finally
measured up. The Contactor shall be debarred from disputing the correctness of the items covered by "No
Claim" Certificate or demanding a clearance to arbitration in respect thereof.
MEASUREMENTS, CERTIFICATES AND PAYMENTS
44. Quantities in Schedule Annexed to Contract: The quantities set out in the accepted Schedule of Rates
with items of works quantified are the estimated quantities of the works and they shall not be taken as the actual
and correct quantities of the work to be executed by the Contractor in fulfillment of his obligations under the
contract.
45(i). Measurement of Works by IRCTC: The Contractor shall be paid for the works at the rates in the
accepted Schedule of Rates and for extra works at rates determined under Clause
39 of these Conditions on the measurements taken by the Engineer or the Engineer's representative in
accordance with the rules prescribed for the purpose by the IRCTC. The quantities for items the unit of which
in the accepted Schedule of Rates is 100 or 1000 shall be calculated to the nearest whole number, any fraction
below half being dropped and half and
54
above being taken as one; for items the unit of which in the accepted Schedule of Rates is single, the quantities
shall be calculated to two places of decimals. Such measurements will be taken of the work in progress from
time to time and at such intervals as in the opinion of the Engineer shall be proper having regard to the
progress of works. The date and time on which „on account‟ or „final‟ measurements are to be made shall be
communicated to the Contractor who shall be present at the site and shall sign the results of the measurements
(which shall also be signed by the Engineer or the Engineer's representative) recorded in the official
measurements book as an acknowledgement of his acceptance of the accuracy of the measurements. Failing
the Contractor's attendance, the work may be measured up in his absence and such measurements shall,
notwithstanding such absence, be binding upon the Contractor whether or not he shall have signed the
measurement books provided always that any objection made by him to measurement shall be duly investigated
and considered in the manner set out below:
(a) It shall be open to the Contractor to take specific objection to any recorded measurements or Classification
on any ground within seven days of the date of such measurements. Any re- measurement taken by the
Engineer or the Engineer's representative in the presence of the Contractor or in his absence after due notice has
been given to him in consequence of objection made by the Contractor shall be final and binding on the
Contractor and no claim whatsoever shall thereafter be entertained regarding the accuracy and Classification of
the measurements.
(b) If an objection raised by the Contractor is found by the Engineer to be incorrect the
Contractor shall be liable to pay the actual expenses incurred in measurements.
45(ii). Measurement of Works by Contractor‟s Authorized Representative (in case the contract provides
for the same):
(a) The Contractor shall be paid for the works at the rates in the accepted Schedule of Rates and for extra
works at rates determined under Clause 39 of these Conditions on the measurements taken by the Contractor‟s
authorized Engineer in accordance with the rules prescribed for the purpose by the IRCTC. The quantities for
items the unit of which in the accepted Schedule of Rates is 100 or 1000 shall be calculated to the nearest whole
number, any fraction below half being dropped and half and above being taken as one; for items the unit of
which in the accepted Schedule of Rates is single, the quantities shall be calculated to two places of decimals.
Such measurements will be taken of the work in progress from time to time. The date and time on which „on
account‟ or „final‟ measurements are to be made shall be communicated to the Engineer.
The date and time of test checks shall be communicated to the Contractor who shall be present at the site and
shall witness the test checks, failing the Contractor‟s attendance the test checks may be conducted in his
absence and such test checks shall not withstanding such absence be binding upon Contractor provided always
that any objection made by Contractor to test check shall be duly investigated and considered in the manner set
out below:
55
(i) It shall be open to the Contractor to take specific objection to test checks of any recorded measurement
within 7 days of date of such test checks. Any re-test check done by the concerned IRCTC‟s authority in
the presence of the Contractor or in his absence after due notice given to him in consequent of objection
made by the Contractor shall be final and binding on the Contractor and no claim whatsoever shall
thereafter be entertained regarding the accuracy and classification of the measurements.
(ii) If an objection raised by the Contractor is found by the Engineer to be incorrect the
Contractor shall be liable to pay the actual expenses incurred in measurements.
(b) Incorrect measurement, actions to be taken: If in case during test check or otherwise, it is detected by
the Engineer that agency has claimed any exaggerated measurement or has claimed any false measurement for
the works which have not been executed; amounting to variation of 5% or more of claimed gross bill amount,
action shall be taken as following:
(i) On first occasion of noticing exaggerated/ false measurement, Engineer shall impose a penalty of 10% of
claimed gross bill value.
(ii) On any next occasion of noticing any exaggerated/false measurement, IRCTC shall impose penalty of
15% of claimed gross bill value. In addition the facility of recording of measurements by Contractor as
well as release of provisional payment shall be withdrawn. Once withdrawn, measurements shall be done
by IRCTC as per clause 45(i) above.
46.(1) "On-Account " Payments: The Contractor shall be entitled to be paid from time to time by way of
"On-Account" payment only for such works as in the opinion of the Engineer he has executed in terms of the
contract. All payments due on the Engineer‟s/Engineer's Representative's certificates of measurements or
Engineer‟s certified “Contractor‟s authorized Engineer‟s measurements” shall be subject to any deductions
which may be made under these presents and shall further be subject to, unless otherwise required by Clause 16
of these Conditions, a retention of ten percent by way of Security Deposits, until the amount of Security
Deposit by way of such retentions shall amount to 5% of the total value of the contract provided always
that the Engineer may by any certificate make any correction or modification in any previous certificate which
shall have been issued by him and that the Engineer may withhold any certificate, if the works or any part
thereof are not being carried out to his satisfaction.
46.(2) Rounding off Amounts: The total amount due on each certificate shall be rounded off to the nearest
rupee, i.e. sum less than 50 paise shall be omitted and sums of 50 paise and more upto ₹1 will be reckoned as ₹
1/-
46. (3) On Account Payments not Prejudicial t o Final Settlement: "On-Account" payments made
to the Contractor shall be without prejudice to the final making up of the accounts (except where measurements
are specifically noted in the Measurement Book as "Final Measurements" and as such have been
signed by the Contractor and Engineer/Engineer's Representative) and shall in no respect be considered
or used as evidence
56
of any facts stated in or to be inferred from such accounts nor of any particular quantity of work having
been executed nor of the manner of its execution being satisfactory.
46.(4) Manner of Payment: Unless otherwise specified payments to the Contractor will be transferred
electronically to his bank account.
47. Maintenance of Works: The Contractor shall at all times during the progress and continuance of the
works and also for the period of maintenance specified in the Tender Form after the date of issue of the
certificate of completion by the Engineer or any other earlier date subsequent to the completion of the works
that may be fixed by the Engineer, be responsible for and effectively maintain and uphold in good substantial,
sound and perfect condition all and every part of the works and shall make good from time to time and at all
times as often as the Engineer shall require, any damage or defect that may during the above period arise in or
be discovered or be in any way connected with the works, provided that such damage or defect is not directly
caused by errors in the contract documents, act of providence or insurrection or civil riot, and the Contractor
shall be liable for and shall pay and make good to the IRCTC or other persons legally entitled thereto whenever
required by the Engineer so to do, all losses, damages, costs and expenses they or any of them may incur or be
put or be liable to by reasons or in consequence of the operations of the Contractor or of his failure in any respect.
48.(1) Certificate of Completion of Works: As soon as in the opinion of the Engineer, the work has been
completed and has satisfactorily passed any final test or tests that may be prescribed, the Engineer shall issue
a certificate of completion duly indicating the date of completion in respect of the work and the period of
maintenance of the work shall commence from the date of completion mentioned in such certificate. The
certificate, inter alia, should mention that the work has been completed in all respects and that all the
contractual obligations have been fulfilled by the Contractor and that there is no due from the Contractor to
IRCTCs against the contract concerned.
The Engineer may also issue such a certificate indicating date of completion with respect to any part of the
work (before the completion of the whole of work), which has been both completed to the satisfaction of the
Engineer and occupied or used by the IRCTC. When any such certificate is given in respect of part of a work,
such part shall be considered as completed
57
and the period of maintenance of such part shall commence from the date of completion mentioned in the
completion certificate issued for that part of the work.
48.(2) Contractor not Absolved by Completion Certificate: The Certificate of Completion in respect of the
works referred to in Sub-Clause (1) of this Clause shall not absolve the Contractor from his liability to make
good any defects imperfections, shrinkages or faults which may appear during the period of maintenance
specified in the tender arising in the opinion of the Engineer from materials or workmanship not in accordance
with the drawings or specifications or instruction of the Engineer, which defects, imperfections, shrinkages or
faults shall upon the direction in writing of the Engineer be amended and made good by the Contractor
at his own cost; and in case of default on the part of Contractor, the Engineer may employ labour and materials
or appoint another Contractor to amend and make good such defects, imperfections, shrinkages and faults
and all expenses consequent thereon and incidental thereto shall be borne by the Contractor and shall be
recoverable from any moneys due to him under the contract.
48(3) Final Supplementary Agreement: After the work is completed and taken over by the IRCTC as per
terms and conditions of the contract agreement or otherwise concluded by the parties with mutual consent
and full and final payment is made by the IRCTC to the Contractor for work done, and there is
unequivocal no claim on either side under the contract, the parties shall execute the final supplementary
agreement annexed as per Annexure XIV.
49. Approval only by Maintenance Certificate: No certificate other than maintenance certificate referred
to in Clause 50 of the Conditions shall be deemed to constitute approval of any work or other matter in respect
of which it is issued or shall be taken as an admission of the due performance of the contract or any part
thereof.
50.(1) Maintenance Certificate: The Contract shall not be considered as completed until a Maintenance
Certificate shall have been signed by the Engineer stating that the works have been completed and maintained
to his satisfaction. The Maintenance Certificate shall be given by the Engineer upon the expiration of the period
of maintenance or as soon thereafter as any works ordered during such period pursuant to Sub Clause (2) to
Clause 48 of these Conditions shall have been completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer, and full effect
shall be given to this Clause notwithstanding the taking possession of or using the works or any part thereof by
the IRCTC.
The Competent Authority to issue above Maintenance Certificate shall normally be the authority who is
competent to sign the contract. If this Competent Authority is of the rank lower than JA Grade, then a JA
Grade Officer (concerned with the work) should issue the certificate. The certificate, inter alia, should mention
that the work has been completed in all respects and that all the contractual obligations have been fulfilled by
the Contractor and that there is no due from the Contractor to IRCTCs against the contract concerned
58
50.(2) Cessation of IRCTC‟s Liability: The IRCTC shall not be liable to the Contractor for any matter
arising out of or in connection with the contract for execution of the works unless the Contractor has made
a claim in writing in respect thereof before the issue of the Maintenance Certificate under this clause.
50.(3) Unfulfilled Obligations: Notwithstanding the issue of the Maintenance Certificate the Contractor and
(subject to Sub-Clause (2) of this Clause) the IRCTC shall remain liable for the fulfillment of any obligation
incurred under the provision of the contract prior to the issue of the Maintenance Certificate which remains
unperformed at the time such certificate is issued and for the purposes of determining the nature and extent
of any such obligations, the contract shall be deemed to remain in force between the parties thereto.
51.(1) Final Payment: On the Engineer's certificate of completion in respect of the works, adjustment shall
be made and the balance of account based on the Engineer or the Engineer's representative's certified
measurements or Engineer‟s certified “contractor‟s authorized engineer‟s measurements” of the total quantity
of work executed by the Contractor upto the date of completion and on the accepted schedule of rates
and for extra works on rates determined under Clause 39 of these Conditions shall be paid to the Contractor
subject always to any deduction which may be made under these presents and further subject to the Contractor
having signed delivered to the Engineer enclosing either a full account in detail of all claims he may have on the
IRCTC in respect of the works or having delivered No Claim Certificate and the Engineer having after the
receipt of such account given a certificate in writing that such claims are not covered under excepted matter i.e.
Clauses 8, 18, 22(5), 39, 43(2), 45(a), 55, 55- A(5), 57, 57A, 61(1), 61(2) and 62(1) to (xiii)(B) of Standard
General Conditions of Contract or in any Clause of the Special Conditions of the Contract, that the whole of the
works to be done under the provisions of the Contracts have been completed, that they have been inspected by
him since their completion and found to be in good and substantial order, that all properties, works and things,
removed, disturbed or injured in consequence of the works have been properly replaced and made good and all
expenses and demands incurred by or made upon the IRCTC for or in the respect of damage or loss by from or
in consequence of the works, have been satisfied agreeably and in conformity with the contract.
51.(2) Post Payment Audit: It is an agreed term of contract that the IRCTC reserves to itself the right to
carry out a post-payment audit and/ or technical examination of the works and the final bill including all
supporting vouchers, abstracts etc. and to make a claim on the Contractor for the refund of any excess amount
paid to him till the release of security deposit or settlement of claims, whichever is later, if as a result of such
examination any over-payment to him is discovered to have been made in respect of any works done or alleged
to have been done by him under the contract.
51-A. Production of Vouchers etc. by the Contractor:
(i) For a contract of more than one crore of rupees, the Contractor shall, whenever required, produce or cause
to be produced for examination by the Engineer any quotation, invoice,
59
cost or other account, book of accounts, voucher, receipt, letter, memorandum, paper of writing or any
copy of or extract from any such document and also furnish information and returns verified in such
manner as may be required in any way relating to the execution of this contract or relevant for verifying
or ascertaining cost of execution of this contract (the decision of the Engineer on the question of
relevancy of any documents, information or return being final and binding in the parties). The
Contractor shall similarly produce vouchers etc., if required to prove to the Engineer, that materials
supplied by him, are in accordance with the specifications laid down in the contract.
(ii) If any portion of the work in a contract of value more than one crore of rupees be carried out by a sub-
contractor or any subsidiary or allied firm or company (as per Clause 7 of the Standard General
Conditions of Contract), the Engineer shall have power to secure the books of such sub-contract or any
subsidiary or allied firm or company, through the Contractor, and such books shall be open to his
inspection.
(iii) The obligations imposed by Sub Clause (i) & (ii) above is without prejudice to the obligations of the
Contractor under any statute rules or orders binding on the Contractor.
52. Withholding and Lien in Respect of Sums Claimed: Whenever any claim or claims for payment of a
sum of money arises out of or under the contract against the Contractor, the IRCTC shall be entitled to
withhold and also have a lien to retain such sum or sums in whole or in part from the security, if any, deposited
by the Contractor and for the purpose aforesaid, the IRCTC shall be entitled to withhold the said cash Security
Deposit or the Security if any, furnished as the case may be and also have a lien over the same pending
finalization or adjudication of any such claim. In the event of the security being insufficient to cover the
claimed amount or amounts or if no security has been taken from the Contractor, the IRCTC shall be entitled to
withhold and have a lien to the extent of the such claimed amount or amounts referred to supra, from any
sum or sums found payable or which at any time thereafter may become payable to the Contractor under
the same contract or any other contract with this or any other IRCTC or any Department of the Central
Government pending finalization or adjudication of any such claim.
It is an agreed term of the contract that the sum of money or moneys so withheld or retained under the lien
referred to above, by the IRCTC will be kept withheld or retained as such by the IRCTCs till the claim
arising out of or under the contract is determined by the arbitrator (if the contract governed by the Arbitration
Clause) or by the competent court as the case may be and that the Contractor will have no claim for interest or
damages whatsoever on any account in respect of such withholding or retention under the lien referred to supra
and duly notified as such to the Contractor. For the purpose of this clause, where the Contractor is a partnership
firm or a company, the IRCTC shall be entitled to withhold and also have a lien to retain towards such claimed
amount or amounts in whole or in part from any sum found payable to any partner / company, as the case may
be whether in his individual capacity or otherwise.
60
52-A Lien in Respect of Claims in other Contracts:
(i) Any sum of money due and payable to the Contractor (including the Security Deposit returnable to him)
under the contract may be withheld or retained by way of lien by the IRCTC, against any claim of this or
any other IRCTC or any other Department of the Central Government in respect of payment of a sum of
money arising out of or under any other contract made by the Contractor with this or any other
Department of the Central Government.
(ii) However, recovery of claims of IRCTC in regard to terminated contracts may be made from the Final
Bills, Security Deposits and Performance Guarantees of other contract or contracts, executed by the
Contractor. The Performance Guarantees submitted by the Contractor against other contracts, if
required, may be withheld and encashed. In addition, 10% of each subsequent „on-account bill‟ may
be withheld, if required, for recovery of IRCTC‟s dues against the terminated contract.
(iii) It is an agreed term of the contract that the sum of money so withheld or retained under this Clause by
the IRCTC will be kept withheld or retained as such by the IRCTC till the claim arising out of or
under any other contract is either mutually settled or determined by arbitration, if the other contract
is governed by Arbitration Clause or by the competent court as the case may be and Contractor shall
have no claim for interest or damages whatsoever on this account or on any other ground in respect of
any sum of money withheld or retained under this Clause and duly notified as such to the Contractor.
53. Signature on Receipts for Amounts: Every receipt for money which may become payable or for any
security which may become transferable to the Contractors under these presents, shall, if signed in the
partnership name by anyone of the partners of a Contractor's firm be a good and sufficient discharge to the
IRCTC in respect of the moneys or security purported to be acknowledged thereby and in the event of death of
any of the Contractor, partners during the pendency of the contract, it is hereby expressly agreed that every
receipt by anyone of the surviving Contractor partners shall if so signed as aforesaid be good and
sufficient discharge as aforesaid provided that nothing in this Clause contained shall be deemed to
prejudice or effect any claim which the IRCTC may hereafter have against the legal representative of any
Contractor partner so dying for or in respect to any breach of any of the conditions of the contract, provided also
that nothing in this clause contained shall be deemed to prejudice or effect the respective rights or obligations of
the Contractor partners and of the legal representatives of any deceased Contractor partners interse.
LABOUR
54. Wages to Labour: The Contractor shall be responsible to ensure compliance with the provision of the
Minimum Wages Act, 1948 (hereinafter referred to as the “said Act”) and the Rules made there under in respect
of any employees directly or through petty Contractors or sub-contractors employed by him for the purpose of
carrying out this contract.
61
If, in compliance with the terms of the contract, the Contractor supplied any labour to be used wholly
or partly under the direct orders and control of the IRCTCs whether in connection with any work being
executed by the Contractor or otherwise for the purpose of the IRCTC such labour shall, for the purpose of this
Clause, still be deemed to be persons employed by the Contractor.
If any moneys shall, as a result of any claim or application made under the said Act be directed to be
paid by the IRCTC, such money shall be deemed to be moneys payable to the IRCTC by the Contractor and on
failure by the Contractor to repay the IRCTC any moneys paid by it as aforesaid within seven days after
the same shall have been demanded, the IRCTCs shall be entitled to recover the same from Contractor‟s
54- A. Apprentices Act: The Contractor shall be responsible to ensure compliance with the provisions of the
Apprentices Act, 1961 and the Rules and Orders issued thereunder from time to time in respect of apprentices
directly or through petty Contractors or sub-contractors employed by him for the purpose of carrying out the
Contract.
If the Contractor directly or through petty Contractors or sub-contractors fails to do so, his failure
will be a breach of the contract and the IRCTC may, in its discretion, rescind the contract. The Contractor
shall also be liable for any pecuniary liability arising on account of any violation of the provisions of the Act.
55. Provisions of Payments of Wages Act: The Contractor shall comply with the provisions of the
Payment of Wages Act, 1936 and the rules made thereunder in respect of all employees employed by him
either directly or through petty Contractors or sub-contractors in the works. If in compliance with the terms of
the contract, the Contractor directly or through petty Contractors or sub-contractors shall supply any labour to
be used wholly or partly under the direct orders and control of the Engineer whether in connection with the
works to be executed hereunder or otherwise for the purpose of the Engineer, such labour shall
nevertheless be deemed to comprise persons employed by the Contractor and any moneys which may be
ordered to be paid by the Engineer shall be deemed to be moneys payable by the Engineer on behalf of the
Contractor and the Engineer may on failure of the Contractor to repay such money to the IRCTCs deduct the
same from any moneys due to the Contractor in terms of the contract. The IRCTC shall be entitled to recover
the same from Contractor‟s bills/Security Deposit or any other dues of Contractor with the Government
of India all moneys paid or payable by the IRCTC by way of compensation of aforesaid or for costs of
expenses in connection with any claim thereto and the decision of the Engineer upon any question arising out
of the effect or force of this Clause shall be final and binding upon the Contractor.
62
55-A. Provisions of Contract Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Act, 1970:
55-A.(1) The Contractor shall comply with the provision of the contract labour (Regulation and Abolition)
Act, 1970 and the Contract labour (Regulation and Abolition) Central Rules
1971 as modified from time to time, wherever applicable and shall also indemnify the IRCTC from and against
any claims under the aforesaid Act and the Rules.
55-A.(2) The Contractor shall obtain a valid license under the aforesaid Act as modified from time to time
before the commencement of the work and continue to have a valid license until the completion of the work.
Any failure to fulfill the requirement shall attract the penal provision of the Act.
55-A.(3) The Contractor shall pay to the labour employed by him directly or through sub- contractors the
wages as per provision of the aforesaid Act and the Rules wherever applicable. The Contractor shall
notwithstanding the provisions of the contract to the contrary, cause to be paid the wages to labour, indirectly
engaged on the works including any engaged by sub- contractors in connection with the said work, as if the
labour had been immediately employed by him.
55-A.(4) In respect of all labour directly or indirectly employed in the work for performance of the
Contractor's part of the contract, the Contractor shall comply with or cause to be complied with the provisions
of the aforesaid Act and Rules wherever applicable.
55-A.(5) In every case in which, by virtue of the provisions of the aforesaid Act or the rules, the IRCTC
is obliged to pay any amount of wages to a workman employed by the Contractor or his sub-contractor in
execution of the work or to incur any expenditure on account of the contingent, liability of the IRCTC due to
the Contractor's failure to fulfill his statutory obligations under the aforesaid Act or the rules, the IRCTC will
recover from the Contractor, the amount of wages so paid or the amount of expenditure so incurred and without
prejudice to the rights of the IRCTC under the Section 20, Sub-Section (2) and Section 2, Sub-Section (4)
of the aforesaid Act, the IRCTC shall be at liberty to recover such amount or part thereof from Contractor‟s
bills/Security Deposit or any other dues of Contractor with the Government of India. The IRCTC shall not be
bound to contest any claim made against it under Sub-Section (1) of Section 20 and Sub-Section (4) of Section
21 of the aforesaid Act except on the written request of the Contractor and upon his giving to the IRCTC full
security for all costs for which the IRCTC might become liable in contesting such claim. The decision of the
Chief Engineer regarding the amount actually recoverable from the Contractor as stated above shall be final and
binding on the Contractor.
55-B. Provisions of Employees Provident Fund and Miscellaneous Provisions Act,

1952:The Contractor shall comply with the provisions of Para 30 & 36-B of the Employees
Provident Fund Scheme, 1952; Para 3 & 4 of Employees‟ Pension Scheme, 1995; and Para 7 &
8 of Employees Deposit Linked Insurance Scheme, 1976; as modified from time to time through
enactment of “Employees Provident Fund & Miscellaneous Provisions Act, 1952”,
63
wherever applicable and shall also indemnify the IRCTC from and against any claims under the aforesaid Act
and the Rules.
55-C (i) Contractor is to abide by the provisions of Payment of Wages act & Minimum Wages act in terms of
clause 54 and 55 of Indian Railways General Condition of Contract. In order to ensure the same, an
application has been developed and hosted on website
„www.shramikkalyan.indianrailwayss.gov.in‟. Contractor shall register his firm/company etc.
and upload requisite details of labour and their payment in this portal. These details shall be available in public
domain. The Registration/ updation of Portal shall be done as under:
(a) Contractor shall apply for onetime registration of his company/firm etc. in the Shramikkalyan portal
with requisite details subsequent to issue of Letter of Acceptance. Engineer shall approve the
contractor‟s registration in the portal within 7 days of receipt of such request.
(b) Contractor once approved by any Engineer, can create password with login ID (PAN No.) for
subsequent use of portal for all LoAs issued in his favour.
(c) The contractor once registered on the portal, shall provide details of his Letter of Acceptances
(LoA) / Contract Agreements on shramikkalyan portal within 15 days of issue of any LoA for
approval of concerned engineer. Engineer shall update (if required) and approve the details of
LoA filled by contractor within 7 days of receipt of such request.
(d) After approval of LoA by Engineer, contractor shall fill the salient details of contract labours engaged
in the contract and ensure updating of each wage payment to them on shramikkalyan portal on monthly
basis.
(e) It shall be mandatory upon the contractor to ensure correct and prompt uploading of all
salient details of engaged contractual labour & payments made thereof after each wage period.
(ii) While processing payment of any „On Account bill‟ or „Final bill‟ or release of „Advances‟ or „Performance
Guarantee / Security deposit‟, contractor shall submit a certificate to the Engineer or Engineer‟s representatives
that “I have uploaded the correct details of contract labours engaged in connection with this contract and
payments made to them during the wage period in Railway‟s Shramikkalyan portal at
„www.shramikkalyan.indianrailways.gov.in‟ till
Month, Year.”
55-D. Provisions of “The Building and Other Construction Workers (Regulation of Employment
and Conditions of Service) Act, 1996” and “The Building and Other Construction Workers‟ Welfare
Cess Act, 1996”:
The tenderers, for carrying out any construction work, shall get themselves registered with the
Registering Officer under Section-7 of the Building and Other Construction Workers Act,
1996 and rules made thereto by the concerned State Govt., and submit certificate of Registration issued
from the Registering Officer of the concerned State Govt. (Labour Dept.). The Cess shall be deducted from
contractor‟s bills as per provisions of the Act.
64
56. Reporting of Accidents: The Contractor shall be responsible for the safety of all employees directly
or through petty Contractors or sub-contractor employed by him on the works and shall report serious
accidents to any of them however and wherever occurring on the works to the Engineer or the Engineers
Representative and shall make every arrangements to render all possible assistance.
57. Provision of Workmen‟s Compensation Act: In every case in which by virtue of the provisions of
Section 12 Sub-Section (1) of the Workmen's Compensation Act 1923, Railways is obliged to pay
compensation to a workman directly or through petty Contractor or sub- contractor employed by the Contractor
in executing the work, IRCTC will recover from the Contractor the amount of the compensation so paid, and,
without prejudice to the rights of Railway under Section 12 Sub-section (2) of the said Act, IRCTCs shall be at
liberty to recover such amount or any part thereof from Contractor‟s bills/Security Deposit or any other dues of
Contractor with the Government of India. IRCTCs shall not be bound to contest any claim made against it
under Section 12 Sub-Section (1) of the said Act except on the written request of the Contractor and upon his
giving to IRCTCs full security for all costs for which IRCTCs might become liable in consequence of
contesting such claim.
57-A. Provision of Mines Act: The Contractor shall observe and perform all the provisions of the Mines
Act, 1952 or any statutory modifications or re-enactment thereof for the time being in force and any rules and
regulations made thereunder in respect of all the persons directly or through the petty Contractors or sub-
contractors employed by him under this contract and shall indemnify the IRCTC from and against any claims
under the Mines Act, or the rules and regulations framed thereunder, by or on behalf of any persons employed
by him or otherwise.
58. IRCTC not to Provide Quarters for Contractors: No quarters shall normally be provided by the
IRCTC for the accommodation of the Contractor or any of his staff employed on the work. In exceptional cases
where accommodation is provided to the Contractor at the IRCTC's discretion, recoveries shall be made at such
rates as may be fixed by the IRCTC for the full rent of the buildings and equipments therein as well as charges
for electric current, water supply and conservancy.
59.(1) Labour Camps: The Contractor shall at his own expense make adequate arrangements for
the housing, supply of drinking water and provision of latrines and urinals for his staff and workmen, directly or
through the petty Contractors or sub-contractors and for temporary creche (Bal-mandir) where 50 or more
women are employed at a time. Suitable sites on IRCTC land, if available, may be allotted to the Contractor
for the erection of labour camps, either free of charge or on such terms and conditions that may be prescribed
by the IRCTC. All camp sites shall be maintained in clean and sanitary conditions by the Contractor at his own
cost.
59.(2) Compliance to Rules for Employment of Labour: The Contractor(s) shall conform to all laws,
bye-laws rules and regulations for the time being in force pertaining to the
65
employment of local or imported labour and shall take all necessary precautions to ensure and preserve the
health and safety of all staff employed directly or through petty contractors or sub-contractors on the works.
59.(3) Preservation of Peace: The Contractor shall take requisite precautions and use his best endeavors
to
(i) Prevent any riotous or unlawful behaviour by or amongst his workmen and other employed directly or
through the petty Contractors or sub-contractors on the works and for the preservation of peace and protection
of the inhabitants and
(ii) Security of property in the neighbourhood of the works. In the event of the IRCTC requiring the
maintenance of a Special Police Force at or in the vicinity of the site during the tenure of works, the expenses
thereof shall be borne by the Contractor and if paid by the IRCTC shall be recoverable from the Contractor.
59.(4) Sanitary Arrangements: The Contractor shall obey all sanitary rules and carry out all sanitary
measures that may from time to time be prescribed by the Medical Authority and permit inspection of all
sanitary arrangements at all times by the Engineer, the Engineer's Representative. Should the Contractor fail to
make the adequate sanitary arrangements, these will be provided by the IRCTC and the cost thereof recovered
from the Contractor.
59.(5) Outbreak of Infectious Disease: The Contractor shall remove from his camp such labour and their
families as refuse protective inoculation and vaccination when called upon to do so by the Engineer or the
Engineer's Representative on the advice of the IRCTC. Should cholera, plague, or other infectious disease break
out, the Contractor shall burn the huts, beddings, clothes and other belongings of or used by the infected parties
and promptly erect new huts on healthy sites as required by the Engineer, failing which within the time
specified in the Engineer's requisition, the work may be done by the IRCTC and the cost thereof recovered from
the Contractor.
59.(6) Treatment of Contractor's Staff in Railway Hospitals: The Contractor and his staff, other than
labourers and their families requiring medical aid from the R a i l w a y hospital and dispensaries will be
treated as private patients and charged accordingly.
59. (7) Medical Facilities at Site: The Contractor shall provide medical facilities at the site as may be
prescribed by the Engineer on the advice of the IRCTC in relation to the strength of the Contractor's resident
staff and workmen.
66
59. (8) Use of Intoxicants: The sale of ardent spirits or other intoxicating beverages upon the work or in any of
the buildings, encampments or tenements owned, occupied by or within the control of the Contractor or any of
his employees shall be forbidden and the Contractor shall exercise his influence and authority to the utmost
extent to secure strict compliance with this condition.
59.(9) Restrictions on the Employment of Retired Engineers of IRCTC Services Within One Year of
their Retirement: The Contractor shall not, if he is a retired Government Engineer of Gazetted rank,
himself engage in or employ or associate a retired Government Engineer of Gazetted rank, who has not
completed one year from the date of retirement, in connection with this contract in any manner whatsoever
without obtaining prior permission of the President and if the Contractor is found to have contravened this
provision it will constitute a breach of contract and administration will be entitled to terminate the contract at the
risk and cost of the Contractor and forfeit his Security Deposit.
60.(1) Non-Employment of Labourers below the age of 15: The Contractor shall not employ children
below the age of 15 as labourers directly or through petty Contractors or sub- contractors for the execution of
work.
60.(2) Medical Certificate of Fitness for Labour: It is agreed that the Contractor shall not employ a person
above 15 and below 19 years of age for the purpose of execution of work under the contract unless a medical
certificate of fitness in the prescribed form (Proforma at Annexure-VIII) granted to him by a certifying surgeon
certifying that he is fit to work as an adult, is obtained and kept in the custody of the Contractor or a person
nominated by him in this behalf and the person carries with him, while at work; a token giving a reference to
such certificate. It is further agreed that the responsibility for having the adolescent examined medically at the
time of appointment or periodically till he attains the age of 19 years shall devolve entirely on the Contractor
and all the expenses to be incurred on this account shall be borne by him and no fee shall be charged from the
adolescent or his parent for such medical examination.
60.(3) Period of Validity of Medical Fitness Certificate: A certificate of fitness granted or renewed for the
above said purposes shall be valid only for a period of one year at a time. The certifying surgeon shall revoke a
certificate granted or renewed if in his opinion the holder of it, is no longer fit for work in the capacity stated
therein. Where a certifying surgeon refuses to grant or renew a certificate or revoke a certificate, he shall, if so
required by the person concerned, state his reasons in writing for doing so.
60.(4) Medical Re-Examination of Labourer: Where any official appointed in this behalf by the Ministry
of Labour is of the opinion that any person employed in connection with the execution of any work under
this contract in the age group 15 to 19 years is without a certificate of fitness or is having a certificate of
fitness but no longer fit to work in the capacity stated in the certificate, he may serve on the Contractor, or on
the person nominated by him in this regard, a notice requiring that such persons shall be examined by a
certifying surgeon and
67
such person shall not if the concerned official so directs, be employed or permitted to do any work under this
contract unless he has been medically examined and certified that he is fit to work in the capacity stated in the
certificate.
EXPLANATIONS:
(1) Only Qualified Medical Practitioners can be appointed as "Certifying Surgeons" and the term "Qualified
Medical Practitioners" means a person holding a qualification granted by an authority specified in the
Schedule to the Indian Medical Degrees Act, 1916 (VII to 1916) or in the Schedule to the Indian
Medical Council Act, 1933 (XXVII) of 1933.
(2) The Certifying surgeon may be a medical officer in the service of State or Municipal Corporation.
DETERMINATION OF CONTRACT
61. (1) Right o f IRCTC to Determine the Contract: The IRCTC shall be entitled to determine and
terminate the contract at any time should, in the IRCTC's opinion, the cessation of work becomes necessary
owing to paucity of funds or from any other cause whatever, in which case the value of approved materials at
site and of work done to date by the Contractor will be paid for in full at the rate specified in the contract.
Notice in writing from the IRCTC of such determination and the reasons therefor shall be conclusive evidence
thereof.
61. (2) Payment o n Determination of Contract: Should the contract be determined under sub clause (1)
of this clause and the Contractor claims payment for expenditure incurred by him in the expectation of
completing the whole of the work, the IRCTCs shall admit and consider such claims as are deemed reasonable
and are supported by vouchers to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The IRCTC's decision on the necessity and
propriety of such expenditure shall be final and conclusive.
61.(3) The Contractor shall have no claim to any payment of compensation or otherwise, howsoever on
account of any profit or advantage which he might have derived from the execution of the work in full but
which he did not derive in consequence of determination of contract.
62.(1) Determination of Contract owing to Default of Contractor:
If the Contractor should:

(i) Becomes bankrupt or insolvent, or
(ii) Make an arrangement for assignment in favour of his creditors, or agree to carry out the contract under a
Committee of Inspection of his creditors, or
(iii) Being a Company or Corporation, go into liquidation (other than a voluntary liquidation for the purposes
of amalgamation or reconstruction), or
(iv) Have an execution levied on his goods or property on the works, or
68
(v) Assign the contract or any part thereof otherwise than as provided in Clause 7 of these
Conditions, or
(vi) Abandon the contract, or
(vii) Persistently disregard the instructions of the Engineer, or contravene any provision of the contract, or
(viii) Fail to adhere to the agreed programme of work by a margin of 10% of the stipulated period, or
(viii) Fail to Execute the contract documents in terms of Clause 8 of the Regulations for
Tenders and Contracts.
(ix) Fails to submit the documents pertaining to identity of JV and PAN in terms of Clause
18.11 of Tender Form available in the Regulations for Tenders and Contracts.
(x) Fail to remove materials from the site or to pull down and replace work after receiving from the Engineer
notice to the effect that the said materials or works have been condemned or rejected under Clause
25 and 27 of these Conditions, or
(xi) Fail to take steps to employ competent or additional staff and labour as required under
Clause 26 of the Conditions, or
(xii) Fail to afford the Engineer or Engineer's representative proper facilities for inspecting the works or any part
thereof as required under Clause 28 of the Conditions, or
(xiii) Promise, offer or give any bribe, commission, gift or advantage either himself or through his partner, agent
or servant to any officer or employee of the IRCTC or to any person on his or on their behalf in relation
to the execution of this or any other contract with this IRCTC.
(xiv) (A) At any time after the tender relating to the contract, has been signed and submitted by the
Contractor, being a partnership firm admit as one of its partners or employee under it or being an
incorporated company elect or nominate or allow to act as one of its directors or employee under it in
any capacity whatsoever any retired Engineer of the gazetted rank or any other retired gazetted officer
working before his retirement, whether in the executive or administrative capacity, or whether holding
any pensionable post or not, in the IRCTCs for the time being owned and administered by the President
of India before the expiry of one year from the date of retirement from the said service of such Engineer
or Officer unless such Engineer or Officer has obtained permission from the President of India or any
officer duly authorized by him in this behalf to become a partner or a director or to take employment
under the contract as the case may be, or
(B) Fail to give at the time of submitting the said tender:
(a) The correct information as to the date of retirement of such retired Engineer or retired officer from the
said service, or as to whether any such retired Engineer or retired officer was under the employment of the
Contractor at the time of submitting the said tender, or
(b) The correct information as to such Engineers or officers obtaining permission to take employment
under the Contractor, or
69
(c) Being a partnership firm, the correct information as to, whether any of its partners was such a
retired Engineer or a retired officer, or
(d) Being in incorporated company, correct information as to whether any of its directors was such a
retired Engineer or a retired officer, or
(e) Being such a retired Engineer or retired officer suppress and not disclose at the time of submitting
the said tender the fact of his being such a retired Engineer or a retired officer or make at the time of
submitting the said tender a wrong statement in relation to his obtaining permission to take the contract
or if the Contractor be a partnership firm or an incorporated company to be a partner or director of such
firm or company as the case may be or to seek employment under the Contractor.
(f) Submits copy of fake documents / certificates in support of credentials, submitted by the tenderer
Then and in any of the said Clause, the Engineer on behalf of the IRCTC may serve the Contractor with a
notice (Proforma at Annexure-IX) in writing to that effect and if the Contractor does not within seven
days after the delivery to him of such notice proceed to make good his default in so far as the same is capable of
being made good and carry on the work or comply with such directions as aforesaid of the entire satisfaction of
the Engineer, the IRCTC shall be entitled after giving 48 hours‟ notice (Proforma at Annexure-X or XII, as the
case may be) in writing under the hand of the Engineer to rescind the contract as a whole or in part or parts (as
may be specified in such notice) and after expiry of 48 hours‟ notice, a final termination notice
(Proforma at Annexure-XI or XIII, as the case may be) should be issued.
Note: Engineer at his discretion may resort to the part termination of contract with notices (Proforma at
Annexure- IX, XII and XIII), only in cases where progress of work is more than or equal to 80% of the original
scope of work.
62.(2) Right of IRCTC after Rescission of Contract owing to Default of Contractor: In the event of any
or several of the courses, referred to in Sub-Clause(1) of this Clause, being adopted:
(a) The Contractor shall have no claim to compensation for any loss sustained by him by reason of his
having purchased or procured any materials or entered into any commitments or made any advances on
account of or with a view to the execution of the works or the performance of the contract and
Contractor shall not be entitled to recover or be paid any sum for any work thereto for actually performed
under the contract unless and until the Engineer shall have certified the performance of such work and the value
payable in respect thereof and the Contractor shall only be entitled to be paid the value so certified.
(b) In the contract which has been rescinded as a whole, the Security Deposit already with IRCTCs under the
contract shall be encashed/ forfeited and the Performance Guarantee already submitted for the contract shall
be encashed. The balance work shall be got done independently without risk & cost of the failed
Contractor. The failed Contractor shall be
70
debarred from participating in the tender for executing the balance work. If the failed Contractor is a JV or a
Partnership firm, then every member/partner of such a firm shall be debarred from participating in the tender
for the balance work in his/her individual capacity or as a partner of any other JV /partnership firm.
Further the authorized representative of failed Contractor cannot be accepted as authorized representative in
new contract.
(c) In the contract rescinded in part or parts,
(i) The full Performance Guarantee for the contract shall be recovered. No additional Performance Guarantee
shall be required for balance of work being executed through the part terminated contract. The contract value
of part terminated contract stands reduced to the balance value of work under the contract.
(ii) The Security Deposit of part terminated contract shall be dealt as per clause 16(2) of GCC. (iii) The
defaulting Contractor shall not be issued any completion certificate for the contract.
(iv) The balance work shall be got done independently without risk & cost of the failed Contractor. The
failed Contractor shall be debarred from participating in the tender for executing the balance work. If the
failed Contractor is a JV or a Partnership firm, then every member/partner of such a firm shall be debarred
from participating in the tender for the balance work in his/her individual capacity or as a partner of any other
JV /partnership firm.
(v) Further the authorized representative of failed Contractor will not be accepted as authorized representative in
new contract.
(d) The Engineer or the Engineer's Representative shall be entitled to take possession of any materials, tools,
implements, machinery and buildings on the works or on the property on which these are being or ought to
have been executed, and to retain and employ the same in the further execution of the works or any part thereof
until the completion of the works without the Contractor being entitled to any compensation for the use and
employment thereof or for wear and tear or destruction thereof.
(e) The Engineer shall as soon as may be practicable after removal of the Contractor fix and determine ex-
parte or by or after reference to the parties or after such investigation or enquiries as he may consider
fit to make or institute and shall certify what amount (if any) had at the time of rescission of the contract been
reasonably earned by or would reasonably accrue to the Contractor in respect of the work then actually done by
him under the contract and what was the value of any unused, or partially used materials, any constructional
plant and any temporary works upon the site. The legitimate amount due to the Contractor after making
necessary deductions and certified by the Engineer should be released expeditiously.
71
SETTLEMENT OF DISPUTES – IRCTC ARBITRATION AND CONCILIATION RULES
The settlement of disputes under IRCTC arbitration and Conciliation Rules shall be followed with the
reference of Indian Railways Standard General Condition of Contract, November-2018.
13. SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF OPEN TENDER
1.00 General
1.01 The contract is in Two Bid system Techno Commercial bid and Price bid. The Techno
Commercial bid shall be opened first. The price bid opening shall be done at a later
date after technical evaluation of the offers. The date and time of opening of price bid
will be intimated to all the technically qualified bidders.
1.02 Special Conditions of Contract (SCC) shall be read in conjunction with the General
Conditions of Contract, specifications, drawings and other documents forming part of
this contract, wherever the context so requires.
1.03 Notwithstanding the sub-division of the documents into these separate section and
volume, every part of each shall be deemed to be supplementary to and
complementary of every other part and shall be read with and into the contract in so
far as it may be practicable to do so.
1.04 Where any provision of the tender condition is repugnant to or at variance with any
provision of Indian Railway Standard General Condition of Contract, November-2018,
then unless different intention appears, provisions of IRSGCC, November-2018 shall
be deemed to override the tender conditions of contract to the extent of such
repugnancy or variations, and if the same in between General Conditions and Special
Conditions, Special Conditions will prevail, tender condition may be changed as
General Conditions for the purpose in the above para.
1.05 Wherever it is mentioned in the specifications that the contractor shall perform certain
works or provide certain facilities it is understood that the contractor shall do so at his
cost, being deemed to be part of the relevant item in the schedule of rates, whether
expressively stated or not.
1.06 The materials, design, and workmanship shall satisfy the relevant codes the
specifications contained herein and International/Indian Standards Codes referred to.
Where the specifications stipulate requirement in addition to those contained in the
standard codes, these additional requirements shall also be satisfied
1.07 The tender duly filled and digitally signed by the bidder shall be submitted On-line,
along with Earnest Money Deposit on or before date, and time as mentioned in Notice
Inviting Tender.
72
1.08 In all matters relating to the supply, installation/maintenance, and the contractor shall
be responsible for the quality and correctness of workmanship and for quality and
suitability of materials and their supply.
1.09 The contractor shall employ qualified technical supervisor having experience of
carrying out intended works and who are conversant with the type and standard of
works elaborated under the scope of work.
1.10 Tenderers are required to submit duly filled & signed checklist (provided with tender
document) along with techno-commercial bid.
14. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS & STANDARDS
GENERAL
a. Name & scope of work:-
The work is for “Renovation of existing Base Kitchen, Nagpur”. The scope of the work
includes construction of RCC framed structure building, Sanitary, drainage, water supply &
other civil development works at site.
b. Location of work site

The site is located at Nagpur IRCTC Station, 1st floor, Beside Retiring Room, Platform
No.1, . The plying of heavy commercial vehicles is not permitted in daytime and all
materials are to be transported during night time only. The tenderer/s is/are requested
to take all these aspects into account while quoting his/their rates. No extra payment/claims
shall be entertained at a later date on these accounts.
c. Number of other works shall also be in progress simultaneously in this area and the
tenderer/s shall have to maintain close liaison with other agencies so that all works progress
simultaneously without any problem. No claims shall be entertained on this account.
d. Work shall be carried out as per the plans/drawings supplied by the Consultants/IRCTC Ltd
from time to time. In addition, instructions to carry out certain works may also be given in
writing through letters or site order book.
e Some of the Civil/Electrical works required to be executed under this agreement, may be
interlinked with certain other works to be executed by IRCTC Ltd/other agencies. As per
the direction of the site in-charge, the progress of works of such items will have to be
expedited or held back taking into consideration the smooth working of other agencies also
without any extra cost.
f The rates quoted by the Contractor/s shall be all inclusive through rates. The contractor
within the rates quoted prepare working drawing for plumbing and electrical works and get
the same approved from IRCTC/consultant before execution. This will determine the
final scope of work at the site. No leads/lifts, loading/unloading, handling, rehandling,
stacking at site, toll tax, octroi, sales tax, service tax and royalty or any other charges
73
levied or leviable by the State Government or Local Bodies shall be paid by the IRCTC
Ltd.
g The contractor will remove all surplus and released material from the site of work to
avoid any hindrance/inconvenience to other agencies working in the adjoining area, and
to the traveling public or to the train operation. The contractor will also, at the direction
of the site in charge, rehandle his material in use or likely to be used in future to
relocate the same to avoid any inconvenience to other agencies working in the adjoining
area or to the traveling public or to the train operation without any extra cost.
In case of default, IRCTC may get the work done at the cost of the contractor by
giving him 24 hours notice in normal case or without any notice in case of an
emergency which is causing complaints from traveling public or affecting the train
operation.
h In case of any dispute regarding interpretation of any of the Special Condition of

Contract, decision of the GGM, IRCTC Ltd will be final and binding on the contractor/s.
i MATERIAL & SPECIFICATIONS:
While executing the work, CPWD Standard Specifications for material and works shall be
followed. In addition to this, relevant ISI Code mentioned in item description, Special
Data & Specifications issued from time to time shall also be applicable.
1.FOR BUILDERS WORKS
1.1 EXCAVATION AND EARTHWORK
GENERAL: The excavation will generally refer to open excavation of foundation

(including basement if necessary) wet or dry.
1.2 EXAMINE THE SITE : The contractor shall visit and ascertain the nature of the
ground to be excavated and the work to be done and shall accept all responsibility for the cost
of the work involved.
1.3 CLEARING THE SITE : The site on which the structure is to be built is shown on the
drawing and the area required for setting out and other operations like roads, drains, sheds, etc.
should be cleared and all obstructions, loose stones, materials and rubbish of all kinds, stumps,
brush wood and trees removed as directed, roots being entirely grubbed up. The materials
obtained will be the property of the client and materials considered useful by the Architects /
clients will be handed over to the client, rejected materials will be removed by the Contractor
to his own dump at his own cost.
1.4 GROUND LEVELS AND SITE LEVEL : Before starting the excavations, the
requisite block levels of the entire plot shall be taken by the contractor in consultation with the
74
Architects / clients and a proper record of these levels kept, which shall be jointly signed by the
contractor and architects / clients. A block level plan showing all the ground levels of the plot
shall be prepared and shall be jointly signed by the contractor and the architects / clients.
1.5 SETTING OUT : After clearing the site, and preparing the site level plan, the
contractor will set out the centre lines of the building or other involved works and got the
same approved from the architects / clients. It shall be the responsibility of the contractor to
install substantial reference marks, bench marks etc. and maintain them as long as required by
the architects / clients. The contractor will assume full responsibility for proper setting out,
alignment, elevation and dimension of each and all parts of the work.
1.6 EXCAVATION AND PREPARATION OF FOUNDATION FOR CONCRETING :

Excavation shall include removal of all materials of whatever nature at all depths and
whether wet or dry necessary for the construction of foundation and sub - structure (including
mass excavation for basements where applicable) exactly in accordance with lines, levels,
grades and curves shown on the drawings or as directed by the client / consultant. The bottoms
of excavation shall be levelled both longitudinally and transversely or stepped as directed by the
Client / consultant.
Should the contractor excavate to a greater depth or width than shown on the drawings or as
directed by the client / consultant, he shall at his own expense fill the extra depth or width
with cement concrete in proportion as directed by the client / consultant but in no case with
concrete of mix leaner than 1:4:8 cement concrete.
The contractors shall report to the architect / clients engineer when the excavations are ready to
receive concrete. No concrete shall be placed in foundations until the contractor has obtained the
client / consultants approval. In case the excavation is done through different strata of soil and if
the same is payable as per provision in the schedule of quantities the contractor shall get the
dimensions at the strata payable decided from the client / consultant. If no specific provision is
made in the schedule of quantities it will be presumed that excavation shall be in all types
of soil and the contractor‟s rate shall cover for the same. After the excavation is passed by
the architect / clients engineer (and before laying the concrete) the contractor shall get the
depth and dimensions of the excavation and levels ( and nature of strata if applicable as per
schedule of quantities like hard rock, soft rock, etc) and measurements recorded from the architect
/ clients engineer on site.
1.7 SHORING : The sides of the excavations should be timbered and shored in such a way as is
necessary to secure them from falling in, and the shoring shall be maintained in position as long
as necessary. The contractor shall be responsible for the proper design of the shoring to hold the
sides of the excavation in position and ensure safety from slips and prevent damage to
work and property and injury to persons. The shoring shall be removed as directed after
the times for which it is required are completed.
75
1.8 PROTECTION : All foundation pits, lift pits, well pits and similar excavations shall be
strong fenced and marked with red lights at night, in charge of watchmen, to avoid accidents.
Adequate protective measures shall be taken to see that the excavation does not affect or damage
adjoining structures. All measures required for the safety of the excavation, the people
working in and near the foundations trenches, property and the people in the vicinity shall be
taken by the contractor at his own cost, he being entirely responsible for any injury and damage
to property caused by his negligence or accident due to his constructional operations.
1.9 STACKING OF EXCAVATED MATERIALS : All materials excavated will remain the
property of the client and rate for excavation includes carting out of useful materials and stacking
them on site as directed. Materials suitable and useful for back filling, plinth filling or levelling
of the plot or other use shall be stacked in convenient places but not in such a way as to
obstruct free movement of men, animals and vehicles or encroach on the area required for
constructional purposes.
1.10 BACK FILLING: All shoring and form work shall be removed after their necessity ceases
and trash of any sort shall be cleaned out from the excavation. All space between foundation
masonry or concrete and the sides of excavation shall be refilled to the original surface with
approved excavated materials in layers 15cm to 20cm in thickness, watered and rammed. The
filling shall be done after concrete or masonry is fully set and done in such a way as not to
cause undue thrust on any part of the structure. Where suitable excavated material is to be used
for refilling, it shall be brought from the place where it was temporarily stacked and used in
refilling.
No excavations or foundations shall be filled in or covered up until all measurements of

excavations, masonry, concrete and other works below ground level are jointly recorded.
Black cotton soil shall not be used for back filling or in plinth filling.
1.11 DE-WATERING : Rate for excavation shall include bailing or pumping out water
which may accumulate in the excavation during the progress of work either from seepage,
springs, rain or any other cause and diverting surface flow if any by bunds or other means.
Pumping out water shall be done in such approved manner as to preclude the possibility of any
damage to the foundation trenches, concrete or masonry or any adjacent structure. When water is
met in foundation trenches or in basement excavations, pumping out water shall be from an
auxiliary pit of adequate size dug slightly outside the building excavations. The depth of the
auxiliary pit shall be more than the working foundation trench levels. The auxiliary pit shall be
refilled with approved excavated materials after the de watering is over. The excavation shall be
kept free from water (1) during inspection and measurement. (2) when concrete and / or
masonry are in progress and till they come above the natural water level, and (3) till the
architect / clients engineer considers that the concrete / mortar is sufficiently set.
76
1.12 SURPLUS EXCAVATED MATERIAL : All excavated material certified as surplus and
not useful shall be removed by the contractor from the site in an approved manner to his own
dump at his own cost.
1.13 RATES TO INCLUDE : Apart from other factors mentioned elsewhere in this
contract, rates for the item of excavation shall also include for the following :
(I) Clearing site
(ii) Setting out works as required and setting up benchmarks and other reference marks. (iii)
Providing shoring and strutting and subsequently removing the same.
(iv) Bailing and pumping out water as required and directed.
(v) Excavation at all depths (unless otherwise specified in the schedule of quantities) and
removal of all materials of whatever nature wet or dry and necessary for the construction of
foundation / basement etc. and preparing bed for laying concrete.
(vi) Sorting out useful excavated materials and conveying beyond the structure and stacking them
neatly on the site for back filling or reuse as directed.
(vii) Back filling the trenches alongside masonry or concrete with approved excavated
material up to the natural ground level including watering and ramming.
(viii) Necessary protection including labour materials and equipment to ensure safety and
protection against risk or accident.
(ix) Removal of surplus excavated material as directed to contractors own dump.
(x) Drilling of small holes as directed to explore the nature of substratum if necessary.
1.14 MEASUREMENTS FOR EXCAVATION : Excavation for foundation of columns,

beams, walls and the like shall be measured and paid net as per drawing dimensions of
concrete (bed concrete where so specified) at the lowest levels in regard to length and
breadth and depth shall be computed from the concerned excavations levels and ground
levels taken before excavation. Any additional excavation required for working space, form
work, planking, de watering and strutting etc. shall not be measured and paid for separately but
rates quoted for excavation shall include for all these factors. No increase in bulk after
excavation shall be made.
1.15 EARTH FILLING IN PLINTH : If there is approved surplus earth after back filling the
sides of excavations, the same will be used for plinth filling if required. Any additional
approved earth if require for the plinth filling the same shall be brought on to the site by the
77
contractor from outside. No borrow pits shall be opened on the site. Filling in plinth shall be
done in layers of 15cm to 20cm thick, each layer being consolidated by ramming and
watering. Block cotton soil shall not be used for plinth filling.
Filling in plinth shall be measured net as in position after consolidation height or depth of filling
being measured from original ground level to top of earth filling after consolidation.
2.0 CONCRETE AND STEEL REINFORCEMENT
2.1 GENERAL : P.C.C shall mean plain cement concrete.
R.C.C shall mean reinforced cement concrete.
2.2 Constant and strict supervision of all items of the construction is necessary during the
progress of work, including proportioning, mixing and placing of concrete. Supervision is also
extremely important in checking the reinforcement and its placing, before being covered.
2.3 Contractor shall finalise the details in consultation with the clerk - of - works as per
which form is proposed to be carried out and also the details of planning of concreting
operations including adequacy of acceptable materials, testing of mixer and vibrator for
ascertaining that they are in working condition availability of test cube moulds, slump test
apparatus etc.
2.4 SAMPLES AND TEST : Every facility shall be provided to enable the architect /
clients engineer to obtain samples and carry out tests on the materials and construction. If these
tests show that any of the materials or construction do not comply with the requirements
of this specification, the contractor will be responsible for the costs of the tests and the
replacements of the defective material and / or construction.
2.5 REJECTED MATERIALS : All materials which have been damaged, contaminated or have
deteriorated or do not comply in any way with the requirements of the specification shall be
rejected and shall be removed immediate from the site at the contractor‟s own expenses.
2.6 LOADING OF FLOOR SLABS : Materials shall not be stored or stacked on

suspended floors and roofs without the architects / clients engineer prior approval.
2.7 CO-ORDINATION : The contractor shall be responsible for the co-ordination with sub-
contractors or other contractors for incorporating any inserts or electrical conduit pipes, fixing
blocks, chases, holes etc. in concrete members as required. The contractor shall ensure that these
requirements have been approved by the architects/clients engineer before
78
concreting operations are put in hand. All fixing blocks, chases, inserts, holders etc. to be left
in the concrete shall be of sizes specified and be accurately set out and placed before pouring
concrete. The contractor‟s rates quoted for concrete items shall include for all these factors.
Holes or chases shall not be cut in concrete without prior approval of the architects / clients
engineer.
2.8 INSERTS IN CONCRETE : Contractor should note that he shall provide necessary
wooden lugs, sleeves, etc. for his own works to be made for which no extra payment will be
made. He will have to provide if so directed, any inserts, wooden lugs, sleeves for other
contractor‟s work such as electrical contractor, plumbing contractor, A.C contractor,
contractor of lifts, etc. for which he will be entitled for payment but in case the other
contractors provide such inserts, then he will have to take proper measures (at his expense) and
take care not to disturb their work while laying concrete.
2.9 Contractor shall provide work - site - testing equipment for aggregate and concrete such as
test sieves, balances, slump cones, test cube moulds etc.
2.10 MATERIALS : ALL MATERIALS SHALL BE APPROVED QUALITY
2.11 CEMENT :
(a) Ordinary Portland Cement shall conform to the IS specification IS : 269 / 1976.
Portland Pozzolana Cement shall conform to Is : 1489 - 1976.
(b) The cement shall be stored in such a manner as to permit easy access for proper
inspection, in a suitable weather-tight building to protect the cement from dampness and to
minimise warehouse deterioration. The shed shall be built at the cost of the contractor. Care
shall be taken to see that (I) there is no leakage from side walls and (ii) windows are not
provided. The plinth level of the shed shall be raised and the surrounding ground shall drain the
surface water away from the shed. The floor of the shed shall consist of wooden planks resting
on base prepared of dry bricks laid on edge. The bags should not be piled against the wall. A
space of 30cm shall be left all around between exterior walls and piles. The bags shall be
placed closed together in the pile to reduce circulation of air as much as possible. The bags
should not be piled more than 10. The bags shall be arranged in header and stretcher
fashion so as to lessen the danger of toppling.
When removing the bags for use, “first in, first out” rules shall be applied. For this purpose,
consignment as it comes in for storage, shall be stacked separately and a placard bearing date of
arrival shall be pinned to the pile.
(c) Contractor shall be fully responsible for the quality of cement brought at the work site. The
contractor shall satisfy himself that the cement brought to the work site conforms to the
requirements of I.S : 269/1976 or relevant Indian Standard and shall procure manufacturer‟s
certificate to this effect; in his own interests. In case the contractor has any doubt regarding
79
the quality of cement brought on work site it is upon him to have it tested at his own expense and
make sure that cement is of right quality.
(d) In case Architect / client gets any doubt about quality of cements he can order the
contractor to have cement tested or he can take samples in the presence of contractor from
cement bags stored at work site and forward them to a government approved laboratory for
testing. In respect of charges for testing in such a case, contractor will be paid the charges,
provided the cement conforms to the specified IS standards.
(e) Cement concerning which there is doubt, shall not be used pending testing and
satisfactory results. All cement not conforming to specifications and rejected by Architects /
Clients and cement that is stored at site for a period longer than three months and
deteriorated, damaged or set shall not be allowed to be used. All such cement shall be
immediately removed from work site by the contractor. The cost of all such cement shall be
borne by the contractor.
2.12 AGGREGATES : Aggregates shall conform to IS : 383 / 1970 and shall be from
approved sources.
2.13 FINE AGGREGATES :
(a) The fine aggregate - sand shall be hard, strong, dense, durable, clean with uncoated
grains. The maximum size of the particles shall be 4.75mm (3/16 in.) and shall be graded down.
The sand shall not contain any harmful material such as iron pyrites, coal mica, silt, clay, alkali,
sea shells, loam etc. or in case of reinforced concrete work, any material which might attack the
reinforcement or which might be detrimental to concrete. Aggregates which are chemically
reactive with the alkalies of the cement shall not be used, the maximum quantity of
deleterious materials shall not exceed the limits specified in the relevant IS specification.
Silt and dust present in natural sand shall be limited to 3%, it shall be washed at site. Presence
of mica in sand shall not be more than 1% by weight.
(b) Grading : The natural sand used for work shall have a grading conforming to one of the
three grading zones given in following table (Table IA):-
TABLE „IA‟
GRADING OF FINE AGGREGATES

(in accordance with IS : 2386 / 1963 Part I)
Sieve
Zone - III Zone - I Zone - II
10010mm 100 100
90 4.75mm 90 - 100 – 90 - 100 100
80
2.36mm 60 - 95 75 - 100 85 – 100
1.18mm 30 - 70 55 - 90 75 – 100
600 micron 15 - 34 35 - 59 60 – 79
300 micron 5 - 20 8 - 30 12 – 40
150 micron 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 – 10
When grading falls outside the limits of any particular zone of sieves, (other than 600
micron IS Sieve), by a total amount not exceeding 5% it shall be regarded as falling within the
grading zone.
2.14 COARSE AGGREGATES :
(a) Coarse aggregates shall consist of hard, dense, durable, uncoated crushed rock. Gravel
aggregate shall be allowed to be used only if specially specified in the schedule of quantities.
Otherwise, it shall be taken that only crushed rock from an approved quarry shall be
permitted as coarse aggregates.
(b) The aggregates shall be free from soft, friable, thin or long laminated pieces. Aggregates
shall be free from injurious amounts of alkali, organic matter and other deleterious materials.
Flaky or weathered stones shall not be used. The maximum percentage of deleterious
materials shall not exceed those specified in the relevant IS specifications.
(c) In selecting the aggregate, the contractor shall satisfy that the source is suitable for
regular supply and a watch shall be maintained that the particle shape and grading remain
reasonably uniform throughout the progress of work.
(d) Contractor shall arrange to supply coarse aggregates in Two sizes, conforming in the case
of each nominal size, to the grading given in the following table (Table - IB) under column
„A‟, the Two sizes shall be combined in suitable proportions to get desired overall grading of
aggregates. The Architects / Clients engineer, at his discretion, may allow the use of “Graded
Aggregates” of nominal size, to conform to the grading in the limits specified in the Table - IB
under column “B”.
(e) Size of Aggregates:-
(i) Nominal maximum size of aggregate in beams and columns should be restricted to 5mm less
than the minimum clear distance between the main bars or 5mm less than the minimum cover to
the reinforcement whichever is less.
81
(ii) Where reinforcement is widely spaced as in slabs, nominal maximum size of aggregate of
20mm may be used.
(iii) In no case the maximum size of aggregate to be greater than one quarter of the
minimum thickness of the member so as to facilitate concrete to be placed without difficulty to
surround all reinforcement.
(iv) Generally on reinforced concrete work, nominal maximum size of 20mm is considered
suitable.
(f) Grading : It can be assumed as a rough guide that from 45 percent to 75 percent of the
total aggregate (fine plus course) should pass through a sieve of aperture size equal to one half
of the maximum size of coarse aggregate.
(g) Stock - piling of aggregate or storage of aggregates :-
Aggregates shall be stored at site on a hard and dry patch of ground preferably leveled and rolled.
Piles of sand and piles of different sizes coarse aggregate shall be stored in separate stock piles
with height preferably not exceeding 1.25 to 1.5 metres. A bottom layer of aggregates of 10cms
deep shall be left undisturbed while removing the material for use.
If the aggregates are stored at site for a long time there is accumulation of dust. The
contractor is required to sieve the aggregate before us, if advised by Architects / clients
engineer. Water containing any sugar s h a l l not be allowed for use. Also water which fails to
satisfy the following requirements shall not be used:-
(a) To neutralise 200ml sample of water, it should not require more than 10ml of 0.1 normal
HCL.
(b) To neutralise of 200ml sample of water, it should not require more than 2ml of 0.1
normal NaOH.
(c) Water should not contain solids in excess of the following :
Organic 200 mg / litre
Inorganic 3000 mg / litre
Sulphate (as SO4) 500 mg / litre
Chloride (as CI) 2000mg / litre for P.C.C
1000mg / litre for R.C.C
82
Suspended matter 2000mg / litre
The PH value of water shall be between 6 to

8
TABLE I - B COARSE AGGREGATES
COLUMN „A‟ COLUMN „B‟

Percentage Passing for Two sized Percentage passing for graded
IS Sieve aggregates of nominal size aggregates of nominal size
Designati 63 40 20 16 12.5 10 40 20 16 12.5
on mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
80mm 100 ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- 100 ------- ------- -------
-- -- -- -- -- --- --- -
63mm 85 - 100 ----- ----- ----- ----- ------- ------- ------- -------
100 -- -- -- -- --- --- --- --
40mm 0 - 85 - 100 ----- ----- ----- 95 - 100 ------- -------

30 100 -- -- -- 100 -- ---
20mm `0 - 0 – 85 - 100 ----- ----- 30 - 95 - 100 100

5 20 100 - -- 70 100
16mm ----- ----- ----- 85 - 100 ----- ------- 90 - ------- -------

-- -- -- 100 - --- 100 -- ---
12.5mm ----- ----- ----- ----- 85 - 100 ------- ------- ------- 90 -

-- -- -- -- 100 -- --- -- 100
10mm 0-5 0 – 0 - 0 - 0 - 85 - 10 - 25 - 30 - 40 -
5 20 30 45 100 35 55 70 85
4.75 ----- ----- 0-5 0-5 0 - 0 - ------ 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10

10 20
2.36mm ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- 0-5 ------ ------- ------- ------
2.15 MIXES OF CONCRETE : Concrete used shall be in volumetric mix such as 1:4:8,
1:3:6, 1:2:4,
1:1-1/2L3, 1:1:2 etc.
83
2.16 BATCHING: The quantity of cement shall be determined by weight. Batching of
cement and water shall be specified in paras 2.20 and 2.22 respectively.
2.17 (a) In proportioning concrete the quantity of cement shall be determined by weight. One
bag of cement containing 50 Kgs. of cement shall be assumed to contain 35 litres (1.20
Cft). The quantities of fine and coarse aggregates and water shall be determined by volume.
If fine aggregate is moist allowance shall be made for bulk age given below:-
Field method of determining the necessary adjustment for the bulking of fine aggregate. Moisture
causes loosely filled sand to occupy a larger volume that it would occupy if dry. It
is therefore necessary to increase the volume of sand by the percentage bulking. The
correction shall be made on the following lines:-
In a 250 Cu.m. measuring cylinder pour the sample of fine aggregate (sand) to be used at site,
consolidate it by shaking, until it reaches 200 Cu.m. mark. Then fill the cylinder with water and
stir the sand well. The water must be sufficient to completely submerge the sand. The sand
surface will be seen below its original level. Suppose the surface is at the mark „X‟ Cu.m. The
percentage of bulking of sand due to moisture shall be calculated from the formula:-
Percentage bulking „K‟ = 200 - X x 100
X
Therefore,
True volume = 100 x Measured volume

„K‟ + 100
(b) The water cement ratios shall not be more than those specified in Table II below. In case
mechanical vibrators are used, water content shall be suitably reduced, without reducing cement
content, to avoid segregation. Water content specified in table II may be increased under
exceptional circumstances where workability of concrete produced poses difficulties of placement
and compaction. Prior permission of Architects / clients engineer shall be obtained for this
purpose. When the water content is increased in the manner indicated above the cement content
also shall be increased proportionately so that water cement ratio given in Table II is maintained.
Cost of extra cement shall be borne by the contractor.
TABLE II
Mix of concrete Quantity of water per 50 Kg

of cement Max. liters
1:3:6 34
1:2:4 32
84
1:1-1/2:3 30
1:1:2 27
(c) Allowance shall be made for surface water present in the aggregate while computing the
water content. Surface water shall be determined by one of the field methods described in IS
: 2386 (Part III) / 1963. In the absence of exact data, with the approval of the Architects /
Clients engineer the amount of surface water may be estimated from the values given in
Table III below:-
TABLE III - SURFACE WATER CARRIED BY AVERAGE AGGREGATE
Aggregate Approximate quantity of surface water

in litre /Cu.M.
Very wet sand 120
Moderately wet sand 80
Moist sand 40
Moist gravel or crushed rock 20 to 40
Coarser the aggregate lesser water it will

carry
2.18 WORKABILITY : Workability of concrete should be controlled by direct

measurement of water content, making allowance for any surface water in the fine and coarse
aggregates. The slump test or compacting factor test shall be carried out at intervals as directed
by the Architects / clients engineer. The slump test is suitable for slump of 5cm to
15cm.
MIXING AND PLACING OF CONCRETE: MEASUREMENT OF MATERIALS
2.19 CEMENT : Cement shall be batched by weight even though aggregates are batched by
volume. Where the weight of the cement is determined by accepting the maker‟s weight per
bag; a number of bags as directed by Architects / clients engineer shall be weighed
separately to check the net weight.
2.20 AGGREGATES :
85
(a) The quantities of fine and coarse aggregates shall be determined by volume. The
proportions of aggregates (i.e., ratio of fine aggregate to coarse aggregate) shall be adjusted
from upper limit to lower limit progressively as the grading of the fine aggregates becomes, finer
and maximum size of coarse aggregate becomes larger.
(I) For an average grading of fine aggregate i.e. Zone II of IS : 2386 / 1963 Part I of the
ratios of fine aggregate to coarse aggregates shall be
Maximum size of coarse aggregate Maximum size of coarse aggregate

10mm 20mm
1:1-1/2 1:2
For fine aggregates within other grading zones the ratio shall be increased as the fine
aggregate gets finer, that is, passes from Zone I to Zone III.
(ii) For the maximum size of coarse aggregate 20mm the ratios of fine aggregated to coarse
aggregate shall be (Zones as per IS : 2386 / 1963 - Part I)
Zone - I Zone - II Zone - III
1:1-1/2 1:2 1:3
(b) The measuring boxes prepared for measuring the aggregates shall be of correct size. The
measuring boxes are required to be certified by Architects / Clients engineer before they are used
on site. Internal dimensions of the boxes shall be generally 35cm x 25cm x 40cm. Heaping of
aggregates over the boxes is prohibited. Aggregates shall be filled in only up to the brim of the
boxes and struck off horizontally with a timber or steel bar. Allowance for bulkage sand shall be
made as determined by Architects / Clients engineer. Refer clause No.
2.18(a).
2.21 WATER : Water shall be measured by volume in calibrated tanks / vessels having a
conical shape narrow at top. Water shall not be measured using ordinary uncalibrated
buckets, which are wider at top and narrower at the base. The measurement of water to
control and maintain a constant water cement ratio is of utmost importance. Contractor shall pay
adequate attention to this requirement to the satisfaction of Architects / clients engineer.
2.22 MIXING OF CONCRETE :

RMC details: RMC shall be permitted as per IS : 456 – 2000 a) Machine mixing : Concrete shall
be mixed in a mechanical mixer, having an optimum
speed which yields good concrete that is neither inadequately mixed nor showing tendency of
86
segregation. This avoids frequent washing. A small amount of water shall be fed first followed
by all solid materials. Remainder of water shall be added after the solids. Mixing shall be
continued until their is uniform distribution of materials and the mass is uniform in colour and
consistency. The mixing time shall be counted after all the materials are in drum and shall be in
accordance with IS : 1791 / 1968, but in no case mixing shall be done for less than two minutes.
(b) Hand mixing : Hand mixing shall not be permitted except for unimportant structural
members and purely at the discretion of the Architects / Clients engineer. Hand mixing will not
be permitted for concrete going into columns. When hand mixing is permitted, it shall be
ensured that the mixing is continued until the mass is uniform in colour and consistency. The
contractor shall use 10% extra cement for hand mixing for which no extra payment will be made.
Hand mixing when permitted shall be done on platform.
2.23 TRANSPORTING : Concrete shall be handled from the place of mixing to the place of
final deposit as rapidly as practicable by methods which will prevent segregation or loss of the
ingredients. It shall be deposited, as nearly as practicable in its final position to avoid
rehandling or flowing. Wet concrete discharged from each batch of mixer shall be neatly
collected and transported. Remnants from earlier batches shall be rejected and removed.
2.24 PLACING : The concrete shall be placed in position and compacted before the initial
setting time and shall not be disturbed subsequently.
Concreting shall be carried out continuously upto construction joints, the position and
arrangement of which shall be predetermined.
When the work has to be resumed on the surface which has hardened, it shall be thoroughly
hacked, swept clean, wetted and covered with a layer of mortar composed of cement and
sand in the same ratio as the cement and sand in the concrete mixture. This mortar shall be freshly
mixed and placed immediately before placing of the concrete. Concrete shall be placed in
shuttering by shovels or other approved impliments and shall not be dropped from a height, say
greater than 1 M or shall not be handled in a manner which will cause segregation.
Concrete which has already set shall not be allowed to be incorporated in the work even after
adding cement and re-mixing.
2.25 DEBRIS ETC. REMOVED : All debris, saw dust, etc. shall be removed from the
shuttering before any concrete is placed. Care shall be taken to see that the shuttering is
water - tight and has been properly treated with approved composition to prevent absorption of
water.
Shuttering for concrete shall be rigidly constructed of approved material and shall be true to the
shape and dimensions described on the working drawing. Faces in contact with concrete shall be
free from adhering grout, projecting nails, splits and other defects. Joints shall be sufficiently
tight to prevent the leakage of cement grout and to avoid the formation of fins
87
and other blemishes. Shuttering shall be secured so as to be strong enough to retain the
correct shape during consolidation of concrete. Shuttering shall be true to line and braced and
strutted to prevent deformation under the weight and pressure of the wet concrete,
constructional loads, wind and other forces. The shuttering of beams and slabs shall be
erected in such a way that the shuttering on the sides of the beams and soffits of slabs can be
removed without disturbing the beam bottoms. Re-propping of beams shall not be permitted.
Immediately prior to placing of the concrete, the shuttering shall be well wetted.
2.26 PROJECTION AND PLACING IN LAYERS : Concrete shall be placed in Two

operation to the full thickness of slabs, beams and similar members and shall be placed in
horizontal layers not exceeding 1M deep in walls, columns and similar members. Concrete after
placing shall be protected by use of covering to the approval of the Architects / Clients engineer
during first stages of hardening against high winds, hot sun and / or rain or surface water. No
shock or vibrations shall be allowed to be imparted to forms supporting fresh concrete.
2.27 COMPACTION : Concrete shall be thoroughly compacted during operation of

placing and carefully worked around the reinforcement, embedded fixtures and into corners of
form-work. The use of mechanical vibrators is strongly recommended. Sufficient number
of vibrators (including standby) of adequate capacities shall be used for compaction of concrete.
Vibration shall be carried out by trained men and in the presence of a qualified supervisor trained
in the use of vibrators and vibrated concrete. In certain portions where vibration is not
effective, careful poking and tamping shall be carried out and sufficient men employed to ensure
that thorough consolidation takes place. Where manual compaction becomes necessary the
workability of the mix should be controlled to suit such mode of compaction subject, of course, to
compliance of strength requirements specified.
2.28 CONTINUOUS CONCRETING : Concreting shall be carried out continuously upto

predetermined positions of construction joints. The position and arrangement for
construction joints shall be approved by the Architects / Clients engineer. Rest, pauses for meals
etc. shall be subject to the Architects / Clients engineer‟s approval.
2.29 PACKING ROUND REINFORCEMENT : In the case of reinforced concrete work, the
concrete shall be carefully consolidated round the reinforcement and care shall be taken to
ensure that reinforcement is not displaced during the placing and compaction of concrete. If
reinforcement moves out of its place, it must be brought back to position immediately.
2.30 VIBRATION OF CONCRETE :
(a) Number and size of vibrations : Vibrators shall be of sturdy construction, adequately
powered and capable of transmitting to the concrete not less than 3500 impulses per minute when
operating under load. The vibration shall be sufficiently intense to cause the concrete to flow or
settle readily into place and visibly affect the concrete over a radius of at least 450mm (18”) when
88
used in concrete having slump of 25mm. A sufficient number of vibrators (atleast one vibrator for
a rate of concreting of 1.5Cu.M - 50 Cu.ft. per hour) shall be employed so that vibration
throughout the entire volume of each layer of concrete and complete compaction are secured.
(b) Manipulation of vibrators : Internal vibrators shall be kept constantly moving in the
concrete and shall be applied at points uniformly placed not farther apart then the radius over
which the vibrator is visibly effective. The vibrator shall not be held in one location long enough
to draw out a pool of grout from surrounding concrete. The vibration shall be such that the
concrete becomes uniformly plastic and there shall be atleast 200 seconds of vibration per
square metre (20 seconds of vibration per Sft) of surface of each layer of concrete,
computed on the basis of visibly effected radius and taking overlap into consideration.
Vibrations shall be stopped when are bubbles have practically ceased coming to the surface.
2.31 CURING : All concrete work shall be kept constantly wet for a minimum period of seven
days after concreting. Horizontal surfaces shall be kept covered with water pond by means of
bunds and vertical surfaces like those of columns, fins, etc. by burlaps kept constantly wet
by water sprays. Mere sprinkling of water on vertical surfaces without sacks or burlaps will not
be allowed. In respect of concrete made out of Pozzalana cement curing shall be continued for
another eight days, viz/. fifteen days in all.
2.32 TRAINED SUPERVISOR : It is essential that the contractor‟s supervisor who is in

charge of the construction and all concrete works, whether reinforced or not, shall be skilled in
this class of work and shall superintend personally the whole construction and pay special
attention to:-
(a) The quality, testing, proportioning and mixing of the materials and particularly control of
water cement ratio:
(b) Laying of materials in place and thorough consolidation of the concrete to ensure solidity and
freedom from voids;
(c) Sizes and positions of reinforcements.
2.33 STRENGTH REQUIREMENTS OF CONCRETE : Where ordinary Portland

cement is used, the compressive strength requirements for various mixes of concrete shall be as
given in Table IV. It shall be the contractor‟s responsibility to obtain specified strengths for the
various mixes of concrete.
TABLE IV - STRENGTH REQUIREMENTS OF CONCRETE
(All values in Kg/Sq.cm)
All tests conducted in accordance with IS : 516 - 1959
89
Minimum Compressive Minimum compressive
Concrete Mix strength on 15cm cubes at 7 strength of 15cm cubes at 28
days days
(Works Test Only) (Works Test Only)
1:3:6 70 100
1:2:4 100 150
1:1-1/2:3 135 200
1:1:2 `170 250
NOTE : WORKS TEST : A test conducted in an approved laboratory on the specimens

made on the works, out of the concrete being used on the works.
2.34 CRITERION REGARDING STRENGTH : Although the works test cubes are
specified to be conducted at the age of 7 and 28 days compressive strength specified in Table IV
shall alone be the criterion for acceptance or rejection of concrete.
2.35 CLASSIFICATION OF CONCRETE OF LOWER OR HIGHER STRENGTH

THAN SPECIFIED :
If concrete made in accordance with the proportions given for a particular mix does not yield the
specified average strength of three cubes at 28 days (refer Table V for acceptance criteria)
such concrete shall be
dealt as stated in the criteria for acceptance of concrete.
2.36 TEST CUBES :
(a) Concrete used for preparing works test cubes shall represent quality of concrete
incorporated in the work. The concrete for preparation of one set of six cubes shall be taken
from one batch of mixed concrete discharged from mixer. The cubes shall be moulded in
accordance with ISI of Practices.
90
(b) The cubes shall be cured as per ISI code of Practices. The entire operation of casting, curing and
arranging despatch of cubes to laboratory will be carried out by the Contractor under the joint
supervision of the Architect‟s / clients engineer. Out of six cubes, three cubes shall be tested at an age
of seven days and the other three at the age of 28 days in a laboratory approved by the Chief
Engineer.
(c) The cubes shall be initialed jointly by Contractor‟s representatives and the Architects / clients
engineer with a piece of wire or nail, so that an indentation of the initials is left on the cubes.
(d) The contractor shall arrange to transport the cubes to the laboratory and arrange to have the
test results forwarded (in duplicate) directly from the laboratory to the Architects / clients
engineer. The contractor shall bear all expenses in connection with the preparation of test cubes
like cost of moulds, cost of concrete, labour and transportation charges to the approved
laboratory etc. The charges for testing shall be paid initially by the contractor to the laboratory.
(e) A register shall be maintained at site by the Architects / clients engineer with the
following details entered and initialled by the contractor and the Architects / clients engineer:
(I) Date and time of casting

(ii) The mix of concrete
(iii) Reference to specific structural member receiving the batch of concrete from which the cubes
were cast.
(iv) Mark on cubes
(v) Water cement ratio by weight and consistency by slump
(vi) Crushing strengths as obtained at the end of seven days for three cubes out of a set of six and
at the end of 28 days for the other three cubes.
(vii) Laboratory in which tested and reference to test certificate
(viii) Any other information directed by the Engineer in- charge.
(f) A record of the quantity of concrete incorporated in the work that is represented by the
quality of concrete of the set of cubes along with the description of the structural members where
such concrete has been deposited shall be maintained. For floor beams and slabs, such record
shall be supported by a drawing on which the areas of concreting carried out and representating
the set of cubes taken out shall be properly demarcated with cube reference entered in the
drawing at the relevant portions. This record shall be initialed by the contractor and
maintained by the Architects / clients engineer.
(g) Samples size and acceptance criteria: All tests shall be carried out in accordance with IS
: 516 - 1959. The number of test specimens required, the frequency of sampling and the criteria
for acceptance of a concrete of a specified mix shall be in accordance with the Table V „Ordinary
Concrete‟
91
TABLE V : ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA, TESTS ETC. FOR CONCRETE
(Ref. para 2.37 and 2.38)
AGGREGATE CONCRETE
Separation Tests Batching Tests
Fine Coarse Grading Moisture Cement Aggregates Workability Strength (Works
determina Tes
tion Only)
Minimum Minimum Criteria
number of frequency for
Specimens Accept
(15cm Cubes) ance
7 28 day In In
day compre terms ter
com ssive of ms
pres strengt quant of
sive h test ity per
stre iod
ngth
test
One Two sized After When By By 3 3 For As Refer
size aggregate in standar variation in weight volume every dec Para
two sizes d has moisture is 50 ide 2.38
(20mm, been suspected e.g. Cu.m d
10mm) for establis rain of by
maximum hed concr En
20mm sized when ete or gin
aggregates or variatio part eer
in three sizes n is there
(40mm, suspect of At
20mm, ed. more
10mm) for frequ
max. 40mm ent
sized inter
aggregates or vals
if approved if
by EE graded direct
aggregates ed by
conforming Engi
to Table neer.
under Para
2.14(d)
92
2.37 STANDARD OF ACCEPTANCE :
I. Seven day‟s test : The average compressive strength of the three specimens tested at seven
days shall satisfy the specified strengths given in Table IV, for the appropriate mix. As a
guidance the difference between the maximum and the minimum strength of the three
specimens shall not exceed 15% of the average strength. In case seven days test result is not
satisfactory all further work structurally interlinked with the concrete represented by the
samples shall be stopped unless otherwise decided by Architects / clients engineer.
II. Twenty eight day‟s test : Acceptance criteria by twenty eight days shall be as follows:- (a)
If the average compressive strength of three cubes is more than the compressive strength
indicated in Table IV, the concrete shall be accepted at full rates.
(b) If the average compressive strength of three cubes is less than the specified but not less than
85% of the specified strength, the concrete may be accepted at reduced rates at the discretion of
the Architects / clients engineer.
(c) If the average compressive strength of three cubes is less than 85% of the specified
strength, architects / clients engineer shall reject and get dismantled the defective portion of the
work represented by the sample along with the structurally connected work as considered
necessary at the risk and cost of the contractor.
In case of (b) and (c) Architects / clients engineer, if they so decides may order the
additional tests like core test, ultrasonic test, rebound hammer test, load test of structure or part
of structure etc. to be carried out. All the charges in connection with these additional tests
shall be borne by the contractor. If on the basis of these additional tests the architects / clients
engineer is satisfied about the structural adequacy of the concrete, he may accept the work at
reduced rates.
2.38 CONCRETE ORDERED TO BE DISMANTLED : Where the Architects / clients

engineer does not accept the poor or defective concrete and orders the same to be dismantled, then
the contractor shall dismantle such concrete at his expense and reconstruct the same to the
architects / clients engineer‟s approval at his expense. The concrete thus strengthened and
accepted shall however, be paid at reduced rate. (for mixes of concrete refer Table IV under para
2.34).
2.39 CONCRETE RETAINED WITH RECTIFICATION : Where the architects / clients

engineer in order to save time and where he considers proper, orders that defective concrete the
strengthened as directed by him the contractor shall carry out all rectification measures to
architects / clients engineer‟s approval at his expense. The concrete thus
93
strengthened and accepted shall however, be paid at reduced rate. (for mixes of concrete
refer Table IV under para 2.34).
2.40 QUANTITY OF DEFECTIVE CONCRETE REPRESENTED BY CUBES : In all

cases of defective concrete as revealed by works test cubes strength failing below the specified
strength, the quantity of concrete thus affected and represented by the cubes shall be decided
by the Architects / clients whose decision shall be final and binding on the contractor.
2.41 HONEY COMBING :
(a) Where honeycombed surfaces are noticed in the concrete, the contractor shall not patch up
the same until examined by the architect‟s / client‟s engineer and decision given regarding the
acceptance with rectification or rejection of the same. If contractor patches up such defects
without the knowledge of the architects / clients engineer, the architects / clients engineer will be
at liberty to order demolition of the concerned concrete members to the extent they considers
necessary. In such case, the contractor at his expense, shall reconstruct demolished work.
Demolished work shall not be measured and paid for.
(b) If in the opinion of the architect‟s / clients engineer the honey combing is harmful to the
structure and where so directed by the architect / clients engineer, the full structural members
affected by honeycombing as decided by architect / clients engineer shall be dismantled and
reconstructed to architect / clients approval at contractor‟s expense. The demolished
concrete will not be measured and paid for.
(c) Such honeycombed areas which are not severe in the opinion of architect / clients
engineer and can be retained with rectification shall be dealt with as under:-
Patches are first treated with the coat of thin grout composed of one part of cement and one part
of sand and then filled with mortar similar to that used in the concrete. The mortar is placed in
layers not more than 10mm thick and each layer is given a scratch finish to secure bond with the
succeeding layer.
2.42 OTHER DEFECTS : Any other defects in concrete shall be made good as directed by
the architects / clients engineer at contractor‟s expense.
2.43 DEVALUATION OF RATES FOR CONCRETE NOT CONFORMING TO

SPECIFIED STRENGTH :
In case of average compressive strength being less than the specified strength but upto 85% of
the specified strength, the rate payable shall be in the same proportion as average compressive
strength bears to the specified compressive strength.
94
In case average compressive strength of concrete is less than 85% of the specified strength (but
the same is accepted to be retained in the structure), the rate payable shall be 85% of the quoted
rate minus 1-1/2 times the further percentage reduction below 85% strength.
(Note : While working out the devaluation, only the concrete component of the rate
excluding shuttering shall be taken into account for calculation).
2.44 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS :
(a) Location: The contractor shall submit sketches showing the locations where he proposes to
provide construction joints and get them approved from the architects / clients engineer prior
to concreting.
(b) Stop boards: All vertical construction - joints shall be formed with proper wooden stop -
board at the joint. Where directed, the joints shall be rebated or joggled and be of approved
shape.
(c) Water bars: Wherever water bars / stops are specified the same shall be provided as per
drawings or as directed. It is necessary to ensure that water bars form continuous
diaphragms. When PVC water bars / stops are provided the joints shall be properly heated and
fused as per manufacturer‟s specifications.
2.45 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS IN BASEMENT :
(a) Location and formation: Contractor shall prepare a drawing showing the proposed
construction joints and have it approved by the architects / clients engineer. After such
approval, it is necessary to place stop boards, well in advance, at predetermined positions and
carry out the concreting right upto the stop boards.
(b) Particular care is required to form and treat construction joints in basement in order to ensure
water - tightness for which contractor shall be responsible.
(c) Joints in the base slab : Joints in base slabs and beams of a basement shall be so located that
the joint is parallel to the principal reinforcement. Where it is unavoidable and is at right angle to
the principal reinforcement, the joint shall be in the middle of the span of the slab or beams.
(d) Formation vertical joints : Vertical construction joints in base slab and wall of basement
shall be formed by using vertical stop - boards in predetermined positions. PVC water bars shall
be provided for vertical joints in walls.
(e) Formation horizontal joints : Horizontal joints in walls shall be rebated and care shall be taken to
establish a proper and good bond between the hardened concrete and freshly laid.
95
concrete to produce a watertight joint which shall be contractor‟s responsibility. PVC water base
shall be provided for horizontal joints in walls.
(f) Wall slab junctions : Each layer must be compacted before placing the next layer.
Concrete in the splays at the junction of the wall and the slab shall be placed without joint at the
time of concreting the slab.
2.46 TREATMENT OF CONSTRUCTION JOINTS IN BASEMENTS :
(a) When work is resumed on the surface which has hardened such surface shall be
roughened. It shall be thoroughly cleaned and wetted and covered with a 12mm layer of mortar
composed of cement and sand in the same ratio as cement and sand in the concrete mix. This
12mm layer of mortar shall be freshly mixed and placed immediately before the placing of the
concrete.
(b) Where the surface has not fully hardened, the laitence shall be removed by scrubbing the wet
surface with wire bristle brushes, care being taken to avoid dislodgement of aggregate particles.
The surface shall be thoroughly wetted and all free water removed. The surface shall then be
coated with thick neat cement grout.
(c) Care shall be taken to obtain good bond between the hardened and freshly placed
concrete. Careful ramming and moulding of concrete around the water bar is very important.
2.47 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS IN SUPER STRUCTURE :
(a) Columns : A joint shall be formed horizontally at the top of a foundation and 75mm
below the lowest soffit of the beams meeting at the head of the column or 12mm below the tip
of anchor bar projected from the floor beam into the column whichever is lower. Concrete
in the head of a column where one or more beams meet shall be placed without a joint i.e.,
concrete in the joint shall be poured along with floor concrete.
(b) Beams : Concrete in the beam shall be placed throughout without a joint but if the
provision of a joint is unavoidable, the joint shall be vertical and at the middle of the span.
(c) Slabs : A joint in the slab shall be vertical and parallel to the principal reinforcement. Where
it is unavoidable and at right angles to the principal, reinforcement, the joint shall be vertical and
at the middle of the span.
(d) Treatment of construction joints : Same as for construction joints in basement i.e., 2.47
above.
2.48 EXPANSION JOINTS : (a) Expansion joints shall be provided as shown in the drawings.
96
(b) Expansion joints are meant to provide discontinuity in the structure. Care shall be
taken to ensure this discontinuity by having clear joints throughout the length and height of the
expansion joints. There shall be no connection between two sides of an expansion joint except
with the materials used to form the expansion joints like fillers, GI strips etc.
(c) Filler material for expansion joints shall be Shalitex joint filler as manufactured by M/s.
Shalimar or other equal and approved make and of appropriate thickness. The filler material
shall extend to the entire depth of a joint except for a distance of 25mm from the exposed
faces.
(d) Contractor shall ensure that expansion joints are made watertight and that no leakages occur
through these joints for which he shall be responsible.
2.49 WATERTIGHT CONCRETE : Concrete in all basement works such as basement

base slab and beams, walls, etc. Water tanks and the like where concrete is 1:1-1/2:3 mix or richer
mix is specified, will be considered as watertight concrete whether so specifically mentioned
or not in the Schedule of Quantities. In respect of such concrete it shall be the contractor‟s
responsibility to ensure that the resulting construction is watertight. If it is not, the contractor
shall carry out at his own cost, all necessary remedial measures which the architects / clients
engineer directs.
2.50 FORM WORK :
MATERIALS AND DESIGN :
(a) The formwork shall be timber of plywood or steel. If any particular material or
materials be specified in the Schedule of Quantities for formwork such particularly specified
material or materials shall be used in work. The form work shall be so constructed as to remain
sufficiently rigid during placing of the concrete and shall be sufficiently tight to prevent loss
of liquid from the concrete. The forms shall have sufficient strength and rigidity to hold concrete
and withstand the pressure of ramming and vibration without excessive deflection of the
prescribed lines and more so when the concrete is vibrated. The surface of all forms in contact
with concrete shall be clean, rigid, watertight and smooth. Suitable devices shall be used to
hold corners, adjacent ends and edges of panels of other forms together in accurate
alignment.
(b) The form work shall conform to the shape, lines and dimensions to suit the RCC members
as shown on drawings and to be so constructed. Form work shall be adequately designed to support
the full weight of workers, fresh placed concrete without yielding settlement or deflection and to ensure
good and truly aligned concrete finished in accordance with the construction drawings. A camber in all
directions of 6mm for every 5M span in all slab and beam centering shall be given to allow for
a unavoidable sagging due to compression or other causes.
97
(c) The form work shall be so designed that the sides of the beams shall be first struck
leaving the soffit of beams and the supporting props in position. Props shall be designed to allow
accurate adjustment and to permit of their being struck without jarring the concrete.
(d) Temporary openings shall be provided at the base of column forms and at other points where
necessary to facilitate cleaning and observation immediately before concrete is deposited.
(e) Vertical shuttering : The vertical shuttering shall be carried down to such solid surface as is
sufficiently strong to adequate support and shall remain in position until the newly constructed
work is able to support itself. Props shall be securely braced against lateral deflection.
Where timber props are used like bullies, they shall be of a minimum diameter of
10cm. and shall be straight and adequately strong. The spacing of such struts shall be
designed to carry loads imposed on it without undue deflection of the members supported by the
props. The spacing of props shall be approved by the architects/clients engineer and any
alterations suggested by him shall be carried out at contractor‟s expense. Bracing shall be
provided as directed without extra cost. Contractor shall allow in his rates for providing
props and struts for any height shown in the working drawings issued to contractor from time to
time.
2.51 WATERTIGHTNESS : It is the contractor‟s responsibility to ensure that the forms are
checked for watertightness just before concreting operation starts and to make good any
deficiencies.
2.52 CLEANING AND TREATMENT OF FORMS : All rubbish, particularly chippings,

shavings and sawdust, shall be removed from the interior of the forms before the concrete is
placed and the formwork in contact with the concrete shall be cleaned and thoroughly wetted or
treated with an approved composition. Care shall be taken to see that such approved
composition is kept out of contact with the reinforcement.
2.53 STRIPPING : Forms shall be left in place until their removal is authorized by the
architects / clients engineer and shall then be removed with care so as to avoid injury to concrete.
In no circumstances shall form be struck until the concrete reaches a strength of atleast twice the
stress to which concrete may be subjected at the time of striking. The strength referred to
shall be that of concrete using the same cement and aggregates with the same proportions, and
cured under conditions of temperature and moisture similar to those existing on the work.
Where possible, the formwork shall be left longer, as it would assist the curing.
2.54 STRIPPING TIME : In normal circumstances (generally where temperature are

above 20 degree celsius) and where ordinary cement is used, forms shall be struck after
expiry of the following periods given in table VI
TABLE - VI
98
Striking time in
LOCATION days for ordinary Pozzolana Cement
Portland cement
(a) Vertical sides of walls, slabs, beams 2 4

and columns
(b) Bottoms of slabs above 4.5M span 7 14
(c) Bottoms of slabs upto 4.5M span

bottoms of beams upto 6M span and arch 14 21
rib bottoms upto 6M span
(d) Bottom of beams over 6M span and

arch rib bottoms above 6 M span 21 30
Note 1 : In case the shuttering for the part of the structure is supported or suspended
from the shuttering of the concrete member already cast then the shuttering of the concrete
member (already cast) supporting the new shuttering shall not be removed until the concrete of
the supported / suspended member is matured.
Note 2 : Special care shall be taken while striking of the shuttering for (I) canopies (ii)
Chajjas (iii) Cantilever slabs and beams and (iv) retaining walls, so as to ensure stability of these
structural elements. Relevant notes given in the structural drawings in this connection shall be
strictly followed.
2.55 FORM WORK IN LIFTS FOR CONTINUOUS SURFACES : Where forms for
continuous surface are placed in successive units (as for example in columns or walls), the forms
shall fit tightly over the completed surfaces so as to prevent leakage of mortar from the concrete
and to maintain accurate alignment of the surface.
2.56 PROCEDURE FOR REMOVING THE FORM WORK : All formwork shall be
removed without such shock or vibration as would damage the reinforced concrete. Before the
soffit and struts are removed, the concrete surface shall be exposed where necessary in order to
ascertain that the concrete has sufficiently hardened. Proper precautions shall be taken to
allow for the decrease in the rate of hardening that occurs with all cements in the cold weather.
For cantilevers props shall be removed from the tip towards support. Special notes given in
relevant structural drawings shall be strictly adhered to in order to avoid mishaps.
2.57 TOLERANCES : The following shall be the maximum permissible tolerances:-
99
(a) On general setting out dimensions up to 4M in length, a tolerance up to 3mm will be
allowed.
(b) On lengths of more than 4M tolerance of not more than 5mm will be allowed.
(c) On the cross sectional dimensions of columns, beams, slabs, fascias, chajjas, mullions, grills,
fins, louvers and such other members tolerance of more than 2mm will not be allowed.
(d) The top surface of concrete floor slab shall be within 6mm of the level and line shown on the
drawings.
(e) Column and walls and other vertical members shall not be more than 3mm out of plumb in
their storey height and not more than 6mm out of plumb in their full height.
(f) If the work is not carried out within the tolerances set out above in (a) to (e), the cost of all
rectification measures or dismantling and reconstructing as decided by the engineer shall be
borne by the contractor. In case if work is dismantled, the same shall not be measured and paid
for.
2.58 CONTRACTOR‟S RATES FOR CONCRETE TO INCLUDE : The rates of

contractor for providing and laying cement concrete in various grades or proportions in the
Schedule of Quantities shall, apart from any other factors specified elsewhere in the Open
Tender documents, include for the following:-
(a) For all factors and method of work described in these specifications.
(b) For all materials, labour, tools and plants, scaffolding, etc. mixing, conveying and
placing concrete in position, ramming, vibrating, trowelling, curing, providing necessary
scaffolding and removing the same after the work is complete.
(c) Unless otherwise specified in the Schedule of Quantities the cost of concrete items, shall
include for providing and fixing formwork as described inclusive of erecting, propping to required
heights, bracing, providing stays, struts, bolts, nuts and everything necessary to keep the forms
rigid, smoothening the surface to receive concrete as per detailed drawings, striking and
stripping formwork after the concrete is cured, hacking the concrete surface required to receive
plaster etc.
(d) The reinforcement in case of reinforced concrete work will be paid for separately unless
otherwise stated in the particular items, but rate shall include for pouring concrete and
packing around reinforcement.
(e) The measurement of concrete will be as per detailed drawings, shapes and size based on net
structural sizes as per drawings i.e., exclusive of plaster
100
(f) Rates for concrete items shall cover for any shape of structural members like columns,
beams, fascias, fins, louvers, etc. and of cantilevered beams, slabs etc. as per detailed final
drawings, including providing slopes to slabs, beams, chajjas, canopies etc. wherever
required.
(g) Formation and treatment of construction and expansion joints (where water bars like
PVC water bars, strips or joints fillers like “Shalitex” or other equal and approved make are
specified such materials shall be paid for separately).
(h) Fixing all inserts like pipes, plugs, forming holes, etc. as described. (I)
For volumetric batching.
(j) For taking out dowel bars, fan hooks etc. through shuttering.
(k) In cases where at the junctions of beams, columns, slabs the composition of concrete mix or
specified strength be different for columns, beams and slabs, then in such cases only the richer
concrete among those specified for in all these members shall be used at the junctions and rate
quoted for columns, beams and slabs or any members entering such junctions shall allow for the
same. Rate shall also cover for spill over of richer concrete in beams to natural angle of repose of
wet concrete required from practical considerations, while concreting the junctions.
(l) For forming chamfers, bands and drip moulds in columns, beams, slabs, chajjas, fascia, sills,
coping etc. and where shown in the drawings or as directed.
(m) For work at all levels.
2.59 STEEL REINFORCEMENT:
2.60 MILD STEEL BARS : Mild steel reinforcement bars shall conform to IS 226 - 1962
“Standard Quality” or IS 432 - 1960 “Grade 1”. Other qualities of steel shall not be
acceptable.
2.61 HIGH STRENGTH DEFORMED BARS : Wherever deformed high strength

reinforcement bars are specified, the contractor shall use one of the following, accompanied by a
certificate from the Manufacturer.
(a) “Tistrong - II “ as manufactured by M/s. Tata Iron & Steel Co., conforming to IS : 1139
- 1966.
(b) “ Torsteel “ as manufactured by M/s. Hindustan Steel or other manufacturers under

licence from M/s. Isteg Steel Corporation of Luxemberg, conforming to IS : 1786 - 1966
101
(c) Where “ Tistrong - II “ is specified, they shall be used as per the recommendations of the
manufacturers.
2.62 CLEANING OF REINFORCEMENT : Before the reinforcement is placed in

position, the surface of the reinforcement shall be cleaned of rust, dust, grease and other
objectionable substances.
2.63 CUTTING OF REINFORCEMENTS : Before the reinforcement bars are cut, the
contractor shall study the lengths of bars required as per drawings and shall carry out cutting only
to suit the sizes required as per drawings.
2.64 PLACING AND SECURING : Reinforcement bars shall be accurately placed and
secured in position and firmly supported or wedged by pre-cast concrete blocks of suitable
thickness, at sufficiently close intervals, so that they will not sag between the supports or got
displaced during the placing of concrete or any other operation of the work. It is most important
to maintain reinforcement in its correct position without displacement and to maintain the
correct specified cover. Contractor shall be responsible for all costs for rectification required in
case the bars are displaced out of their correct position.
2.65 BINDING WIRE : The reinforcement shall be securely bound wherever bars cross or
wherever required with annealed steel binding wire of size not less than 0.90mm and
confirming to IS : 280 - 1962.
2.66 WELDING : Welding of bars shall not be carried out unless specially authorised in writing
by Architects / clients.
2.67 BENDS etc : Bends, cranks, etc. on steel reinforcement shall be carefully formed, care
being taken to keep bends out of winding. Otherwise, all rods shall be truly straight. If any bend
shows signs of brittleness or cracking, the rod shall be removed immediately from the site.
Minimum radius of 9 times diameter of the bar shall be used unless otherwise specified in the
drawings. However, in respect of standard hooks the radius of bend shall be
2 times of diameter of bar. Heating of reinforcement of bars to facilitate bending will not be
permitted. The bars shall always be bent cold. In case of mild steel reinforcement bars of larger
sizes, where cold bending is not possible, they may be sent by heating with written permission of
the architects / clients engineer. Bars when bent hot shall not be heated beyond cherry red
colour and after bending, shall be allowed to cool slowly without quenching. The bars
damaged or weakened in any way in bending shall not be used on the work. High strength of
deformed bars shall in no case be heated to facilitate bending or cranking.
2.68 INSPECTION OF REINFORCEMENT : No concerning shall be commenced until the

architects / clients engineer has inspected the reinforcement in position and until his approval has
been obtained.
102
A notice of at least 24 hours shall be given to the architects / clients engineer by the
contractor for inspection of reinforcement. If in the opinion of the architects / clients
engineer any material is not in accordance with the specification or the reinforcement is
incorrectly spaced, bent or otherwise defective, the contractor shall immediately remove such
materials from the site and replace with new rectify any other defects in accordance with the
instruction of the architects / clients engineer and to his entire satisfaction.
2.69 NETT MEASUREMENTS : Reinforcement shall be placed as shown on the

structural drawings and payment will be made on the net measurements from drawings and
payment will be made on the net measurements from drawings. Only such laps, dowels,
chairs and pins in reinforcement as approved by the architects / clients engineer or shown on
drawings shall be paid for. The contractor shall allow in his quoted rate for all wastage
which will not be paid for.
2.70 COVER FOR REINFORCEMENT : Cover shall be measured from the outer
surface of main reinforcement. Cover shall be as follows:
(a) At each end of a reinforcing bar, 25mm or twice the diameter of such rod or bar,
whichever is greater.
(b) For a longitudinal reinforcing bar in a beam, 25mm or the diameter of such rod or bar,
whichever is greater.
(c) For tensile, compressive, shear or other reinforcement in a slab, 13mm or the diameters of
such reinforcement, whichever is greater.
(d) For reinforcement in any other member such as a lintel, chejja, canopy or pardi, 13mm or the
diameters of such reinforcement, whichever is greater.
(e) For main reinforcement in isolated footings (side and bottom) clear cover shall be 40mm. (f)
For column bars clear cover shall be 40mm, unless otherwise specified in drawing.
(g) For bars in slabs of strip footings and mat foundations, the clear cover shall be 30mm. Beam
bars shall be placed over bars in respect of beam and slab type foundations.
2.71 STOCK - PILING OF STEEL : Steel required shall be stock piled well in advance of
need in the work. Contractors shall stockpile 1/3 requirement within 15 days of commencement,
2/3 requirement at 1/4 contract time and full requirement at 1/2 contract time.
2.72 RATES QUOTED FOR REINFORCEMENT SHALL IN ADDITION TO ANY

FACTORS MENTIONED ELSEWHERE SHALL ALSO INCLUDE FOR :
103
(a) All cutting to lengths, labour in bending and cranking, forming hooked ends, handling,
hoisting and everything necessary to fix reinforcement in work as per drawings.
(b) Cost of binding wire required as described.
(c) Cost of precast concrete cover blocks to maintain cover and holding reinforcement in
position.
(d) For fabricating and fixing reinforcement in any structural member irrespective of its
location, dimensions and level.
(e) Removal of rust and every other undesirable substances, using wire brush etc. as
described.
(f) Stock piling of reinforcement as described.
(g) Work at all levels.
2.0 MATERIAL & SPECIFICATIONS:
2.1 While executing the work, CPWD Standard Specifications for material and works shall be
followed. In addition to this, relevant ISI Code mentioned in item description, Special
Data & Specifications issued from time to time shall also be applicable.
3.0 BRICK WORK
3.1 BRICKS :
(a) The bricks shall be table moulded first quality of regular and uniform size, shape and colour,
uniformly well burnt throughout but not over burnt. They shall have plane rectangular
faces with parallel sides and sharp straight and right angled edges. They shall be free from cracks
or other flaws. They shall have a frog of 10mm depth on one of their flat faces.
(b) They shall give a clear metallic ringing sound when struck.
(c) They shall show a fine grained, uniform, homogeneous and dense texture on fracture and be
free from lumps of lime, lamination, cracks, air holes, soluble salts causing efflorescence or
other defects which may in any way impair their strength, durability, appearance or
usefulness for the purpose intended. They shall not have any part under burnt. They shall not
break when thrown on the ground on their flat face in a saturated condition from a height of 60
cm.
104
(d) The size of brick shall be 23 x 11.5 x 7.5cm. Only bricks of one standard size shall be
used on one work unless specially permitted by the architects / clients engineer. The
following tolerances are permitted in the standard conventional size adopted on a particular work.
Length - plus or minus 3mm (about 1/8”)

Breadth - plus or minus 1.5mm (about 1/16”)
Depth / plus or minus 1.5mm (about 1/16”)
(e) After immersion in water, absorption by weight shall not exceed 20% of the dry weight of
the brick when tested according to ISS No. 1077 - 1986.
(f) Unless otherwise specified the lead to crush the brick when tested according to ISS No.
1077 - 1986 shall not be less than 35 Kg/Sqm.
3.2 MORTAR : Unless otherwise specified, mortar for brick work shall be composed of 1 part
of cement to 5 parts of coarse approved sand for walls of one brick thick (i.e., 23 cms) and
over and one part of cement to 4 parts of coarse approved sand for half brick thick wall.
Other specifications for mortar in brick work shall be as per ISS No. 2116 - 1965.
3.3 CONSTRUCTION DETAILS :
(a) SOAKING : All bricks shall be immersed in water minimum for two hours before
being put into work so that they will be saturated and will not absorb water from the mortar.
(b) BATS : No bats or cut bricks shall be used in the work unless absolutely necessary around
irregular openings or for adjusting the dimensions of different course and for closers, in which
case, full bricks shall be laid at corners, the bats being placed in the middle of the courses.
(c) LAYING : The bricks shall be laid in mortar to line level and shapes shown on the
plans, slightly pressed and thoroughly bedded in mortar all joints shall be properly flushed and
packed with mortar so that they will be completely filled with mortar and no hollows left
anywhere. Bricks shall be handled carefully so as not to damage their edges. They should not
also be thrown from any height to the ground but should be put down gently. All courses shall be
laid truly horizontal and all vertical joints made truly vertical. Vertical joints in one course and
the next below shall not come over one another and shall not normally be nearer than quarter of a
brick length. For battered faces bedding shall be at right angles to the face. Fixtures, plugs,
frames etc. if any, shall be built in at places shown in the plans while laying the courses only and
not later by removal of brick already laid.
Care shall be taken during construction to see that edges of bricks at quoins, sills, heads, etc.
are not damaged.
The vertically of the walls and horizontally of the courses shall be checked very often with
plumb - bob and spirit level respectively.
105
(d) BOND : Unless otherwise specified, brick work shall be done in English bond.
(e) JOINTS : Joints shall not exceed 10mm (about 3/8”) in thickness and this thickness
shall be uniform throughout. The joints shall be raked out not less than 10mm (about 3/8”) deep
when the mortar is green where pointing is to be done. When the brick surfaces are to be
plastered, the joints shall be raked to a depth of 5mm when the mortar is green, so as to provide
good key to plaster.
(f) UNIFORM RAISING : Brick work shall be carried out regularly in all cases where the
nature of work will admit, not leaving any part 60cm, lower than another. But where
building at different levels is necessary, the breaks shall be stepped so as to give later a
uniform and effectual bond. Horizontal courses should be to line and level and even and face
plumb or to batter as shown on the plan. The rate of laying masonry may be up to a height of
80cm. per day if cement mortar is used and 45cm (about 18”) if lime mortar is used.
3.4 SCAFFOLDING : Scaffolding will be double or Two as is warranted for the particular
work.
Putlog holes shall be made good by bricks to match the face work when putlogs are removed after
ensuring that the holes behind are solidly filled in with 1:4:8 cement concrete.
3.5 CURING : All brick work shall be kept well warranted for 14 days after laying. Where
pozzolana cement is allowed to be used for mortar the curing shall be extended by one week at
the contractor‟s expenses.
3.6 EXPOSED WORK : Where exposed brick is specified, the usual specifications for the
„Brick work‟ as mentioned above will be applicable for „Exposed Brick Work‟ but in
addition specially selected bricks shall be used for facing, ensuring regular and clean faces of
uniform colour. No bricks which are broken, chipped, wrinkled or which have irregular
edges or corners shall be used. Depending on the quality of bricks and if instructed by the
architects / clients engineer the exposed face of every brick shall be rubbed before laying without
extra charge. Wooden fillets 10mm thick and 10mm wide shall be placed at the edge of joints so
that no mortar comes on the surface of the bricks and a regular thickness of joints is maintained.
The surface shall be rubbed down with brushes on bricks if necessary, and thoroughly washed.
No mortar shall be allowed to stick to the surface, which shall be left clean to the architects /
clients engineers‟ satisfaction with all joints even and true to a straight line. Double
scaffolding shall be used in exposed brick work.
3.7 REINFORCEMENT IN HALF BRICK THICK WALLS : Half brick thick and brick on
edge walls shall be provided with reinforcement consisting of 2 Nos. of 6mm dia. M.S. round bars of
500mm long (each) as dowels, embedded mortar 15mm thick at every fourth course and securely
anchored at their ends, where the partition bonds with the cross walls.
106
contract, the rate for items of brick work shall include for the following :
(a) All labour, materials, use of tools, equipment and other items incidental to the
satisfactory completion of brick masonry at all heights and levels.
(b) Erecting and removing of all scaffolding, ladders and plant required for the execution of the
work to the height and depths and shapes as shown on the plan or as ordered by the architects /
clients engineer.
(c) Constructing brick work to lines, levels, batters, pillars, curves and to any position or
shape, to any heights or levels including raking of joints and housing frames, fixtures etc.
(d) Curing the brick work.
(e) Removing of all stains and adhering mortar lumps on the brick work surfaces.
3.9 MEASUREMENTS :
(a) Half brick thick and brick on edge walls shall be measured in Sqm. unless otherwise
mentioned.
(b) One brick thick wall and thicker walls shall be measured in Cum. Brick walls up to and
including 3 bricks in thickness should be measured in multiples of half bricks which shall
deemed to inclusive of mortar joints. Widths of more than three bricks in walls will be
measured actually and limited to the width specified.
(c) No deductions or additions shall be made on any account for:
(i) Ends of dissimilar materials (i.e., joints, beams, lintels, posts, girders, rafters, purlins,
trusses, corbels, steps etc.) up to 500 sq cm. in section; and
(ii) Openings up to 0.1 sqm in section
NOTE : In calculating the area of openings, any separate lintels or sills be included along
with the size of the openings but the end portions of the lintels shall be excluded and the
extra width of rebated reveals, if any, shall be executed.
(iii) Wall plates and bed plates, and bearing of slabs, chajjas and the like which the thickness
does not exceed 10cm and the bearing does not extend over the full thickness of the wall.
4.0 CEMENT CONCRETE FLOORING AND CEMENT SKIRTING OR
107
DADO
PLAIN CEMENT CONCRETE FLOORING IN TWO LAYER
4.1 CEMENT CONCRETE : Unless otherwise specified, the proportion of cement

concrete shall M 15 (cement fine aggregate : coarse stone aggregate of size 12mm and below by
volume. Cement however, shall not measured in volume but by weight. One bag of cement of
50 Kgs shall be assumed to contain 35 litres of cement i.e., 1.20 Cft) The coarse aggregate shall
be from approved source, carefully selected, sufficiently tough and hard stone pieces broken in a
manner that will provide particles of approximate cubical shapes affording good interlocking.
Elongated or thin flake like fragments should be avoided. The maximum size of coarse aggregate
shall be 12mm. The fine aggregates shall be sand from approved source and consist of
properly graded particles. The coarse and fine aggregates shall be conforming to relevant IS 383
- 1970 and shall be washed clean if necessary.
Unless otherwise mentioned in the item concrete in flooring shall be 40mm thick. The least
amount of mixing water that will produce a workable mix and will allow finishing without
excessive trowelling shall be used. Generally a water cement ratio of 0.5 should suffice.
4.2 PREPARATION OF SUB - GRADE : Before placing the concrete flooring the sub
grade shall be got approved by the architects / clients engineer. The top surface of the sub -
grade, shall be thoroughly cleaned of the dirt, loose particles, cake mortar droppings and
laitance, if any by scrubbing with coir or steel wire brush or by hacking if necessary. The top
surface of sub grade shall be slightly rough and shall have the required slope. The sub grade shall
be moistened before laying the concrete flooring without forming any pools of water.
4.3 LAYING : The concrete flooring shall be laid in alternate bays not exceeding 2 x 2m each.
The edge of each panel into which the floor is divided should be supported by flat iron or wood
duly oiled to prevent sticking. Their depth shall be same as that proposed for the concrete
flooring as mentioned in the item. The flat iron should be removed before filling in the adjoining
panels. At least 48 hours shall elapse before the concreting in the adjoining bays is
commenced. AC ./ glass strips or approved separators shall be provided if specified in the item.
The concrete shall be laid immediately after mixing. While being placed the concrete shall be
vigorously sliced and spaded with suitable tools to prevent formation of voids or honeycomb
pockets. The concrete shall be brought to the specified levels by means of a heavy straight edge
resting on the side forms and drawn ahead with a sawing motion in combination with a series of
lifts and drops alternating with small lateral shifts. While concreting the adjacent bays, care
shall be taken to ensure that the edges of previously laid bays are not broken by careless or hard
tamping. Immediately after laying the concrete, the surface shall be inspected for high or low
spots and any needed correction shall be done by adding or removing the concrete. After striking
of the surface to the required grade, it shall be compacted with wooden float. The blows shall
be fairly heavy in the beginning but as consolidation takes place, light rapid strokes shall be
given to complete the ramming. The
108
floating shall be followed by steel trowelling after the surface has hardened sufficiently to prevent
excess of fine material from working to the surfaces. The finish shall be brought to a smooth and
even surface, free from defects and blemishes and tested with straight edges and mason‟s spirit -
level to detect any inequalities in the surface which, if any, shall be made good immediately.
No dry cement or mixture of dry cement and sand shall be sprinkled on the surface of concrete
to absorb moisture or to stiffen the mix. The junctions of floor and walls shall be rounded off if
so directed without extra payment. No extra mortar shall be laid over the concrete to make the
floor in level. If broom finish is specifically mentioned in the item, the surface shall be obtained
rough with parallel broom marks before the concrete sets.
After the concrete in the bays has set, the joints of the panels shall be filled with cement paste as
directed. The joints shall be straight both ways i.e., along the length and width. The vertical
edge of the bays shall be neatly marked on the surface with a pointed trowel after filling the
joints.
4.4 CURING : The surface shall be protected from direct sun when it is green. As soon as the
surface has hardened sufficiently to prevent damage to it, it shall be kept continuously moist for
atleast 14 days by means of wet gunny bags, 50mm thick layer of damp sand spread over
the surface or pooling water on the surface.
4.5 RATES TO INCLUDE : Apart from other factors mentioned elsewhere in the contract, the
rates shall include for the following :
(i) Cleaning and preparing the sub grade.
(ii) Providing and laying concrete of the specified mix, and finishing the surface as described
above.
(iii) Providing and fixing AC or glass strips of approved separators to form panels when
specified.
(iv) Curing.
(v) All labour, materials, tools and equipment for carrying out the items as specified above.
4.6 MODE OF MEASUREMENT: The measurement shall be in square metres of cast - in -

situ of cement concrete flooring of provided.
4.7 CEMENT DADO AND SKIRTING :
(a) PREPARATION OF SURFACE : The walls to which skirting or dado is to be done shall have
all the joints raked out to a depth of 10mm, if not already done RCC surface shall be properly hacked
to get good key to the mortar. All dust and oily matter, if any, shall be
109
brushed and cleaned and the surface shall be kept wet for 6 hours before the dado or skirting work
commences. The dado or skirting work shall not be commenced unless the preparatory work is
passed by architects / clients engineer.
(b) CEMENT MORTAR: Unless otherwise mentioned the proportion of mortar shall be
1:3 ( 1 cement : 3 sand). Sand in mortar shall be as per IS: 1542 - 1977 as applicable to
internal wall plastering and washed clean if necessary. The thickness of dado or skirting
shall be 20mm thick unless otherwise specified.
(c) APPLICATION: The mortar shall be firmly applied with somewhat more than the
required thickness and well pressed, rubbed and leveled with a flat wooden rule to give required
thickness. Long straight edges shall be freely used to ensure perfectly plane and even surface.
No dry cement or mixture of dry cement and sand shall be sprinkled directly on the surface to
absorb moisture or to stiffen the mix. The mortar shall adhere to the surface intimately when set
and there should be no hollow sound when struck. All corners, angles and junctions shall be
truely vertical and horizontal as the case may be, carefully and neatly finished. Care shall be
taken to see that the top edge of the skirting or dado shall be straight in line and square and
joined with plaster above as mentioned. When neat cement finish is specified over the plaster
surface, a coat of pure Portland cement slurry, 1.5mm thick shall be applied and well rubbed
to the plaster surface while the plaster surface is still fresh. When the finish is specified, the
plastered surface shall be rubbed well to an even plane with a wooden float for external surface
and finished smooth with a steel trowel for internal surface.
If coloured dado or skirting is required, approved coloured cement or cement mixed with the
required shade of approved pigment shall be used.
(d) CURING : The dado or skirting shall be kept wet for 14 days.
contract, the rate for the item of dado or skirting shall include for the following :
(I) Preparing the surface.
(ii) Providing and applying cement mortar of specified mix, finishing the surface and
finishing the edges with plaster as stated above.
(iii) Providing coloured cement and colouring pigment when coloured cement dado / skirting is
specified.
(iv) Curing.
(v) All labour, materials, tools and equipment for carrying out the items as specified above.
110
4.9 MODE OF MEASUREMENT :
(a) Dado shall be measured in square meters as provided.
(b) The height of skirting shall be specified in the item and shall be measured in R.M.
(Skirting upto 30cm in height shall be measured in running meters).
CERAMIC/ GLAZED TILES IN FLOORING AND DADO
5.00 FLOORING :
5.1 TILES : Tiles including specials shall be of approved make and quality and shall
conform to IS 777 - 1970 in all respects. Samples of tiles shall be got approved by the
architects / clients engineer, who will keep them in his office for verification as to whether the
materials brought for use conform to the approved samples
5.2 MORTAR BEDDING : The amount of water added shall be minimum necessary to
give just sufficient plasticity for laying and satisfactory bedding. Care shall be taken in preparing
the mortar to ensure that there are no hard lumps that would interfere with the even bedding
of the tiles. Before spreading mortar, sub - floor or base shall be cleaned of all dirt, scum, loose
materials and laitance if any, by scrubbing with coir or steel wire brush or by hacking if
necessary and then well wetted without forming any pools of water on the surface. Before
laying the mortar, the sub grade shall be got approved by the architects / clients engineer. In
case of RCC floors, the top shall be left a little rough. All points of level for the finished paving
surface shall be marked out. The mortar shall then be evenly and smoothly spread over the
base by the use of screed battens only over so much area as will be covered with tiles before the
setting of the mortar. The thickness of the mortar bed shall not be less than 15mm and not more
than 25mm. Unless otherwise specified, the proportion of mortar bedding shall be as specified
in the item. Sand for mortar bedding shall be from approved source, and shall conform to IS
No. 2116 - 1965 as applicable to unreinforced masonry work.
5.3 LAYING, FINISHING, CURING AND CLEANING: The tiles before laying shall be soaked
in water for atleast two hours. Tiles which are fixed in the floor adjoining the wall shall be so
arranged that the surface of the round edge tiles shall correspond to the skirting or dado. Neat
cement grout of honey like consistency shall be spread over the bedding mortar just to cover so much
area as can be tiled within half an hour. The edges of the tiles shall be smeared with neat white cement
slurry and fixed in this grout one after the other, each tile being well pressed and gently tapped with a
wooden mallet till it is properly bedded and in level with the adjoining tiles. There shall be no hollows
in bed or joints. The joints shall be kept as close as possible and in straight lines. The joints
between the tiles shall not exceed 1.5mm wide. After fixing the tiles finally in an even plane, the
flooring shall be covered with wet saw dust. The tile flooring shall be cured for 14 days.
111
After the tiles have been laid in a room or the day‟s fixing work is completed the surplus cement
grout that may have come out of the joints shall be cleaned off before it sets. Once the floor
has set the floor shall be carefully washed clean and dried. When dry, the floor shall be
covered with oil free dry saw dust which shall be removed only after completion of the
construction work and just before the floor is occupied.
contract, the contractor‟s rate quoted shall include for the following :
(I) Cleaning the base and providing and laying bedding mortar and levelling.
(ii) Cleaning and fixing the tiles including all specials like round edges corner cups, angles, etc.
in neat cement float over the bedding mortar.
(iii) Filling the joints of tiles with neat white cement slurry.
(iv) Finishing, curing and cleaning.
(v) All labour, materials and use of tools for carrying out the item as specified above.
5.5 MODE OF MEASUREMENT : Measurement for flooring tiles shall be in square

meters as provided.
5.6 GLAZED TILES DADO:
(a) TILES : Glazed tiles shall be same as described under white glazed tiles flooring.
(b) MORTAR BACKING : All joints in the face work shall be raked out to a depth equal to
not less than the width of the joints or as directed by the architects / clients engineer .
Concrete surfaces shall be properly hacked. All dirt, soot oil, or any other material that
might interfere with satisfactory bond shall be removed. The surface shall be cleaned and
scrubbed with fresh water and kept wet for six hours prior to applying backing mortar. The dado
work shall not be commenced unless the preparatory work is passed by the architects / clients
engineer. The proportion of mortar for backing shall be 1:3 cement mortar. Sand in mortar
bedding shall be from approved source, and shall conform to IS : 1542 : 1977 as applicable to
internal wall and ceiling plastering and external wall plastering. The thickness of mortar backing
shall not be less than 12mm and not more than 20mm.
(c) FIXING DADO TILES: Dado work shall be done only after fixing tiles on the floor. The white
glazed tiles shall be soaked in water for atleast two hours before being used for dado work. Tiles
shall be fixed when the cushioning mortar is still plastic and before it gets very stiff. The back of tiles
shall be covered with a thin layer of neat cement paste and the tile shall then be pressed in the
112
mortar and gently tapped against the wall with a wooden mallet. The fixing shall be done from
bottom of wall upwards without any hollows in the bed or joints. Each tile shall be fixed as close as
possible to the one adjoining. The tiles shall be jointed with white cement slurry. Any difference in the
thickness of tiles shall be evened out in cushioning mortar so that all tiles faces are in one vertical
plane. The joints between the tiles shall not exceed 1.5mm in width and they shall be uniform.
While fixing tiles in dado work, care shall be taken to break joint vertically. After fixing the dado,
they shall be kept continuously wet for 14 days. If doors, windows or other openings are located
within the dado area, the sills, jambs, angles etc. shall be provided with white glazed tiles and
appropriate specials according to the foregoing specification and such tiled area shall be measured
net along with the dado.
(d) CLEANING : After the tiles have been fixed the surplus cement grout that may have come
out of the joints shall be cleaned off before it sets. After the complete curing, the dado or skirting
work shall be washed thoroughly clean.
contract, the rates for the items of dado or skirting shall include the following :
(I) Backing mortar.
(ii) Providing and fixing tiles including all specials like round edges, angles, capping, etc. in neat
cement float over backing mortar.
(iii) Jointing of the tiles with white cement slurry.
(iv) Curing,
(v) Cleaning.
(vi) All labour, material, use of tools and equipments, for carrying out the items as specified
above.
5.8 MODE OF MEASUREMENT : Dado shall be measured in square metres as provided.
6.0 POLISHED KOTAH / SHAHABAD / TANDUR STONE FLOORING,

DADO / LINING AND SKIRTING FLOORING
6.1 STONE SLABS : The stone slabs shall be hard, sound, durable, resistant to wear. Unless
otherwise specified, stone slabs shall be square in shape 30 x 30cm size and 25mm thick. The stone
slabs shall be without any soft veins, cracks of laws and shall have a uniform colour. A tolerance
of 3mm in thickness at any point shall be permitted. The exposed surface of stone slabs shall be
machine polished to a smooth even and true plan and the edges to be chiseled to half its depth, true
and square to ensure uniform width of joint. The edges of stone slabs shall be machine cut square to
the required shape, if necessary. The stone slabs be of approved colours and shades. A few approved
samples of stone slabs to be used shall be deposited by the contractor in the office of the architects /
clients engineer.
113
6.2 MORTAR BEDDING : The amount of water added shall be the minimum necessary to give
just sufficient plasticity for laying and satisfactory bedding. Care shall be taken in preparing
the mortar to ensure that there are no hard lumps that would interfere with the even bedding
of the stone slab. Before spreading the mortar the sub floor or base shall be cleaned of all dirt,
scum, loose materials, and laitance if any by scrubbing with coir or steel wire brush or by
hacking if necessary, and then well wetted without forming any pools of water on the surface.
Before laying the mortar, the sub grade shall be got approved by the architects / clients engineer.
In case of PCC floors the top shall be left a little rough. All points of level for the finished
paving surface shall be marked out. The mortar shall then be evenly and smoothly spread over
the base by the use of screed battens, only over so much area as will be covered with slabs
within half an hour. The thickness of the mortar bedding shall be given to the bed. The
proportion of mortar bedding shall be as specified and 20mm thick average. Sand for mortar
bedding shall be from approved source, and shall conform to IS No. 2116 - 1965 as applicable to
unreinforced masonry work.
6.3 LAYING, CURING, POLISHING, FINISHING AND CLEANING: Before laying,

the stone slabs shall be thoroughly wetted with clean water. Neat cement grout of honey like
consistency shall be spread on the mortar bed over as much area as could be covered with
the slabs within half an hour. The stone slabs shall be laid on the neat cement float and shall be
evenly and firmly bedded to the required level and slope in the mortar bed. The stone slabs shall
be laid in the approved pattern in Two or two tone colour. Each stone shall be gently tapped with
a wooden mallet till it is firmly and properly bedded. There shall be no hallows left. If there is a
hollow sound on gentle tapping of the stone slabs, such stone slabs shall be removed and reset
properly. The mason shall make the joint of uniform thickness and straight lines. The
thickness of joints shall not exceed 1.5mm. The joints shall be grouted with neat cement slurry.
No border stone slabs shall be less than 100mm in width, unless otherwise approved by the
architects / clients engineer.
When the bedding and joints of the flooring have been completely set, the surface shall be
machine polished to give a smooth, even and true plane to the floor and thoroughly cleaned.
contract, the contractors rate quoted shall include for the following :
(I) Cleaning the base and providing and laying bedding mortar and levelling.
(ii) Providing and fixing the stone slabs in neat cement float on the bedding mortar.
(iii) Filling joints of stone slabs with neat cement slurry of required colour to match the colour of
the stone slabs.
114
(iv) Chiseling, polishing, finishing and cleaning.
(v) All labour, materials and use of tools for carrying out the item as specified above.
6.5 MODE OF MEASUREMENT : Measurement for flooring, stone slabs shall be in

square metre as provided.
6.6 DADO / LINING AND SKIRTING :
(a) The stone slabs shall be as specified above for flooring unless otherwise mentioned. The
stone slabs shall be in approved lengths to match the flooring. The exposed edges of stone slabs
such as in dado / lining and skirting, jambs, soffits, sills etc. shall be machine cut and polished
smooth.
(b) MORTAR BACKING : All joints in the face work shall be raked out to a depth equal to
not less than the width of the joints or as directed by the architects / clients engineer. Concrete
surface shall be properly hacked. All dirt, oil, or any other material that might interfere with
satisfactory bond shall be removed. The surface shall be cleaned and scrubbed with fresh
water and kept wet for six hours prior to applying backing mortar. The dado / lining or skirting
work shall not be commenced unless the preparatory work is passed by the architects / clients
engineer. The proportion of mortar for backing shall be 1:3 CM. Sand in mortar bedding shall
be from approved sources and shall conform to IS : 1542 -
1977, as applicable to internal wall and ceiling plastering and external wall plastering. The
thickness of mortar backing shall not be less than 12mm and not more than 20mm
(c) FIXING, DADO / LINING OR SKIRTING STONE SLABS : Dado / lining or

skirting shall be done only after fixing stone on the floor. The stone slabs shall be thoroughly
wetted in water before being used for dado / lining or skirting work. The stone slabs shall be
fixed when the backing mortar is still, plastic and before it gets stiff. All the stone slabs shall be
covered with an additional layer of neat cement paste and stone shall then be pressed in mortar
and gently tapped against the wall with wooden mallet. The fixing shall be done from the bottom
of wall upwards without any hollows in the beds or joints. Each stone slab shall be fixed as
close as possible to the adjoining stone slab. The stone slab shall be jointed in neat cement
slurry to match the colour of the stones. The joints shall not exceed 1.5mm in width and they
shall be uniform. While fixing the stone slabs in dado / lining or in skirting work, care shall be
taken to see that the joints in the adjoining flooring below, matches with the joints in the dado /
lining or in skirting, as the case may be, or shall be staggered as directed. When specified
brass clamps and pins etc. of approved size shall also be used for fixing dado / lining.
(d) POLISHING : When stone slabs are completely set, polishing shall be done by hand with
approved type of polishing stone. A smooth and even polished surface shall be obtained to match the
finished surface of the flooring.
115
(e) CURING : The dado / lining or skirting shall be kept wet for 14 days.
contract, the rate for the item of dado / lining or skirting shall include the following:
(I) Backing mortar
(ii) Providing and fixing stone slab with exposed edges machine cut including all special tiles and
finishing the edges with plaster.
(iii) Providing and fixing brass clamps and pins etc. for dado / lining where specified. (iv)
Joints of the stone slabs filled with coloured cement slurry to match the stone slabs. (v)
Curing
(vi) Chiselling, polishing and cleaning the dado / lining and skirting.
(vii) All labour, material, use of tools and equipments for carrying out the items as specified
above.
6.8 MODE OF MEASUREMENT :
(a) Dado / lining shall be measured in square metres as provided.
(b) The height of skirting shall be specified in the item and shall be measured in RM.
(Skirting upto 30cm in height shall be measured in running metres.)
7.0 EXTERNAL CEMENT PLASTER WITH SAND FACED / COMBED /

ROUGH CAST FINISHES
SAND FACED FINISH:
a. PREPARATION OF SURFACE: The walls to be plastered to have all

joints raked out to a depth of 10mm, if not already done. RCC surface shall be
properly hacked to get good key to the plaster. Any unevenness shall be leveled
before the plastering is applied. All dust and oil matter, if any, shall be brushed
and cleaned with a stiff bristle or wire brush, and the surface to be plastered shall
be kept wet for six hours before plastering is commenced. If the surface
becomes dry in spots such areas shall be moistened again to restore uniform
suction.
116
b. PROPORTION OF MORTAR : Unless otherwise mentioned, the
proportion of external cement plaster for brick or concrete surfaces shall be
1:4 (1 cement : 4 sand). Sand shall be from approved source free from foreign
matter, washed clean if necessary and shall be as per 1542 - 1977. No more
cement mortar shall be prepared than that can be used within half an hour.
The mortar may be hand mixed or machine mixed. In hand mixed mortar,
cement and sand in the specified proportion shall be thoroughly mixed on a clean
impervious form by turning over atleast three times or more till a
homogeneous and mixture of uniform colour is obtained. Fresh and clean
water shall be added gradually through a rose and thoroughly mixed so that
mix becomes homogeneous and each particle of sand shall be completely
covered with a film of wet cement. Mixing platform shall be so arranged that no
deleterious, extraneous material shall get mixed with mortar nor the mixing water
of the mortar shall flow out.
c. APPLICATION OF PLASTER : The plastering shall be done in two coats
namely under coat and finishing coat.
UNDER COAT : The under coat shall be cement mortar 1:4. Water proofing
compound of approved make shall be added according to manufacturer‟s
specifications to make the mortar waterproof. Patches of plaster 15cm x 15cm shall be
put on about 3m, apart as gauges to ensure even plastering in one plane. The thickness
of the under coat in any part shall not be less than 8mm and more than
12mm. The mortar shall be firmly applied with somewhat more than the required
thickness and well pressed into the joints and on the surface and rubbed and levelled with
a flat wooden rule to give required thickness. Long straight edges shall be freely used to
ensure perfectly plane and even surface. All corners must be finished to their true angles
or rounded as directed. Plastering shall be done from top downward. Keys shall be
formed on the surface by thoroughly combing it with wavy horizontal lines about 12mm
apart and 3mm deep when the mortar is still plastic. Under coat shall be cured for not
less than 2 days before finishing coat is applied.
FINISHING COAT :
Cement mortar for finishing coat shall have washed approved sand with slightly
larger proportion of coarse material. The proportion of cement to sand shall be 1:4. The
finishing coat shall be of such thickness as to make total average finish to thickness
equal to the required plaster thickness as to make total average finish equal to the
required plaster thickness as described. The finishing coat shall be not less than
4mm or more than 8mm thick. The finished surface shall be true and even and shall
present uniform texture throughout and all joining mark shall be eliminated. After
application the surface should be finished with a wooden float lying with cork and tapped
gently to retain coarse surface texture. A steel trowel shall not be used and
overworking shall be avoided. Water shall not be applied to the surface of the
finishing coat while working up, but patches showing signs of premature drying may
117
be patted with a damp float. When the finishing coat has hardened, the surface shall be
kept moist continuously for 14 days. In any continuous face of wall, finishing coat
should be carried out continuously and day to day breaks made to coincide with
architectural breaks in order to avoid unsightly junctions.
All mouldings shall be worked true to template and drawn neat clean and level. All
exposed angles and junctions with door frames etc. shall be carefully finished as
directed.
d. CURING : All plaster work shall be kept damp continuously for a period of
14 days. To prevent excessive evaporation on the sunny or windward side of
the buildings in hot dry weather, matting or gunny bags may be hung over on the
outside of the plaster in the beginning and kept moist.
e. RATES TO INCLUDE : Apart from other factors mentioned elsewhere in this
contract, rates for the item of plaster shall include for the following :
(i) Erecting, dismantling and removing scaffolding.
(ii) Preparing the surface to receive the plaster.
(iii) Providing cement plaster of the specified average thickness, in two coats, including
waterproofing compound.
(iv) All labour, materials, use of tools and equipments to complete the plastering as per
specification.
(v) Curing for 14 days.
(vi) Any mounting work if shown on the drawings or as specified unless separately provided in
the Open Tender.
(vii) Plaster work in bands, arises, rounded angles, fair edges, narrow returns, „V‟ joints,
splays, drip mouldings, making good to metal frames junctions with skirting or dados narrow
widths and small quantities, making good round pipes, conduits, timbers, sills, brackets,
railings etc. and making good after all the sub contractors or nominated sub contractors have done
their work.
7.6 MODE OF MEASUREMENT : All plastering work shall be measured in square metres.
Dimensions shall be measured and quantity worked out correct upto two places of decimals in metre and
square metre respectively. If the average thickness of plaster provided by the contractor is more than
what is specified on any account, no extra payment will be made.
118
For jambs, soffits, sills etc. for openings not exceeding 0.5m2 each in area ends of joists,
beams, posts, etc. not exceeding 0.5m2 each in area and openings not exceeding 3m2 each,
deductions and additions shall be made in the following manner:
(a) No deduction shall be made for ends of joints, beams, posts etc., and openings not
exceeding 0.5m2 each, and no addition shall be made for reveals, jambs, soffits, sills, etc. of these
openings nor for finishing the plaster around ends of joists, beams, posts etc.
(b) Deductions for openings exceeding 0.5m2 but not exceeding 3m2 each shall be made as
follows and no addition shall be made for reveals, jambs, soffits, sills, etc. of these openings:
(i) When both faces of wall are plastered with the same plaster, deduction shall be made for one
face only.
(ii) When two faces of wall plaster with different plasters or if one face is plastered and the
other pointed, deduction shall be made from the plaster or pointing on the side of frames for
doors, windows, etc., on which the width of reveals is less than that on the other side, but no
deduction shall be made on the other side.
In case of openings of area above 3m2 each, deductions shall be made for the openings, but
jambs, soffits and sills shall be measured.
7.7 COMBED FINISH : All the specifications given above for sand finish shall apply to this
as well except that in the case of combed finish, the finishing coat will be treated to have combed
texture of approved pattern.
7.8 ROUGH CAST FINISH :
(a) All the specifications given above for sand faced finish shall apply to this as well except for
the application of plaster which is described below.
(b) APPLICATION OF PLASTER : The plastering shall be done in two coats namely
undercoat and finishing coat. The undercoat shall be done same as in case of sand faced
finish. The finishing coat shall contain a fairly coarse aggregate and shall be thrown on as a wet
mix and shall be left in rough condition. The mortar of the finishing coat shall consist of coarse
aggregate of crushed stone or fine gravel of size generally 6 to 12mm as approved by architects /
clients engineer and specially graded mixture, mixed with approved sand and cement. The
proportion of cement to sand and aggregate / gravel shall be generally 1:1-
1/2:3. The mortar shall be flung upon the undercoat with large trowels to form an even
protection coat. The finishing coat must be applied while the undercoat is still soffit and
plastic. The thickness of the finishing coat shall be about 12mm unless otherwise specified.
119
8.0 WHITE WASHING, COLOUR WASHING AND DISTEMPERING
WHITE WASHING :
(a) MATERIAL : White wash shall be prepared from fresh burnt fat lime. The lime shall be
dissolved in a tub with sufficient quantity of water (about 4/5 litres / Kg. of lime) and the whole
thoroughly mixed and stirred until it attains the consistency of the cream. The wash shall be
taken out in small quantities and strained through a clean coarse cloth. Clean gum dissolved in
hot water shall then be added in suitable proportion of two grams of gum arabic to a litre of lime
to prevent the whole wash coming off easily when rubbed. Rice size may also be used instead
of gum. Required neel colour be added for whiteness.
(b) SCAFFOLDING : This shall be double or Two according to requirement and as

directed. If ladders are used pieces of old gunny bags or cloth bags shall be tied on their tops
and bottoms to avoid damage or scratches to the plastered surfaces and floorings etc. Proper stage
scaffolding shall be erected when white washing the ceiling.
(c) PREPARATION OF SURFACE : The surface shall be prepared by removing all

mortar droppings and foreign matter and thoroughly cleaned with hair or fibre brush or other
means as may be ordered by the architects / clients engineer to produce an approved clean and
an even surface. All loose pieces and scales shall be scrapped of and holes, cracks etc. stopped
with mortar to match with the surrounding finish.
In case where the surfaces have been previously white washed or colour washed, the old
white or colour wash shall be entirely removed and surfaces broomed down before the new white
wash is applied. In case the old white wash cannot be removed by brooming, the surfaces shall
be cleaned by scraping.
(d) APPLICATION OF WHITE WASH : On the surface so prepared, the white wash
shall be laid on with a brush. The first stroke of the brush shall be from top downwards, another
from bottom upwards over the first stroke and similarly one stroke from the right and another from
the left over the first brush before it dries. This will form one coat. Each coat must be allowed to
dry and shall be subject to inspection and approval before the next coat is applied. When dry, the
surface shall show no signs of cracking. It shall present a smooth and uniform finish free from
brush marks and it should not come off easily when rubbed with a finger. Minimum three coats of
white wash shall be applied.
No portions in the surface shall be left out initially to be patched up later on. For new work, the
white washed surface shall present a smooth and uniform finish.
For old work, patches and repairs shall be white washed first. Thereafter, the whole surface shall
be white washed with the required number of coats. Doors, windows, floors and other articles of
furniture etc. shall be protected from being splashed upon. Splashings, droppings, if any shall be
removed and the surface cleaned.
120
(e) RATES TO INCLUDE : Apart from other factors mentioned elsewhere in this
contract, the rates for white wash shall include for the following :
(I) All labour, materials, equipment required for white washing. (ii)
Scaffolding including erection and removal.
(iii) Providing and preparing the white wash.
(iv) Preparing the surface of white wash including the scaffolding.
(v) Applying the white wash in three coats minimum. If a proper even surface is not
obtained to the satisfaction of the architects / clients engineer in three coats, contractor shall carry
out additional coats of white wash to approval, at contractor‟s expense.
(f) MODE OF MEASUREMENT : The measurement shall be in Sq. Metres. The mode of
measurement shall be as applicable to that for plaster.
9. COLOUR WASH :
MATERIAL : This shall be prepared by adding approved colouring matter to the white
wash (prepared as for white washing) according to tint required. In all other respects the
same conditions and specifications as applicable to white wash shall also be applicable to colour
wash.
10. DISTEMPERING : POWDERED
DRY DISTEMPER :
(a) MATERIAL : The powdered / dry distemper shall be of approved colour and shade
manufactured by M/s. Garware Paints or other equivalent and approved.
(b) SCAFFOLDING : This shall be double or Two as required and directed.
(c) PREPARING THE SURFACE : The surface to be distempered shall be cleaned and all
cracks, holes and surface defects shall be repaired with gypsum and allowed to set hard. All
irregularities shall be sand papered smooth and wiped clean. The surface so prepared must be
completely dry and free from dust before distempering is commenced. In the case of walls newly
plastered, special care shall be taken to see that it is completely dry before any treatment is
attempted.
For the old surface which had earlier been distempered, the surface shall be cleaned of grease,
dust etc. The flakings of previous coatings, if any, shall be taken off. All cracks,
holes and surface defects shall be repaired with gypsum and allowed to set hard and then
121
sand papered smooth and wiped clean. But in case the surfaces are coloured or white
washed, the wash must be removed thoroughly first.
(d) PRIMING COAT : The priming coat shall be applied over the completely dry surface in
the manner recommended by the makers in the case of patent distempers. When no
priming coat is specified by the manufacturer a finely powdered chalk mixed with a thin solution
of glue shall be applied to prepare a good, hard background the coating the coating when dry
being sand papered as clean and smooth as possible.
(e) APPLICATION OF DISTEMPER: The instructions of the makers shall be followed

regarding the preparation of the surface and application of priming and finishing coats.
Distemper shall not be mixed in a larger quantity than is actually required for a day‟s work. Hot
water should be used to prepare the mixture. Distempers shall be applied in dry weather with a
broad stiff brush in long parallel strokes. The treated surface shall be allowed to dry and
harden. Second or succeeding coats shall not be applied until the preceding coat has been
passed by the architects or clients engineer. Two more coats of distemper shall be given in
exactly the same manner as the first one but only after the earlier cost laid has thoroughly dried.
(f) RATES TO INCLUDE : The rates shall include all labour, materials, equipment and tools
for carrying out the following operations:
(I) Providing the primer and distemper and mixing the distemper. (ii)
Scaffolding.
(iii) Preparing the surface to receive the priming and finishing coats.
(iv) Applying the priming coat.
(v) Applying the distemper in three coats minimum. If a proper even surface is not obtained to
the satisfaction of the architects / clients engineer in three coats contractor shall carry out
additional coats of distemper to approval at contractors expense.
(g) MODE OF MEASUREMENT : Similar to that for white washing.
11. OIL BOUND DISTEMPERS : The specification and conditions for this shall be the
same as that applicable for dry distemper above except that oil bound distemper of approved
make, shade and colour shall be used after applying priming coat of petrifying liquid or other
primer as may be recommended by the manufacturers of distemper or as directed.
12. PLASTIC EMULSION PAINT
122
MATERIAL : The emulsion paint and primers in general shall be of approved quality,
colour and shade as approved.
SCAFFOLDING : This shall be double or Two as required and directed. If ladders are used,
pieces of old gunny bags or cloth rags shall be tied on their tops and bottoms to avoid damage of
scratches to the plastered surfaces and flooring etc. Proper stage scaffolding shall be erected
when painting the ceiling.
PREPARATION OF THE SURFACE:
(a) NEW SURFACES :
The surface to be painted shall be cleaned and all cracks, holes and surface defects shall be
repaired with plaster of Paris for spot filling, and with filler prepared with whiting, water and a
little quantity of paint for filling and levelling the wider areas.
(b) OLD SURFACES :
(I) The surfaces, which had been previously painted with emulsion paint, shall be lightly
rubbed down and washed with clean water.
(ii) The surface which had been painted with oil bound distemper or oil paint, shall be cleaned,
washed and sand papered.
(iii) The surface, finished with lime / colour wash, powder distemper shall be completely
scraped off to the bare surface.
(iv) In case, after scrapping the surface any cracks, holes or other surface defects are noted, the
same shall be repaired before applying priming coat, with plaster of Paris for spot filling, and with
filler prepared with whiting, water and a little quantity of paint for filling and levelling the
wider areas.
PRIMING COAT : The priming coat of the approved shade shall be applied over the
completely dry surface in the manner as recommended by the paint manufacturers. The
emulsion paint, the priming coat, may be thinned down with 20% water or as recommended by
the paint manufacturer. Turpentine or any other solvent shall not be used for thinning the paint.
APPLICATION OF EMULSION PAINT : The recommendation of approved paint

manufacturers, whose product is used shall be followed regarding the preparation of the surface and
the application of the priming and finishing coats. The contractor shall arrange for technical assistance
and supervision from the paint manufacturer, during the execution of the painting work. After the
priming coat has been applied and is perfectly dried, all holes, scratches if any, shall be repaired
as mentioned in “preparation of surface”, and then the
123
second coat of approved shade and manufacture shall be evenly applied and allowed to dry. The
third coat shall be carefully applied to achieve smooth and even surface after the previous
coat has dried up. Minimum three coats of paint shall be applied inclusive of primer coat.
If a proper and even surface is not obtained to the satisfaction of the architects / clients engineer
in three coats, contractor shall carry out additional coats of painting to approval, at contractors
expense. Care shall be taken that dust or other foreign material do not settle or disfigure the
various coats.
RATES TO INCLUDE : Apart from other factors mentioned elsewhere in this contract, the
rate for the item of plastic emulsion paint shall include for the following :
(I) All labour, materials and equipment necessary to carry out the work.
(ii) Supplying the approved emulsion paint for priming and finishing coats.
(iii) Preparing the surfaces for receiving the primer and finishing coats.
(iv) Scaffolding including its erection and dismantling.
(v) Application of one primer coat and minimum two coats of finishing. If a proper and
even surface is not obtained to the satisfaction of the architects / clients engineer in three
coats, contractor shall carry out additional coats of painting to approval at contractors
expense.
(vi) Protection to painted surface till dried and handed over.
(vii) Expenses, if any, for supervision and technical assistance supplied by the approved
paint manufacturer.
MODE OF MEASUREMENT : The measurement shall be in square metres. The mode of

measurement shall be as applicable to that for white washing.
13.00 CEMENT CONCRETE FLOORING IN TWO LAYERS
PLAIN CEMENT CONCRETE FLOORING : Unless otherwise mentioned in the item,

concrete in flooring shall be 40mm thick overall and shall be laid in two layers.
The concrete in under layer, unless otherwise specified, shall be in the proportion of 1:2:4 (Cement :
Fine aggregate : Coarse stone aggregate of size 12.5mm and below) by volume and the proportion of
the cement concrete for the top wearing layer shall be 1:2 (cement : combined stone aggregate 4.75mm
and below) by volume. Cement, however, shall not be measured in volume but by weight. One
bag of cement of 50 kgs. shall be assumed to contain 35 litres of cement i.e., 1.20 Cft. The
124
coarse aggregate shall be from approved source, carefully selected, sufficiently tough and hard stone
pieces broken in a manner that will provide particles of approx. cubical shapes affording good
interlocking. Elongated or thin flake like fragments should be avoided. The fine aggregate shall be sand
from approved source and consist of properly graded particles. The coarse and fine aggregates shall be
conforming to relevant IS : 383 - 1963 and shall be washed clean if necessary.
Unless otherwise mentioned in the item, the cement concrete in under layer shall be 25mm thick
and the top wearing layer shall be 15mm thick.
The concrete shall be as stiff as possible and the amount of water added shall be minimum
necessary to give just sufficient plasticity for laying and compacting. For improving the
workability of the mix, thorough mixing for a longer period rather than addition of more
water shall be resorted to. Generally a water cement ratio of 0.5 (be weight) should suffice. Mix
shall be used within half an hour of the addition of water for its preparation.
PREPARATION OF SUB - GRADE : Before placing the concrete flooring the sub-
grade shall be got approved from the architects / clients engineer. The top surface of the sub
grade, shall be thoroughly cleaned of the dirt, loose particles, cake mortar droppings and
laitance if any, by scrubbing with coir or steel wire brush or by hacking if necessary. The top
surface of sub grade shall be slightly rough and shall have the required slope. The sub grade
shall be moistened before laying the concrete flooring without forming any pools of water.
Before commencement of laying under layer of concrete on the prepared sub grade screeds i.e.,
narrow strips of wood, bands of plaster or pieces of tiles laid on the sub grade to act as guides for
bringing the whole work to a true and even surface and imparting necessary slope to the under
layer with average thickness of 25mm or as specified in the item shall be provided. The
screeds shall be removed after laying the concrete for under layer of all the floor area for
which they have been applied as guides and filled up with concrete mix of under layer. No
extra payment shall be made for these screeds.
LAYING : The concrete flooring shall be laid in alternate bays not exceeding 2 x 2 M
each. The edge of each panel into which the floor is divided should be supported by flat iron or
wood duly oiled to prevent sticking. Their depth shall be same as that proposed for the concrete
flooring as mentioned in the item. At least 48 hours shall elapse before the concreting in
the adjoining bays is commenced. AC / glass / aluminium strips or other approved separators
(depth to be same as that proposed for concrete flooring) shall be provided if specified in
the item and shall be retained permanently in the concrete flooring. Care shall be taken to see
that at no point the separators shall protrude above the finished floor level.
Just before placing the concrete mix for under layer, neat cement slurry shall be thoroughly
brushed into the prepared sub grade.
125
The concrete for under layer shall be laid immediately after mixing. While being placed, the
concrete shall be vigorously sliced and spaded with suitable tools to prevent formation of
voids or honey comb pockets. The concrete shall be brought to the specified levels by means of a
heavy straight edge resting on the side forms and drawn ahead with a sawing motion in
combination with series of lifts and drops alternating with small lateral shifts. While
concreting the adjacent bays, care shall be taken to ensure that the edges of previously laid
bays are not broken by careless or hard tamping. Immediately after laying the concrete, the
surface shall be inspected for high or low spots and any needed correction shall be done by adding
or removing the concrete. After striking of the surface to the required grade. It shall be
compacted with wooden float. The blows shall be fairly heavy in the beginning but as
consolidation takes places, light rapid strokes shall be given to complete the ramming.
The surface of the concrete in under layer as laid above, shall not be finished smooth with a trowel
but left rough after tamping it and levelling it with screed board.
The top wearing layer of mix 1:2 cement concrete of consistency stiffer than that of under
layer concrete shall then be immediately laid over the rough but green surface of under layer and
thoroughly tamped, stuck off level, and the surface floated with wooden float. The surface
shall then be tested with a straight edge and mason‟s spirit level to detect any undulation
in the surface which, if any, shall be made good immediately. The surface shall then be finished
smooth as stated below.
FINISHING THE SURFACE : After the concrete has been fully compacted it shall be
finished by trowelling. Finishing operations shall start shortly after the compaction of
concrete and shall be spread over the period of one to six hours depending upon the
temperature and atmospheric conditions. The surface shall be trowelled at intervals so as to
produce a uniform and hard surface. The satisfactory resistance of floor to wear depends
largely upon the care with which trowelling is carried out. The object of trowelling is to
produce as hard and close knit a surface as possible. The time interval allowed between
successive trowellings is very important. Immediately after laying top wearing layer, only just
sufficient trowelling in the earlier stages shall be avoided as this tends to work a lay rich in
cement to the surface. Sometime after the first trowelling the duration depending upon the
temperature, atmospheric conditions and the rate of set of cement used, the surface shall be
retrowelled to close any pores in the surface and to bring to surface and scrap off any excess
water in concrete or laitance (it shall not trowelled back into the topping). The final trowelling
shall be done well before the concrete has become too hard but at such a time that considerable
pressure is required to make any impression on the surface. The finished surface shall be
smooth and even. Trowelling of a rich mix of dry cement and fine aggregate on to the surface
shall not be permitted. The junctions of floor and walls shall be rounded off if so directed without
extra payment.
Trowel marks, wherever visible shall be immediately removed by lightly brushing with
100mm wide painter‟s brush which is made just moist, so as to have the surface of uniform
appearance. Over - brushing shall be avoided.
126
After the concrete in the bays has set, the joints (if permanent separators are not provided) of the
panel shall be filled with cement paste as directed. The joints shall be straight both ways i.e.,
along the length and width. The vertical edge of the bays shall be neatly marked on the surface
with a pointed trowel after filling the joints. No extra mortar shall be laid over the concrete to
make the floor in level.
If broom finish is specifically mentioned in the item, the surface shall be obtained rough with
parallel broom makes before the concrete sets.
If coloured cement concrete flooring is specified in the item, the top wearing layer shall
consist of concrete mix coloured with the addition of coloured cement and approved mineral
pigment of required colour thoroughly mixed with cement when dry. Quantity of approved
mineral pigment shall be such as to produce required shade but in no case will it exceed one third
part of cement.
A few samples of coloured concrete flooring of required coloured and shade (Light Shade,
Medium or Dark Shade as specified in the item) shall be got approved from the architects /
clients engineer before commencement of flooring work.
CURING : Immediately after the flooring surface is finished, it shall be protected from
rapid drying by erected barriers against wind or draught and strong sun light. As soon as the
surface has hardened sufficiently to prevent damage to it, it shall be kept continuously moist for
atleast ten days by means of wet gunny bags, 50mm thick layer of damp sand spread over the
surface or pooling water on the surface. During this period the flooring shall not be exposed to
any traffic.
HAND GRINDING AND POLISHING : Whenever specified in the item grinding shall be
carried out as under to make the surface smoother than trowel finish.
(a) FIRST GRINDING WITH CARBORUNDUM STONE OF COARSE GRADE :

Grinding shall be commenced when the concrete surface is 3 - 4 days old and sufficiently
hardened and cured. The first grinding should be done with carborundum stone of coarse
grade and fine sand sprinkled over the surface using water freely.
After the first grinding, the surface shall be thoroughly washed to remove all grinding mud and
covered with a grout of cement (including colouring pigment in case of coloured concrete
flooring) in order to fill the pores and pin holes that appear after grinding.
(b) SECOND GRINDING WITH CARBORUNDUM STONE OR MEDIUM GRADE

: After the first grinding is over the surface shall be cured for 4 days and then the second
grinding should be started with carborundum stone of medium grade. The flooring shall be
washed and pores or holes if any shall be filled in the same manner as described in (a)
127
(c) FINAL GRINDING WITH CARBORUNDUM STONE OF FINE GRADE : After ten
days from the completion of the second grinding, the final grinding shall be carried out with
carborundum stone of fine grade.
(d) CLEANING AND POLISHING : After the completion of the grinding as above the floor
shall be thoroughly washed with warm water and soft soap and when it is completely dry,
oxalic acid powder shall be dusted over the surface sufficiently, which must be sprinkled with
water and rubbed hard with a piece of felt till the surface has acquired required gloss.
A hot mixture mixture of turpentine and Bees Wax (4:1 by weight) shall then be applied to the
surface and thoroughly rubbed with clean cotton waste. The rubbing must be continued until the
flooring ceases to be sticky.
RATES TO INCLUDE : Apart from other factors mentioned elsewhere in the contract, the
rates shall include for the following :
(I) Cleaning and preparing the sub grade.
(ii) Providing and laying concrete of specified mixes, and finishing.
(iii) Providing and fixing AC / glass / aluminium strips or other approved separators to form
panels when specified.
(iv) Curing.
(v) Providing coloured cement and approved mineral colouring pigment when coloured
concrete flooring is specified.
(vi) Grinding and hand polishing when specified.
(vii) All labour, materials, tools and equipment for carrying out the item as specified above.
MODE OF MEASUREMENT : The measurements shall be in square metres of cast-in- situ

cement concrete flooring as provided.
14. ALUMINIUM DOORS, WINDOWS AND VENTILATORS
All aluminium work shall be free from defects impairing strength, appearance and shall be of the best
available quality for the purpose specified. The aluminium alloy used in the manufacture of
extruded door / windows / ventilators sections shall correspond to IS designations HE 9 - WP
of IS : 733 - 1956. “Specifications for wrought aluminium and aluminium alloys bars, rods and
section (for general engineering purposes). Hollow aluminium alloy section and coupling section
128
used shall wrought aluminium and aluminium alloys extruded round tube and hollow section ( for
general engineering purpose only).
Contractors shall commence manufacturing of doors / windows / ventilators only after the
shop drawings showing full size, sections, thickness of mortar details of construction,
hardware etc. submitted by them are approved.
All the manufactured doors, windows and ventilators shall be stacked on site under cover.
Damaged surfaces with defects like scratches etc. on finished work shall not be accepted.
Fabricated materials shall be created in an approved manner to protect the material against any
damage during transportation. Loading and unloading shall be carried out with utmost care. The
doors, windows and ventilators on arrival at site shall be carefully examined to detect any
damaged pieces. Arrangements shall be made for expeditious replacement of damaged pieces /
parts. Materials found to be acceptable on inspection only shall be used.
All exposed surfaces of sections for aluminium doors / windows / ventilators including
beading and other accessories shall be anodized after fabrication, in a manner conforming to IS :
1868 - 1968 and to approved finish. Anodic coating shall be of a minimum thickness of
15 microns.
Anodizing shall be in matt finish aproved colour.
ALUMINIUM DOORS, WINDOWS AND VENTILATORS : Aluminium doors,

windows and ventilators shall be manufactured from sturdy extruded sections of approved
manufacture and shall be of aluminium alloys as stated above.
Contractor shall provide sturdy sections / members of the doors, windows and ventilators
including combination of joints so as to withstand wind load of high intensity.
The frame shall be square and flat and corners of the frames being fabricated to true right angles.
Both the fixed and opening frame shall be of sections which have been cut to length, mitred and
mechanically jointed and / or electrically welded at corners as required for satisfactory
performance.
Sub - dividing bars shall be tenoned and riveted into the frames. All members shall be
accurately machine milled and fitted to form hairline joints. The jointing accessories such as
cleats, brackets, etc., shall be of such material as not to cause any bi-metallic action.
All the sizes indicated in the Open Tender as well as in the drawings for various windows,
ventilators, doors, etc. are to be considered as structural openings at work site. These
opening sizes are to be physically measured and verified at the site by the contractor before taking
up the actual manufacture of various units.
129
METHOD OF FIXING :
(a) ALUMINIUM DOORS, WINDOWS AND VENTILATORS IN BRICK WORK

AND CONCRETE WORK: Aluminium doors, windows and ventilators shall be fixed to brick
work by means of slotted steel adjustable lugs (natural finish), not less than 100mm x
16mm x 3mm with counter sunk galvanised machine screws and nuts 19 x 6.3mm and to
concrete works by means of 45mm x No. 10 galvanised wood screws.
(b) FIXING SCREWS AND LUGS: Outer frame shall be provided with fixing holes
centrally in the web of the section at approved intervals. Any steel lugs coming in contact
with aluminium should be either galvanised or give one coat of bituminous paint.
After fixing the frame in position as stated above the space between the concrete surface and the
frame of doors / windows / ventilators shall be pressure grouted with CM 1:4 so as to achieve
absolute watertightness between the frame and the inside surface.
Further all the vertical and horizontal members of doors, windows, ventilators, etc. shall be
provided with Neoprene weather stripping. The contractor shall design fabricate and fix in
position the doors, windows in such a way that the water penetration is totally and
effectively sealed and any dampness on the inner surfaces is completely eliminated. Further,
to drain out any water falling on the members of the frame, a continuous drip - strip and
necessary weep holes shall be provided. The shop drawing submitted by the contractor shall
show the method of sealing water penetration also.
The method of fixing the doors, windows and ventilators in position stated above shall
generally be adopted by the contractors and the members used in the manufacturing of units shall
be so designed to suit the above method of fixing. However, the contractors are free to adopt any
other equivalent method of fixing aluminium doors, windows and ventilators if the same is
approved the architects / clients engineer. The rates quoted shall include for the approved
method of fixing. In no case doors / windows / ventilators shall be allowed to be fixed over
wooden runners.
The doors, windows and ventilators should be designed not only for its strength, stability,
stiffness against all odds, but for easy operation, water tightness, easy replacement of glass and
cleaning from inside. All screws used shall be of adequate size and shall be cadmium plated
brass.
GLASS AND GLAZING : Glass shall be of the type and quality specified in the Schedule of
Quantities and as per approved make.
Before installation of the glass, contractor shall ensure the following :
(a) All glazing rebates shall be square, plumb, true in place, clear, dry and free of dust.
130
(b) Glass edges shall be clear and cut to exact size, glass with chipped or damaged edges
shall be rejected.
(c) Glass shall be set in glazing clips and so installed to achieve proper water tightness.
(d) Suitable PVC or Neoprene gaskets shall be used for fixing glass so as to prevent rattling. (e)
BEADING : Beading shall be of anodized aluminium section and shall be snap - on

type having mitred corners either triangular or rectangular as per contractor‟s design and
shall not be less than 0.13 Kg. per RM.
(f) Any hollow portion between the frame and the brick / concrete surfaces and the
component parts of the frame shall be filled up with suitable mastic / cement and sand fillet as
per IS specification and rates quoted shall include for the same.
(g) If required by the architects / clients engineer, putty shall be applied to the face of the
bead which is in contact with glass. Putty would also be filled, if necessary at the back.
Putty used for glazing shall conform to IS 420 - 1953.
On completion of job, all glass shall be thoroughly cleaned and free from dirt, putty or other
adhering material.
(h) Wastage in cutting of glass, shall be to contractor‟s account. Frosted / ground glass shall be
set with smooth surface outside.
Contractors shall submit the detailed drawing showing the various members of aluminium doors,
windows and ventilators which they propose to use alongwith their filled in Open Tender.
Contractors shall necessarily submit a statement giving all details about the size and the
thickness of each section, the weight of each aluminium section per RM. and actual weight of
complete unit excluding weight of glass, hardware, hinges, clips, screw but including beadings as
proposed by the contractor at the time of submitting the Open Tender. The rates of contractors
shall be inclusive of the same.
The permissible variation to the actual weight of complete individual unit (exclusive of
glass, hardware and fittings) of doors / windows / ventilators which they propose to provide, shall
be within the limit of + or - 5% of the minimum weight of each unit
The members proposed to be provided by the contractors for aluminium doors, windows and
ventilators shall be of approved quality and sturdy to withstand the wind pressure of high
intensity and day to day handing and shall be free from rattling, leakage etc. If required,
contractor shall furnish the detailed design calculation to substantiate the stardiness of each door,
window and ventilator. In case any modifications in sizes, thickness and weight are
131
required to any members of doors, windows and ventilators, same shall be carried out by the
contractor and suitable adjustment shall be made on the basis of relevant Open Tender items.
Aluminium doors, windows and ventilators shall be as manufactured by approved make

including fittings and fixtures as shown on drawings.
The architects / clients engineer reserves the right to delete any or all items of this trade and allot
the work under this head to any specialised agency / agencies. No claim whatsoever shall be
entertained on this account.
MODE OF MEASUREMENTS : Aluminium doors, windows and ventilators shall be

measured in Sqm.
Clear area over one face inclusive of external frame shall be measured. Any fixture or
projections embedded in concrete / masonry work shall not be measured.
Rate shall include for fittings and fixtures shown on the shop drawings approved by the architects
/ clients engineer.
HARDWARE : Rate for aluminium doors, windows and ventilators shall include for
supplying and fixing hardware. Hardware shall be of best quality extruded section and shall be
of anodized aluminium with natural finish. Hinges shall be of heavy pattern with stainless
steel pins and stainless steel washers. Contractor‟s rates shall include for necessary screws, bolts,
and other devices for a neat and secure hardware arrangement. The bolts and screws etc. shall be
of cadmium plates brass of required size to secure and permanently fix the hardware in place.
No steel or iron screws shall be used. Samples of different items of hardware including screws
shall be submitted alongwith the sample of doors / windows / ventilators for approval.
Contractor shall be responsible for the proper working of all hardwares for a period of one
year from the date of completion.
RATE TO INCLUDE : Apart from other factors mentioned elsewhere in this Open Tender
document, rates for the items of supplying and fixing aluminium doors, windows and
ventilators shall also include for the following :
(a) All materials and labour required for supplying and fixing in position approved anodized
aluminium doors, windows and ventilators as described in the trade at site of work.
(b) After the shop drawings are approved, the contractor shall supply one sample each door,
window and ventilator with hardware etc. for approval, as directed.
(c) Supplying and fixing in position glass of specified thickness, type and quality alongwith
putty, glazing clips and anodized aluminium beadings of required section.
132
(d) All accessories, for fixing doors, windows and ventilators to concrete / masonry surface as
described in the trade.
(e) Filling sealants as per details to ensure water tightness. All the sealants must be
permanently resilient and of non - bleeding nature.
(f) Protecting the surfaces and edges around doors, windows, and ventilators from any
damage while fixing doors, windows and ventilators.
(g) Removing all protective coverings and cleaning the door, window and ventilators frames. (h)
Neoprene / PVC weathering strips as required.
(I) Drip strip to drain out water falling on the members of the frame.
(j) Pressure grouting in CM 1:4, the space between the concrete surface and the frame of
windows and ventilators.
(k) PVC or rubber gaskets for fixing glass.
(l) Cadmium plated brass screws wherever required.
(m) Galvanised / aluminium channels pieces, coach screws, rawl plugs etc. of required size and
number for fixing door, window and ventilator frames in position.
(n) Necessary scaffolding / craddle for erection of aluminium doors, windows and
ventilators in position.
(o) Rates for sliding windows and ventilators to include for adequate arrangements for
draining out water collected in the channel of the outer frame.
(p) All rates quoted in the trade shall include for supplying and fixing.
(q) Swing door shutters include for double action oil check floor springs of approved make and
size including embedding the floor springs in the flooring and making good the same.
(r) For all window and ventilator openings, contractor shall prepare MS retrievable template
frames with necessary tolerance for obtaining the correct dimensions of openings in concrete
/ brick masonry works.
(s) Anodized aluminium hardware, all necessary fixtures and accessories.
(t) Suitable metallic clamps at every joint of the outer frame.

133
OVERALL SIZES OF ALUMINIUM DOORS, WINDOWS AND VENTILATORS : Size
of doors, windows and ventilators in the Open Tender shall be considered as approximate.
These sizes are likely to reduce by about 40mm to 50mm due to TW surrounds to be
provided in the opening. Contractor shall therefore, verify all sizes at site before manufacturing.
Payment shall be based on the actual size provided.
SIZES OF ALUMINIUM SECTIONS AND WEIGHTS OF EACH UNIT : Contractors shall

note that sizes and minimum weights of each unit of doors, windows and ventilators given
shall be considered as overall guidelines for arriving at the proposed actual unit weight of each
door / window / ventilator and also to help contractors for choosing the various sections for
the different members of each unit of doors, windows and ventilators. Contractors shall
however, submit details of sizes and weights of all sections for each type of door, window and
ventilator etc. as also actual weight per unit.
VARIATION OF WEIGHTS : Contractor shall quote his rates for doors, windows and
ventilators whose actual weight per shall be within + or - 5% of minimum weight of each unit
as specified.
In case of variation in the weight per unit (exclusive of glass, hardware and fittings but
inclusive of beading, if any) as per finally approved shop drawings beyond the limit of + or -
5% from the contractor‟s actual weight per unit submitted at the time of Open Tender
suitable adjustment shall be made on the basis of relevant items provided in the bill of
quantities for this purpose (based on rate per kg. of aluminium inclusive of anodizing etc.)
SIDE HUNG AND TOP HUNG WINDOWS / VENTIALTORS : The aluminium hinges for
side hung and top hung windows / ventilators shall be fabricated out of extruded sections
confirming to IS designations HE 10 WP or HE 30 WP of IS : 733 - 1956. Specifications for
wrought aluminium and aluminium alloys, bars, rods and sections (for general engineering
purposes).
CENTRE - HUNG VENTILATORS : Centre - hung ventilators shall be hung on two

pairs of cup pivots of aluminium alloy to IS Designation NS - 4 of IS : 737 - 1955
specification for wrought aluminium and aluminium alloys, sheet and strip (for general
engineering purposes) and riveted to the inner and outer frames of the ventilator to permit the
ventilator to swing through an angle of approximately 85 degree. The opening portion of the
ventilator shall be so balanced that it remains open at any desired angle under normal
weather condition.
The quoted rates of the contractor should include for the actual weight (of aluminium content)
per unit of door / window / ventilator etc. mentioned by them at the time of submitting Open
Tender. Over and above, these actual weights of each unit mentioned by the contractor, should
also hold good for the size, thickness and unit weight of each member /
134
component of respective unit mentioned by them . Due care therefore shall be taken by the
contractors in working out the actual weights per unit of door / window / ventilator .
However in case of any discrepancy found in the contractor‟s actual weight (aluminium
content) per unit and the weight (aluminium content) per unit of door / window / ventilator etc.
calculated / worked out (on the basis of the details furnished in the Open Tender) after submission
of Open Tender due to any arithmetical errors or any other mistakes / omissions, the weight
whichever is greater between the above two weights (aluminium contents) shall be taken as a
base / detum for suitable adjustments for variation in weight per unit under relevant Open Tender
item and in accordance with the Open Tender conditions.
Contractors shall satisfy in regard to watertightness of their design of the aluminium doors,
windows and ventilators and also the watertightness between the ventilator / window / door
frames, sub frame and similarly between sub frames and brick / concrete members to which the
same is fixed. Each rectification of any leakage noticed in the aluminium doors /
windows / ventilators or doors / windows / ventilators frame and aluminium sub - frame or
aluminium sub - frame and brick / concrete masonry work shall be the responsibility of the
contractor supplying and fixing aluminium doors, windows and ventilators and the contractor will
have to rectify the defects at their own cost.
APPROVED MAKES OF ALUMINIUM SECTIONS : Aluminium sections shall be as per

approvedmake of materials.
INFORMATIONS : The contractor shall provide all the information as to where the
fabrication and anodizing will be carried out by him.
BASIS OF QUOTATION : The contractor shall give sufficient details showing the basis of
quoting the rates for the various items included in the Open Tender, if required. The
contractor shall calculate and furnish the total weight of various aluminum sections
comprising mullions, couplings, cleats, shims, cappings, beadings, etc. for each type of door
/ window / ventilator / staircase railing etc. exclusive of glass neoprene gaskets, bolts, nuts and
screws etc.
WATER SUPPLY, INTERNAL SANITARY INSTALLATIONS AND DRAINAGE WORK
1.0 GENERAL
135
1.1 All water supply, internal sanitary installations and drainage works shall be carried out by
skilled and licensed plumbers in a manner complying in all respects with the requirements of the
relevant by - laws of the Municipal or of the local bodies in whose jurisdiction the work is to
be executed.
1.2 All fittings are to be accurately placed in the positions as directed by Architects / clients
engineer, to be securely plugged to walls with hard wood or any other approved plugs or
breeze blocks built into Brick / Stone RCC work, or set in cement as required and are to be left
in a clean, sound and perfect condition.
1.3 All sizes and lengths to be verified at site.
1.4 The whole of the work is to be tested at Contractor‟s expense at such times and in such
manner as architects / clients engineer shall direct and to the latter‟s satisfaction. The
contractor shall also make arrangements for the disinfection of all mains and tanks intended for
potable water to the satisfaction of the architects / clients engineer and rates quoted shall include
for the same. The mains and tanks should be thoroughly flushed with clean water after
disinfection.
1.5 All drainage done to floors, walls etc., during the process of fixing of water supply, internal
sanitary installations and drainage work shall be restored to original condition to the satisfaction of
the architects / clients engineer at the contractor‟s expense.
1.6 All the materials shall be in accordance with the specifications and shall be approved by the
architects / clients engineer before bulk supplies are brought to site. The contractor shall furnish
well in time before work commences, at his own cost, any samples of materials or workmanship
that may be called for by the architects / clients engineer for his approval or rejection and any
further samples in case of rejection until such samples are approved. Such samples when
approved shall be the minimum standard of the work to which they apply. Where materials
are specified to comply with an Indian Standard Specification, the Contractor shall, if
required, furnish the manufacturer‟s Certificate that the materials satisfy the requirements of
Indian Standard Specifications. For plumbing works, typical sample prototypes shall be erected
in position for approval before undertaking work. Rates quoted shall cover for such preliminary
work. Materials rejected shall be removed forthwith by the Contractor off the premises.
1.7 Sewers and drains shall be laid in proper alignment and gradient in accordance with the rules
and regulations of statutory bodies whose approval are necessary on completion.
3. G.I. PIPES AND FITTINGS :

3.1 Pipes and Fittings : The pipes shall be of the class specified in the schedule of
quantities and shall be of galvanised steel, welded and seamless, screwed and socketed and
136
shall conform to the latest ISI specifications for such pipes. They shall be manufactured by a firm
of repute. All fittings shall of malleable iron galvanised fittings of approved make.
3.1.1 The details of screwed and socketed GI pipes regarding nominal bore thickness and
weight shall be as per IS 1239 (Part - I ) as under:
Nominal bores Weight of pipe in kg/M.

Light Medium Heavy
15mm 0.96 1.23 1.46
20mm 1.42 1.59 1.91
25mm 2.03 2.46 2.99
32mm 2.61 3.17 3.87
40mm 3.29 3.65 4.47
50mm 4.18 5.17 6.24
65mm 5.92 6.63 8.02
80mm 6.98 8.64 10.30
100mm 10.20 12.40 14.70
Note : The above weights are for black pipes and theoretical weights of galvanised pipes are
about 6% higher
3.1.2 The pipes shall be tested to withstand a pressure of 50kg/Sq.cm without showing
defects of any kind. These shall be supplied screwed with taper threads and the sockets with
parallel threads.
3.2 Laying in trenches for External work : GI pipes and fittings shall be laid in trenches. The
width of the trench shall be the minimum width required for the working. The pipes laid
underground shall not be less than 60cm from the ground level. They shall be surrounded on all
sides by approved quality material. The work of excavation and refilling shall be done as
specified earlier for Cast Iron Pressure Pipes. All pipes and fittings laid below ground shall be
painted with anti-corrosive bitumastic paint and wrapped with hessian and again coated with
anti-corrosive bitumastic paint of approved quality. The cost of the above shall be included in
contractor‟s rates.
3.2.1 Pipes embedded in masonry / concrete shall be treated similarly as described above.
3.3 Fixing of pipes for internal work : GI pipes and fittings on the walls shall be fixed by means of
standard pattern holder-bat clamps, keeping the pipe 12mm clear of the plastered surface of wall
everywhere, or concealed (inside chase) as directed. Where pipes are to be concealed in walls and floors
by cutting chases, the pipes and fittings shall be coated with bitumen, wrapped with hessian and again
painted with one coat of anti-corrosive bitumen of approved quality and rates quoted shall include for
same. Cutting long lengths of horizontal chases on the walls for concealing pipes shall be avoided.
137
3.3.1 All exposed GI pipes and fittings shall be painted with two coats of oil paint of
approved quality, manufacture, colour and shade, over a coat of red oxide or other approved
primer after cleaning thoroughly the surface of the pipes and fittings and allowed to dry. The cost
of such painting shall be included in the rates quoted by the contractor.
3.3.2 All pipes and fittings shall be fixed truly vertical and horizontal or as directed by the
architects / clients engineer. Care shall be taken to ensure that concealed GI pipes (used for
external or internal work) are not laid in mortar or concrete surroundings.
3.4 Jointing : Where pipes have to be cut or re-threaded, ends shall carefully filed out so that
no obstruction to bore is offered.
3.4.1 In jointing the pipes, the inside of the socket and the screwed end of the pipe shall be
rubbed over with white lead and few turns of hemp yarn wrapped round the screwed end of the
pipe which shall then be screwed home in the socket with a pipe wrench. Care must be taken that
all pipes and fittings are kept at all times free from dust and dirt during fixing.
3.5 All GI pipes and fittings may be tested to a pressure of 7 kg per sq.cm. to ensure that
pipes have proper threads and that proper materials (such as white lead and hemp) have been used
in jointing. All leaky joints must be made leakproof by tightening or redoing at
contractor‟s expense.
4. WATER METERS, SLUICE VALVES AND OTHER APPURTENANCES
Sluice valves : Sluice valves shall conform to IS : 780 and shall be of class I type unless
otherwise specified with double flange and handwheel for operation. The body, dome, cover,
stuffing box, thrust plate, wedge, gland and cap may be of cast iron but the spindle shall be of
brass or aluminium bronze. Valves shall be fixed to spigot and socket cast iron and steel
pipes by means of suitable flanged spigots or flanged socketted tail piece as directed and
rates quoted by contractor shall include for the same. Before the valves are actually fixed, they
shall be cleaned and greased and it should be seen that all parts are in perfect working condition.
INTERNAL SANITARY APPLIANCES
138
5. SQUATTING PATTERN W.C. PAN :
5.1 W.C. Pan : The W.C. pan shall be of white vitreous china of specified size and pattern
(“Orissa” or “Long Pattern” as specified) with an integral flushing rim. It shall have the
flushing horn in the front unless it is not possible to accommodate cistern to suit this design. The
pan shall have approved quality conforming to IS specifications IS : 2556 (Part III). It shall
have 100mm CI or porcelain trap, „P‟ or „S‟ type, with effective seal 50mm and 50mm vent arm.
5.1.1 Fixing : The WC pan shall be sunk in floor sloped towards the pan in a workmanlike
manner, care being taken not to damage the pan in the process of fixing. If damaged in any way,
it shall be replaced at contractor‟s cost. It shall be fixing on a proper cement concrete base
1:3:6 proportion taking care that the cushion is uniform and even without having any hollows
between the concrete base and pan and finished just below level of run of pan to received the
specified thickness of the floor finishing. A pair of foot rests for long pattern pans shall be
fixed at a convenient angle where specified.
5.1.2 The joint between the pan and the trap shall be made with CM 1:1 and shall be
leakproof.
5.2 Flushing Cistern : The flushing of the WC pan shall be done by „pull and let go‟
flushing cistern of the valveless siphonic type conforming to IS :774 unless otherwise
specified. The cistern shall be of best quality as specified together with cover lever, GI
chain and pull of specified quality, ball valve with copper or plastic float as specified and
necessary unions etc. for connection with inlet and outlet pipes and overflow.
5.2.1 Brackets : The cistern shall be fixed on cast iron or rolled steel cantilever brackets which
shall be firmly embedded in the wall in CM 1:3 or fixed by using wooden plugs and screws, to the
satisfaction of the architects / clients engineer.
5.2.2 Overflow : The cistern shall be provided with 20mm GI overflow pipe with fittings
secured in a manner which will permit it to be readily cleaned or renewed when necessary. The
length of the overflow shall be as per Municipal requirements.
5.2.3 Flush pipe : The outlet or flush pipe from the high level cistern shall be of 32mm
galvanised wrought iron pipe not less than 1.00mm thick or light quality of GI pipe or lead pipe
as specified, which shall be connected to the WC pan by means of an approved type of joint.
The flush pipe shall be fixed to wall by using holder bat clamps or embedded as required.
Where lead pipe pieces are required to be used in conjunction with GI flush pipes for ensuring
proper connection, the contractor shall do so at his own cost and rates quoted shall include for
the same.
139
5.2.3.1 If the connection between the cistern and the WC pan is made with GI pipe, the
bends and offsets shall be made cold, and connection to the pan may be made by means of an
approved type of joint or white lead mixed with chopped hemp.
5.2.4 Painting :
5.2.5 Brackets, overflow and flush pipe etc. shall be painted with a priming coat of red
oxide, and finishing two or more coats of white zinc or any other colour and shade to
match with the painting of surrounding walls. The coat of such painting shall be
included in the rate quoted for the flushing cistern.
6. PEDESTAL WASH DOWN WATER CLOSET:
6.1 WC PAN : The WC pan shall be of white vitreous china of one piece construction of wash
down type with integral „P‟ or „S‟ trap as required. It shall be of approved quality and pattern
conforming to IS specification IS : 2556 (Part II).
6.2 Seat and Cover : The seat with lid shall be of plastic seat as specified with rubber
buffers and shall be fixed in position by using Chromium plated (CP) brass hinges and
screws. The seat shall be non absorptive and free from cracks and crevices in the material. The
plastic seat and cover where specified shall conform to IS Specifications and shall be of black
colour unless otherwise specified.
6.3 Flushing Cistern : The flushing of the WC pan shall be done by high level or „low
level‟ valveless siphonic flushing cistern of approved quality, as specified. In the former case
the specifications will be same as those for flushing cisterns of squatting pattern WC pans. In
the latter case there shall be white glazed vitreous china or porcelain enamelled or plastic as
specified of capacity cistern as specified with all internal fittings, brackets and CP brass flushing
handle, which shall be fixed at low level and connected to the WC pan by means of 40mm
diameter white enamelled porcelain bend and rubber or „light‟ quality GI pipe or 2.6mm thick
lead pipe connection or as other specified.
6.3.1 Overflow : There shall be 20mm overflow with mosquito proof coupling of approved
design which shall conform to the specifications as stated under squatting pattern WC pan.
7. BOWL URINAL
7.1 Bowl Urinal : The urinal shall be flat back or angular pattern lipped from basin of
required dimensions of white vitreous china and one piece construction with integral
flushing box rim of an approved make as specified. It shall be fixed in the position by using
wooden plug embedded in the wall with screws of proper size. Each urinal shall be
connected to a 40mm diameter waste lead pipe unless otherwise specified, which shall
discharge into a channel or a floor trap or specified. The connection between the urinal and
140
flush or waste pipe shall be made by means of white lead mixed with chopped hemp. The flush
pipe and waste pipe shall be concealed where directed.
7.2 Flushing : If the flushing of the urinals is to be done by automatic flushing cisterns then
the same shall conform to IS specifications. The cistern shall be of PVC type or other specified
having valveless siphon automatic flushing arrangement of specified capacity. It shall be
supported on a pair of R.S or C.I cantilever brackets which shall be embedded or fixed to wall
by means of wooden plugs and screws. The cistern shall be connected to the urinal basin by
means of a GI medium quality or a lead or specified type of flush pipe with fittings. The pipe
shall be fixed by using proper holder-bat clamps or concealed by embedding as directed.
The body thickness shall be not less than 6mm in the case of vitreous sanitary cistern and
1.60mm before coating in the case of pressed steel cistern. The latter should be porcelain
enamelled against corrosion.
7.2.1 Capacity : The capacity of the flushing cistern and the size of the flush pipe for the
number of urinals in a range will be as follows :
Number of Urinals Capacity of Main Size of pipe

in a range flushing cistern distribution
1 5 litres -- 15 min
2 10 litres 20 min 15 min
3 12.5 litres 25 min 15 min
4 12.5 litres 25 min 15 min
7.2.2 The joint between the urinal basin and flush and waste pipe shall be made by means of
putty or white lead mixed with chopped hemp, or as specified in case of lead pipes.
7.2.3 Painting : The brackets shall be painted as given under flushing cistern for squatting
pattern WC pan.
8. STALL URINALS
8.1 Urinal Stalls : The urinal stall and its screens shall be of white vitreous china or
approved quality and manufacture. The stall shall be 114cm high and 46cm wide and 40cm deep.
The stall shall be provided with 84cm x 36cm division plates. In case of range of two or more
urinals, there shall be further division plates similar to end screens. The range shall have 15cm
deep thread plates of fire clay unless otherwise specified.
8.2 Flushing : The stalls shall be provided with white glazed vitreous china automatic flushing
cistern of proper capacity with 6mm minimum body thickness unless otherwise specified. The cistern
shall be complete with fittings and brackets which shall be fixed to the wall. The cistern shall be
connected to the stall through standard size CP brass flush pipe with spreader arrangement and
141
clamps unless otherwise specified. Capacity of flushing cistern and relevant sizes of flush pipe for
stall urinals shall be the same as specified for bowl urinals.
8.2.1 Outlet : Each range of stalls shall be provided with CI urinal trap with vent arm
having CP brass outlet grating of size 50mm for one or two stalls and 75mm for more stalls or
as specified.
9. SQUATTING PLATES
9.1 Squatting Plates : The urinal plates shall be of white glazed vitreous china with
integral flushing rim of size 600mm x 350mm as specified. There shall be white vitreous
channel with stop and outlet pieces in front. The plate and channel shall be of approved
quality and conform to IS specifications 2556 (Part VI).
9.2 Flushing : Each set of plates shall be provided with automatic CI cistern complete with GI
flush pipe with fittings and spreader arrangements fixed with holder - bat clamps or
embedded as specified. There shall not be more than four plates in a range fed by a Two cistern.
9.2.1 Capacity : The capacity of the flushing cistern and the size of the flush pipe for the
number of squatting plate urinals in a range will be as follows:
Number of urinals Capacity of Main Size of flush pipe

in a range flushing cistern distribution
1 5 litres -- 20mm
2 10 litres 25mm 20mm
3 12.5 litres 32mm 20mm
4 12.5 litres 32mm 20mm
9.2.2 The cistern shall be fixed on R.S or C.I cantilever brackets which shall be embedded of
fixed to the wall by means of wooden plugs and screws.
9.2.3 The joint between the urinal plate and the flush pipe shall be made with putty or white lead
mixed with chopped hemp.
9.2.4 Painting : The inside and outside of the cistern, the fittings and brackets shall be
painted as described for flushing cistern for squatting pattern WC pan.
9.3 Outlet : The squatting plate or a range of squatting plates shall be provided with a
65mm diameter standard urinal CI trap with vent arm having 65mm CP brass outlet grating
or as specified.
142
9.4 Walling : The squatting plate shall have 1.22m high wall in front and on either side. These
shall be lined as specified.
10. WASH BASINS

10.1 Basins : The wash basin shall be of white vitreous china of approved quality, make
and pattern conforming to IS specifications. It shall be of one piece construction with an
integral combined overflow. The size of the basin shall be as specified.
10.2 Fittings : Each wash basin shall be provided with 15mm CP brass pillar taps as specified,
32mm CP waste with CP brass bottle trap or GI trap and plug as specified, GI chain and
rubber plug, unions, joints etc. complete in all respects of approved quality.
10.3 Fixing : The basin shall be supported on a pair of R.S or CI cantilever brackets
embedded or fixed in position by means of wooden cleats and screws. These brackets shall be
painted to the required shade as given under flushing cistern for squatting pattern WC. The
wall plaster shall be cut to rest over the top edge of the basin. After fixing the basin, plaster
shall be made good and surface finished to match with the existing one.
10.4 Waste connection : The waste pipe shall discharge into a floor trap leading to a gully trap
on ground floor and on upper floors it may be connected to a waste pipe stack. The CP brass
bottle trap and Union shall be connected to 32mm GI light class waste pipe or lead pipe as
specified which shall be suitably bent towards the wall and / or concealed in the wall as directed.
11. SINKS
11.1 Sinks : The sink shall be of white glazed fire clay with wire type overflow conforming to
IS specifications unless otherwise specified. The size of the sink shall be as specified. The
sink shall be of approved quality and manufacture.
11.2 Fittings : Each sink shall be provided with 40mm CP brass waste coupling and union of
standard pattern. CP brass chain and 40mm rubber plug may be provided where
specified.
11.3 Fixing : The sink shall be supported on CI cantilever brackets embedded, fixed into
position. These brackets shall be painted to the require shade as given under flushing cistern for
WCs. The wall plaster on the rear shall be cut to overhang the top edge of the sink.
11.4 Waste connection : The waste pipe shall discharge into a floor and trap leading to a gully trap on
ground floor and may be connected to a waste pipe stack on upper floors. CP brass coupling and
union shall be connected to 40mm GI light quality waste pipe provided with suitable tee and plug
for cleaning purposes.
143
12. TOILET REQUISITES
12.1 Mirror : The mirror shall be of approved make glass
12.2 Glass Shelf : The shelf shall be of glass of approved quality with edges rounded off. The
size of the shelf shall be as specified. The shelf shall have CP brass guard rail with rubber
washers on positions resting on glass plate and CP brass brackets which shall be fixed with CP
brass screws to wooden plugs firmly embedded in the wall.
12.3 Towel Rail : The towel rail shall be of CP brass with two CP brass brackets. The size of
the rail shall be as specified. The bracket shall be fixed by means of CP brass screws to wooden
cleats firmly embedded in the wall.
12.4 Toilet Paper Holder : The paper holder shall be wooden of CP brass or vitreous china as
specified. The wooden paper holder shall be made of well seasoned teakwood finished with
bees wax. These shall be fixed in position by means of CP brass screws and wooden cleats
embedded in the wall.
12.5 Liquid Soap Holder : This shall be of glass or CP brass as specified. It shall be fixed in
position by means of CP brass screws and wooden cleats embedded in the wall. The liquid
soap holder shall be of approved size, and make.
12.6 Shower Rose : The shower rose shall be of CP brass swivelling type of approved size,
make and design. Where specified, the same shall be provided with a CP brass shower arm with
necessary CP brass well flange and fitting.
12.7 Water connectors : Water connection to flushing cistern, wash basins etc. shall be by
means of lead pipe or white polythene pipe connection pieces to as specified with CP brass
connectors on either ends and a stop cock. The size of the lead pipe or polythene pipe
connection and stop cock will depend upon the size of water connection and shall be as specified.
The length of the connecting pieces shall be at least 375mm.
13 PLUMBERS BRASS WORK AND WATER AND WASTE FITTINGS
General : Generally, the whole of plumbers brass work or gunmetal fittings shall be of heavy
quality and approved manufacture and pattern. They shall in all respects comply with the latest ISI.
Brass castings for valves, unions, thimbles, ferrules, taps, traps, waste etc. shall be in all respects
sound and good, free from laps, blow holes and fittings, plugs, burns stops or patches. The fittings shall
be fixed in the pipe line in a workmanlike manner. Care shall be taken to see that joints between
fittings and pipes are made leak proof. The fittings and joints shall be tested to a pressure of 20 kg.
per Sq.cm. unless otherwise specified. The defective fittings and the joints shall be repaired, redone
or replaced. Brass work requiring connection to lead pipes shall have tinned ends.
144
Screw down bib and stop taps : These shall be of cast brass of bronze, of „polished
bright‟ or „chromium plated‟ finished and of size as specified and shall conform to IS 781.
Unless otherwise indicated, the minimum finished weights of bib taps and stop taps shall be as
given below:
Size in mm Minimum finished weight in kg.

Bib taps Stop taps
15 0.40 0.40
20 0.75 0.75
25 1.25 1.30
32 - 1.80
40 - 2.25
50 - 3.85
Washers for cold water taps shall be of selected leather, rubber asbestos composition or on plastics
as directed. Washers for hot water taps shall be of good quality fibre or rubber asbestos
composition as directed.
Pillar Taps : Pillar taps shall be of cast brass of chromium plated finish and of size as
indicated and shall conform to IS 1795. Washers shall be of materials as for bib taps and stop
taps.
Ball Valves : Ball valves shall be of high pressure type, made of (excluding the float or ball)
brass of size indicated and shall conform to IS : 1703. The float shall be of copper sheet or
polythene as indicated. Unless otherwise indicated, the minimum finished weights of ball
valves (exclusive of the float), and those of copper floats shall be as below :
Weight in Kg.
Nominal size in mm Ball valve Copper float Diameter of float in mm
exclusive of
float
15 0.30 0.22 127
20 0.47 0.32 152
25 0.87 0.68 203
32 1.20 0.92 229
40 1.65 1.05 254
50 1.92 1.53 305
The minimum thickness of the copper sheet used for making floats shall be 0.55mm
145
Syphon traps (Galvanised malleable iron or brass) : Traps for lavatory basins, sinks and baths
shall be of CP brass unless otherwise specified or GI of approved manufacturers. Traps for
lavatory basins and sinks shall have one inspection eye, fitted with screw plug and washer,
while for baths the traps shall have 2 branches screwed externally, one of which shall be fitted
with washered cap and other with a vent tail pipe and union nut for overflow connection. A
loose coupling nut shall be fitted to the inlet for coupling to the waste and the outlet shall be
either tails for lead pipe or screwed with pipe thread and provided with union tail and pipe.
Waste fittings : Waste fittings shall be brass chromium plated conforming to IS 2963. Sink
waste shall be of 40mm bore and wash basin waste shall be 32mm bore, unless otherwise
specified.
Waste plug and accessories : Waste plug shall be of hard rubber or other equally suitable
material and shall conform to IS : 3311. The depth and thickness of the plug shall be such as to
provide the required rigidity and water tightness. Each waste plug shall have a loose shackle.
The shackle and other metal components shall be of corrosion resistant material.
Plug chains shall be made of brass or bronze wire, of diameter not less than 1.80mm, with brazed
oval links approximately 13mm in length.
Chain stays shall be of brass of bronze and shall be of bolt or screw type as indicated.
Lead traps : These shall be of size and pattern as indicated. The weights of lead sheets
used in manufacture of traps shall be not less than 30 Kg/Sqm.
The traps shall be supplied with brass screw caps, the screw of which shall be lead burnt or
soldered to the trap with a well reinforced joint. Neither the screwed end of the cap, when
screwed home, nor the sleeve shall protrude beyond the inner surface of the trap. A washer to
render the cap watertight shall be supplied with every cap.
Gate Valve : The valves used for cold water services shall be of gun metal and conform to Class
- I type of IS 778. For hot water installations Class - II valves shall be used. The gate valves
shall be of the full way opening type with a metallic hand wheel fixed on the head of the spindle.
The valves shall have screwed or flanged ends as approved by the architects / clients engineer.
Globe Valves (Screw down stop valves) : These shall be of gun metal Class - I type for
cold water services conforming to IS 778 unless otherwise specified. The valves shall have
screwed or flanged ends as directed. They shall be suitable for horizontal or vertical use as
directed.
146
Check (Non return) Valves : These shall be of gun metal Class - I type for cold water services
conforming to IS : 778 unless otherwise specified. The valves shall have screwed or flanged ends
as directed. They shall be suitable for horizontal or vertical use as directed.
Foot Valves : Foot valves shall be of swing or lift type and provided with brass strainer and
conform to the requirements of IS : 4038. The ends shall be screwed or flanged as directed.
Nahani Traps : The traps shall be of cast iron and self cleaning design. The traps shall be of
specified size and fitted with a hinged CP brass or cast iron grating as specified.
The grating shall be fixed flush with the floor while the trap shall rest on a 1:6 CM bed. Where
one pipe or Two stack system of plumbing is employed it shall be essential to provide
deep seal cast iron floor traps of effective water seal 50mm complying with the requirements
of ISI.
14. WATER TANKS
Water Tanks : Hoisting of ready-made mild steel, galvanised iron, RCC or Asbestos
cement water tanks into position shall be carried out with proper tackle, care being taken that no
part of the tank or of the structure is damaged with operation. The tanks shall be installed truly
level. Steel tanks of capacity upto 1,800 litres (Mild steel or Galvanised Iron as specified)
shall be of 5.5mm thick sheet welded to 32mm x 32mm x 6mm angle iron frame complete with
MS cover and frame weighing 15 kg with locking arrangement including providing pads of size
as required for inlet and outlet pipes. GI overflow pipe piece with mosquito proof couplings and
scour pipe with backing nut of required sizes shall be also provided. Supports for tanks shall be
provided as specified shall be measured and paid for separately.
Pipe Inserts : GI pipes inserts to be kept in position for outlets, washouts and inter
connection of tanks while casting RCC water tanks shall be of the specified size and diameter and
shall be threaded throughout its length. A 150mm x 150mm MS plate 6mm thick shall be
welded centrally on to the threaded body of pipe as directed. Rates quoted shall include for the
same.
Overflow pipes : Overflow pipe inserts for tanks shall be of the specified size and diameter with
an approved mosquito proof coupling and rates quoted shall include for same.
15. REINFORCED CEMENT CONCRETE PIPE DRAINAGE:
RCC Pipes : All pipes and fittings must be new and perfectly sound, free from cracks, cylindrical
straight and of standard nominal diameter and length. They shall be made of reinforced cement
147
concrete, manufactured by centrifugal or spun process and shall have an even texture. Each pipe
shall have one collar with it. The pipes shall conform to latest ISI
and shall be of “NP2” class, unless otherwise specified.
Excavation of Trenches : Excavation of trenches and connected works such as road

crossings, protection of existing services, lighting and watch etc. shall generally be carried out
in accordance with procedure described earlier of Cast Iron Pressure Pipes and stoneware pipes.
Concrete Support : Chairs made of cement concrete shall be used unless otherwise
specified for supporting pipes. These shall be provided at suitable intervals which shall not
exceed the length of pipe. In cases where the soil is made up or is very soft, other forms of
concrete supports may be resorted to form the bed of the trench below the pipe as directed by the
architects / clients engineer.
Laying : The pipes shall be carefully laid to levels and gradients shown in the plans and
sections. Great care shall be taken to prevent sand etc. from entering the pipes. The pipes
between two manholes shall be laid truly in straight lines without vertical or horizontal
undulations.
Jointing : A few skeins of spun yarn soaked in neat cement wash shall be inserted in the groove
at the end of the pipe and the two adjoining pipes butted against each other. The collar shall
then be slipped over the joint, covering equally both the pipes. Spun yarn soaked in neat cement
wash shall be passed round the pipes and inserted in the joint by means of caulking tools from
both the ends of the collar. More skeins of yarn shall be added and well rammed home.
The object of the yarn is to centre the two ends of the pipes within the collar, and to prevent the
cement mortar of the joint penetrating into the pipes.
Cement mortar 1:1 (1 cement : 1 sand) shall be slightly moistened, and must on no account be
soft or sloppy and shall be carefully inserted by hand into the joint. The mortar shall then be
punched and caulked into the joint and more cement mortar added until the space of the joint
has been filled completely with tightly caulked mortar. The joint shall be finished off neatly
outside the collar on both sides at an angle of 45 degree.
Any surplus mortar projecting inside the joint is to be removed and to guard against any such
projections sack or gunny bag shall be drawn past each joint after completion.
Curing : The cement mortar joints shall be cured at least for ten days.
Testing and Refilling : This shall be the same as described for SW pipe drains except that in the
case of testing, the head of water for testing shall be 2 metres above the top of the
highest pipe between two manholes.
148
16 BRICK MASONRY OPEN SURFACE DRAINS :
Surface Drains : The top of the drain shall always be kept 50 to 75mm above adjoining
ground level so as not to admit storm water from surrounding area into it. The overall depths of
the various sizes of drains shall be as follows:
Drain Size Depth

10cm 15cm
15cm 23cm
23cm 30cm
The earth excavation shall be done true to levels and lines. The drains shall be built in 1st
class brick in CM 1:5 over a 10cm bed of cement concrete 1:5 :10. The inside bottom
corners of the drain shall be rounded off by means of fine cement concrete 1:2:4 . Inside of the
drain, top and sides of the brick work shall be plastered with 12mm cement mortar 1:3 finished
with a floating coat of neat cement. The drain may be given as far as possible a uniform slope
from the starting point to the discharging point.
BRICK MASONRY OPEN SURFACE DRAINS :
Surface Drains : The top of the drain shall always be kept 50 to 75mm above adjoining
ground level so as not to admit storm water from surrounding area into it. The overall depths of
the various sizes of drains shall be as follows:
Drain Size Depth

10cm 15cm
15cm 23cm
23cm 30cm
The earth excavation shall be done true to levels and lines. The drains shall be built in 1st
class brick in CM 1:5 over a 10cm bed of cement concrete 1:5 :10. The inside bottom
corners of the drain shall be rounded off by means of fine cement concrete 1:2:4 . Inside of the
drain, top and sides of the brick work shall be plastered with 12mm cement mortar 1:3 finished
with a floating coat of neat cement. The drain may be given as far as possible a uniform slope
from the starting point to the discharging point.
Brick Masonry Drains with Stoneware Glazed Channels : The work shall be carried out as
per specifications of open surface drains except that the cement plaster of the inside of the drain
shall be omitted and stoneware glazed channel of proper size shall be fixed in drain with
cement mortar 1:1
149
17. MANHOLES AND INSPECTION CHAMBERS :
Chambers : At every change of alignment, gradient or diameter of a drain, there shall be a
manhole or inspection chamber. The maximum distance between manholes shall not exceed
30 metres.
Size : The size of the manhole or inspection chamber specified shall be the internal size of the
manhole (between brick faces). The work shall be done strictly as per drawings and
specifications.
Excavation : The manhole shall be excavated true to dimensions and levels, shown on the plan
or as directed by the architects / clients engineer.
Brick work : The bricks shall be of first quality, best locally available and from approved
source. The brick work shall be laid in cement mortar 1:3. The joints shall be made
thoroughly leakproof.
Plaster : The walls shall be plastered both inside and outside with 20mm thick cement
plaster 1:3. Where subsoil water condition exists, the outside surface of the walls shall be
plastered with the addition of approved waterproof compound.
Foundation concrete : The manhole / inspection chambers shall be built on a base of

cement concrete of mix 1:4 :8 of thickness of atleast 15cms for chambers upto 1M depth, atleast
20cms for chamber from 1M to 1.5M depth and atleast 30cms for inspection chamber of greater
depth.
Pointing : Pointing shall be done with cement mortar 1:2 wherever required.
Channels and Benching : The channels and benching shall be done in cement concrete
1:2:4 and rendered smooth to the grade with cement mortar 1:2. The channel shall be
semicircular in the bottom half and of diameter equal to the sewer. Above the horizontal
diameter, the sides shall be extended vertically to the same level as the crown of the outgoing pipe
and the top edge shall be suitably rounded off.
RCC Cover Slab : Cover slab shall be of RCC 1:2:4 of 100mm thickness or other specified
with steel reinforcement as per details.
Foot Rests : Foot rests shall be provided in all inspection chambers and manholes over
0.8M in depth and shall be of CI square flats 25mm weighing atleast 4.50Kg. or as specified and
shall be painted with coal tar. These shall be embedded in masonry in CM atleast 25cm, while the
brick work is in progress. They shall be set staggered into two vertical runs which may be 38cms
apart horizontally, and 30.5cms apart vertically. The top foot rest shall be
45cms below the manholes cover and the lowest not more than 30cms above the benching.
Levels of invert : Sewers of unequal sectional area should not joint with level inverts in a manhole,
but the crown of the sewers shall be kept at the same level and necessary slope given in the
150
invert of the manhole chamber. The branch sewer should deliver sewage in the manhole in the
direction of main flow and the junction must be made with care so that flow in the main is not
impeded.
House connections : No drain from house fittings e.g. gully trap or soil pipe etc. to manhole
shall exceed a length of 6 metres unless it is unavoidable.
Measurements : The depth of manhole shall be reckoned from the invert level of the channel
to the top of the CI cover. The depth shall be measured correct to nearest cm.
Manhole upto 1 metre depth : This shall be of 0.80 M x 0.80 M size unless otherwise
specified and is generally constructed within compounds for house drainage only. The
thickness of brick walls shall not be less than 23 cms.
Manholes of depths between 1.00M and 1.50M : This shall be of 1.2M x 0.9M unless
otherwise specified. The thickness of brick walls shall not be less than 23cms.
Manholes of depths more than 1.5 metres : Circular chamber with a minimum diameter of
1.4 metres or rectangular chambers with minimum internal dimensions of 1.2M x 0.9 Metre
shall normally be provided unless otherwise specified. The brick work for the portion
exceeding 1.5 Metres and upto 2.20 Metres shall normally be of 34.5 cms thickness, unless
otherwise specified.
Drop Manholes : Where it is impractical to arrange the connection of the branch pipe sewer
within 60cm of the invert of the outgoing sewer in the manhole, a drop connection shall be
provided. If the differences in level between the in-coming drain and the sewer does not exceed
60cm. The connecting pipe may be directly brought through the chamber wall and the fall
accommodated by constructing a ramp in the benching of chamber.
The connection shall be made by constructing a vertical shaft outside the manhole chamber as
shown in drawing or directed by the architects / clients engineer. The rates quoted shall include
for providing the requisite length of SW or RCC pipe embedded in the masonry or PCC at the
upper and lower ends of the drop arrangement, providing and fixing SW or RCC right angled
bend and double tee junction of the requisite size including cutting ends if required and
jointing, providing 11cm thick brick masonry in 1:2 CM or PCC encasement alround including
finishing with cement plaster 1:1, 20mm thick and excavation and plugging the open mouths
of the double tee junctions and house connection pipes wherever directed.
18. CI MANHOLE COVERS :
Covers : The CI manhole covers and frame shall be cleanly cast and shall be free from air and sand
holes, cold shuts and warping which are likely to impair utility and castings. They shall be of
tough homogeneous cast iron, of Heavy, Medium or Light Duty type as specified.
151
The sizes specified are the clear internal dimensions. The minimum weights of the various
types of manhole covers with frames and their internal sizes will be as given below.
Clean Minimu Minimu Total
Sl. Description opening m m weight
No. weight weight
of cover of frame
mm kg. kg. kg.
1 Heavy duty circular 500 dia. 118 111 229
2 Medium duty rectangular 455 x 80 64 144
610
3 Medium duty circular 500 dia. 58 58 116
4 Light duty rectangular double 455 x 29 23 52
seal 610
Manhole covers with double seal shall be used near buildings and within compounds. When the
inspection chamber is built in domestic premises where they are not subjected to wheeled traffic
load light duty CI covers may be used. When it is built within the metalled width of the road
under heavy vehicular traffic, it shall be provided with heavy duty CI cover. Medium duty
covers shall be used for light traffic conditions such as internal approach roads and cycle tracks.
The covers used in manholes on sewer lines shall invariably bear the word “SEWER” on
the top, and those used for storm water drains shall bear the word „S.W.D.‟ These markings shall
be done during casting of the covers.
The frame of manhole cover shall be embedded firmly in the RCC slab or plain concrete as the
case may be on the top of the masonry.
After the completion of the work manhole covers shall be sealed by means of thick motor grease.
All exposed surfaces of the frames and covers shall be painted with coal tar. The cost of such
work should be included in the contractor‟s rate.
Note: Contractors shall supply and provide make of materials only as specified above. In case
the specified make are not available in the market the contractors shall use equivalent make of
materials only with approval from clients.
An approved make has to satisfy the specifications and there can be no plea that when the
specified make is used the work has to be accepted irrespective of the fact that the material
used does not satisfy the specification.
SPECIAL CONDITIONS FOR SUPPLY, lNSTALLATION, TESTING &

COMMISSIONING OF ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION WORK
152
1. General Requirements
The installation shall generally be carried out in conformity with the requirements of the
Indian Electricity Act, 1910 as amended up to date Indian Electricity Rules, 1956 framed
there under, the relevant regulations of the Electric Supply Authority concerned, and also
with the specifications laid down in the Indian Standards I.S. 732-1963 Code of Practice (revised)
for Electrical Wiring Installations (System voltage not exceeding 650 volts). The wiring shall also
be according to the specifications of Local Authority and as per N.E.C.
Electrical Installation work shall be carried out only by Contractor/Contractors holding valid
contractors' license issued by the concerned State Government as applicable to the voltage grade
and nature of electrical installation work in accordance with Rule 45 of Indian Electricity
Rules, 1956 with its latest amendments. The work shall also be carried out under the direct
supervision of a person holding a certificate of competency and by a person holding permit
issued or recognized by the concerned State Government/ Union Territories..
2. Materials
All materials, fittings, appliances, used in electrical installations, shall conform to Indian Standard
Specifications wherever these exist. Materials to be used shall be got approved by
Owner/Consultants /Engineer-in-Charge prior to actual use.
3. Eligibility, License, Supervision

Only Contractor having valid contractors' license, issued by the concerned State
Government/ Union Territories , for doing the category of work as per Open Tender shall be
eligible for award of contract. A xerox copy of such license shall be enclosed with the
contract offer.
All work shall be carried out under direct supervision of Licensed Electrical Supervisor and
Trade man, certified by Electrical Authority for the requisite part.
The Contractor shall ensure that all the above statutory licenses are renewed before they
lapse, during tenure of this work.
Owner shall have the right to call for verification of all licenses as and when felt necessary by
them or their authorized representative.
The licensed supervisor shall be available at site at all reasonable hours to receive instruction
from the Owner/Consultant.
4.Contractor to Provide
The contractor will have to arrange for the work to be supervised by a whole time licensed Supervisor
holding requisite part, who will be available at all reasonable hours at site to receive
instructions from the Owner/Consultants.
153
The Electrician and supervisors of the contractor shall always carry with them measuring tape
(30 meters) one test lamp with leads and one neon tester and make available to the
Consultants/Owner/Engineer all the measuring instrument and tools that are required for
checking the work.
5. Wires & Cables
All wires and cables to be used in electrical wiring shall have ISI marking on it. If the
suppliers indicate that ISI marking on wires/cables is not possible because of manufacturing
process, the cables/wires shall be accepted with the submission of test certificate and copy of
license issued by B.I.S to the manufacturers.
6. Conduits
The conduits to be used in wiring shall conform to I.S 9537 (Part-II)-1981 or latest in all respects.
The contractors using the particular brand of conduit shall furnish test certificate from N.T.H
or any Government Approved Laboratory with supply of conduits.
7. Testing
The following items supplied by the Contractor may be tested at the manufacturers
works/approved Government Laboratory as per the relevant Indian Standards and the
manufacturer test certificates shall be submitted to Consultant/Owner before dispatch with request
for inspection of the items 15 days in advance for taking up the inspection.
i) L.T Panels & Distribution Boards L T Cables

ii) L T Cables
Regardless of witnessing of tests, the contractor shall remain committed specifications and they
are not absolved of non performance or shortfall.
The Contractors should also undertake at site all pre commissioning tests as per relevant
Indian Standards/Indian Electricity Rules and as directed by the Central Electricity Authority in
the presence of representatives of the Consultants and the Owner and statutory authorities if
required. All arrangements have to be made by the contractor at his cost.
8. Test Certificates
8.1 The contractor shall have to submit drawing(s) for panel boards G.A and shop/ working
drawing for each system like light, fan, socket outlets, power points, telephone points, computer
terminals etc in triplicate and have these approved by the Owner/Consultants before undertaking
fabrication/manufacture.
8.2 The panel boards shall be accepted on the basis of inspection and testing by the
154
Owner/Consultants / consultants at the manufacturer's/ fabricator's workshop and on the
basis of the approved drawings. Regardless of the above the Contractor shall remain
committed to the specification and they are not be absolved of any non-
performance or short fall.
8.3 The Electrical contractor shall have to furnish manufacturer's test certificates, if asked by
the Owner/Consultant, for particular material/ materials brought at site for incorporation in
work.
8.4 The Contractor shall have to carry out insulation tests, continuity tests, earth resistant test
and any other tests required as per specification and furnish test certificates to
Owner/Consultant the same in quadruplicate duly signed by them with their license no
supervisors license no and his signature certifying the above.
8.5 Certificates of High Voltage Insulation Tests, Conductivity Tests and any other tests
required as per specifications are to be procured and furnished by the Electrical
Contractor. The contractor will have to get the metal conduit pipes & tested as per IS
specifications from an approved test laboratory and use them at site only if the pipes pass
the tests. The testing will be done by the contractor at his cost. Samples for testing
will be drawn jointly by the Owner's Engineer/Consultants and Contractor's representative.
For other items like Cables, Copper Wires etc manufacturer's test certificate/ISI
Certificate will be submitted by the contractor for each lot of materials delivered at site.
9. Drawings and Documents
9.1 The contractor shall have to submit shop drawing, G.A and Schematic
Control/Circuit drawing(s) in triplicate and have these approved by the
Owner/Consultants before undertaking the work.
9.2 Work shall be carried out as per the approved drawings. Regardless of the above the
Contractor shall remain committed to the specification and they are not absolved of
nonperformance or short fall.
9.3 The Contractor shall have to furnish manufacturer's test certificate, if asked by the
Consultants for particular material/materials brought at
site for incorporation in work.
9.4 The Contractor shall have to carry out insulation tests, conductivity tests, and any
other tests required as per specification and furnish test certificates to words the same in
quadruplicate.
9.5 The contractor will have to get the metal conduit pipes & tested as per IS
Specifications from an approved test laboratory and use them at site only if the pipes
155
pass the tests. The testing will be done by the contractor at his cost. Samples for
testing will be drawn jointly by the Owner's Consultants representative and
Contractor's representative. For other items like Cables, Copper Wires etc manufacturer's
test certificate/ISI Certificate will be submitted.
10. Licensees Requirements etc
The contractor should ensure that all installations conform to Local/Statutory Regulations
and requirements. In case of any deficiency/discrepancy or contradictions found in the
Technical Specifications or Schedule of Items, these shall be immediately
brought to the notice of the Owner/Consultants and the same should be got modified
before execution of the work.
11. Installation, Testing & Commissioning Electrical Inspection etc
11.1 The Owner will apply for Service Connection. However, all the necessary forms
required for Electrical Service Connection and Electrical Inspection etc are to be
collected/arranged and to be filled up by the contractor and submitted to Authority
after due endorsement by the Owner along with necessary fees, if required. Owner will
reimburse the necessary/statutory fees paid by the Contractor on his behalf, on production
of the money receipt of the Inspecting Authority/ Authority.
11.2 The contractor will have to carry out the formalities with the Licensee including
negotiations for the same with licenses for the subject installation, as necessary.
11.3 The Contractor has to take all initiative/responsibility towards approval of the
electrical installation and permission to switch on power supply and get the
installation passed by the Electrical Inspector/Local Authority in all respects
including any variations, alterations, and modifications after instructions of
Licensee/Inspector/Authority, if any for permanent energisation / commissioning. All the
above items are in the Contractor's scope of work and the necessary cost for the same
should be included in the rates quoted by them. No other payment shall be made
whatsoever in this connection except the payment of the statutory fees against production
of documentary evidences only.
12. Completion Drawing and Documents
On completion of work, the contractor shall submit three copies print along with one no. CD "as-
built" drawings as detailed in the specifications, along with final bill, if not submitted earlier:
1. Electrical Layout drawing for lightings and sockets, L.T panels, earthing stations, ear
thing mat etc.
156
2. Control schematic diagram drawings of all major items/schemes.
3. Two Line Diagrams with bill of quantities, cable schedule etc.
4. Test certificate from the manufacturers of all the main equipment like to Cables,
wires, Meters, Relays etc.
13. Safety Code
The Safety Code will be as per Indian Electricity Rules 1956 and subsequent amendments made
upto date, and as per various prevailing I.S. Codes of Practice for Electrical Installation.
Temporary Electrical Wiring shall be done in the manner as advised by the Owner/
Consultants with necessary supports when drawn overhead and proper clamping/ fixing and should
conform to requirement of Indian Electricity Rules, various I.S. Codes of Practice for Lift and
Electrical Installation and Local Regulations.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL WIRING
1.0 General Requirements
The installation shall generally be carried out in conforming to the requirements of the Indian
Electricity Act, 1910 and the Indian Electricity Rules, 1956as amended up to date framed
there under, the relevant regulations of the Electric Supply Authority concerned, and also
with the specifications laid down in the Indian Standard I.S. 732 - 1963 Code of Practice
(revised) for Electrical Wiring Installations (system voltage not exceeding 650 volts) and I.S.
2309-1969 Code of Practice for the protection of Buildings and Allied Structure against
Lightning and IS 10038 - Indian code of Practice for Ear thing. The wiring shall also be
according to the I.S specifications, NEC and Local Government Body.
Only the contractor having valid Electrical Contractor licence of the State shall be eligible to
execute the same. The contractor shall be responsible for renewal of the same at the
appropriate time.
2.0 Materials
All materials, fittings, appliances, used in electrical installations, shall conform to Indian Standard
Specifications wherever these exist. A list of approved materials is attached afterwards. Materials
not included in the list shall be got approved by the Consultants/ Engineer-in-Charge/Owner
prior to actual use.
3.0 Main Switch Gear
157
Iron clad switch fuse and isolator units should conform to relevant I.S. standard. The quick make
and break mechanism shall be self interlocked with the cover. In "Off" position there must be two
breaks per pole.
Main switch gear shall be properly earthed with two numbers conductors if M.V and one number
of L.V.
4.0 Bus bar Chamber (B.B.C)
This shall be totally enclosed, metal clad type fabricated from rust proofed 16 SWG sheet
steel on angle iron frame and provided with sheet steel or cast iron cover and un drilled
detachable end plates, suitable for mounting on wall or angle iron floor stand and painted
with high quality enamel paint. G.I. bolts and nuts shall be used for assembly with suitable
packing materials to ensure dust proof finish. Meters shall be provided on suitable sheet steel
boxes. Switch shall be provided with cable and boxes as required.
The depth of B.B.C. shall be 250 mm (minimum). Minimum clearance of phase bars to earth shall
be 25 mm and between bus bars shall be minimum 32 mm. It should be as per relevant IS
standard.
H.C. (High conductivity) copper bus bars properly tinned are to be rated at 1.0 Amp/ sq .mm
conforming to relevant I.S. specification. The contractor must note that all the bus bars shall be
made of copper only.
Neutral Bus bars are to be rated to carry 60% of phase current. These shall be mounted on
DMC/SMC supports of proper dielectric and mechanical strength and shall be appropriately co
lour coded for identification of Phase with 1.1 KV grade PVC sleeved throughout the length.
Lettering shall be done for identification of switches as directed. The contractor shall submit
fully dimensioned drawing of the board with the physical position of the switches and other
components to the Consultants for their approval before the same is fabricated.There shall be two
no s of Earth Terminals. Suitable Danger Board shall be provided.
5.0 Interconnection B.B.C & Switch Fuse, Meters
For ratings above 150 Amps these shall consist of insulated copper strips to adequate section
considering current density as specified in clause 4 above. For rating below 150 Amps PVC
copper cable tails of appropriate size, terminating in tinned copper sockets may be used
considering 1.5 Amp/ sq. mm for copper & 1.0 Amp/ sq .mm for Aluminums. The above are to
be enclosed either in sheet metal trunking or conduits so that no part is exposed.
6.0 Distribution Boards
158
These shall be totally enclosed metal clad type Distribution Boards with hinged lids and shall be
in accordance with I.S. 2147 - 1952 and 2675 - 1966 and B.S. 214. These shall be welded
construction and fabricated from rust proof sheet steel and finished with anticorrosive stove
enamel paint and have provision for fixing directly on wall or concealed in wall as necessary and
have ear thing terminals/terminals.
Power Distribution Boards (400 volts TPN) shall be constructed from 16 SWG sheet steel and
Branch Distribution Boards (230 volts SPN from 18 SWG sheet steel).
The minimum ratings of phase and neutral bus bars shall be 100% of the total rating of MCB
ways up to 16 Amp ratings. Above 32 Amps Neutral Bus bars may be half the size of the
Phase Bus Bars.
The MCB shall be mounted on Din rails supports of proper dielectric & mechanical strength.
TPN units should have phase separation barriers.
Cables shall be connected to a terminal by crimped lugs.
Where two or more B.D.B's feeding low voltage circuits are fed from different phases of a
medium voltage supply, these B.D.B's shall be installed at least two meters apart or otherwise in
the different divert ion to prevent access to the both DBS at a time.
All three phase power distribution boards shall be properly earthed with two number 10
S.W.G galvanized iron wires and provided with suitable Danger Board. All SPN B.D.B's
shall be properly earthed with one number 10 SWG galvanized iron wire each or insulated copper
PVC wire of adequate ratings incase of concealed wiring as per the specifications.
7.0 Switches
All switches for lights, fans and plug points shall be piano type switches, unless specified
otherwise.
8.0 Cables and Conductors
All cables shall conform to relevant Indian Standard. Conductors of all cables except for flexible
cables, shall be of aluminums, unless specified otherwise.
9.0 Flexible Cables
Conductors of flexible cables shall be of copper. The minimum size of core acceptable is 0.50 sq.
mm (16/0.20 mm). The maximum weight to which the following twin flexible cords may be
subjected are as follows :
159
Twin 16/0.20 mm : 3.3 Ibs (1.5 kgs)
Twin 23/0.0076 inch : 5.0 Ibs (2.3 kgs)
10.0 Installation of Main Switch Board, SDB's Mains, Sub mains, Distribution
Wiring to Individual Points
The exact positions of all main switch board, BOB's and all runs of mains and sub mains, and
distribution wirings to individual points including the exact position of all light fittings and switch
boards shall be first marked on the buildings and shall be approved by the Engineer- in-Charge
before actual commencement of the work.
The D.Bs shall generally be installed at a height of 2.13 m (7 ft) from floor level as per the
direction of Owner/Consultants.
11.0 Installation of Switch Boards
These shall be installed at a height of 1.3 meters (4'-3") and above the floor level or as per
direction of the Owner/Consultants.
12.0 Installation of Ceiling Fans
Unless otherwise specified all ceiling fans shall be hung not less than 2.75 M (9 ft) above
floor. The suspension and clamp shall be painted with approved paint without involving extra cost.
13.0 Installation of Fluorescent Light Fittings
Where these are suspended from ceiling by two down rods, or fixed to ceiling/beam directly, at
least one fixing to the ceiling/beam shall be made with Mechanical/Metal fasteners. Electrical drill
only shall be used while making holes for the fasteners which shall be capable of sustaining at
least 15 kg of dead weight.
The down rods and accessories shall be painted with approved paint without involving extra cost.
Unless otherwise specified these should be suspended 2.60 M (8'-6") above the floor or as per
direction of Owner/Consultant to match interiors.
14.0 Installation of Exhaust Fans
Exhaust Fans shall be fitted by means of rag bolts embedded or on suitable size block board (12 mm
thick) in the wall/window panels. The required holes in the wall shall be made and finished neatly with
cement plaster and brought to the original finish of the wall. In case of block board mounting all
fixing, cutting shall be made by the electrical contractor in coordination with civil/interior
decoration contractor without extra cost.
160
15.0 Installation of Socket outlets
No socket outlet shall be provided in the bath room at the height less than 130 cm,s
(4'-3") from the floor.
No switches shall be provided inside the bath rooms, unless approved by the
Owner/Consultants.
Socket outlet at locations other than bath rooms shall be either 25 cms (10") or 130 cms (4'--
3") from the floor.
16.0 Installation of Electric Motors
Electric Motors shall be earthed with 2 numbers SWG 6 G.I. wires, if M.V. and I number of L.V.
or insulated copper PVC wires of adequate sizes as approved by Owner/Consultants without any
extra cost to the Owner.
17.0 Testing of Installation
Before a completed installation or an addition to an existing installation is put into service, the
following tests shall be carried out by the contractor in presence of the Engineer-in
Charge/Owner/Consultants.
a) Polarity of Switches
It must be ensured by test that all Two pole switches have been fitted on the live side of the
circuits they control.
b) Insulation Test
i) By applying a 500 volt megger between earth and the whole system of conductors or any
section thereof, with all fuses in place and all switches closed, all lamps not in position, fans not
connected or both poles of installation otherwise electrically connected together :- The result in
meghom shall not be less than 50 divided by the number of points on the circuit, and should not
be less than 1 meghom.
ii) Between all conductors connected to one phase and all such conductors connected to the
neutral or to the other phase conductors of the supply after removing all metallic connections
between the two poles of the installation and switching on all switches. The insulation
resistance shall be as in (i) above.
c) Earth Continuity Test
161
The earth continuity conductor including metal conduits, and metal sheaths of cables in all cases
shall be tested for electrical continuity. Electrical resistance of the above along with the ear thing
lead but excluding any resistance of earth leakage circuit breaker, measured from the
connection with completed installation shall not exceed one ohm.
d) Earth Resistance Test
To ensure effectiveness of installation earth, the value of earth resistance shall be within 5
ohm for installation capacity up to 5 KW and one ohm for installation of higher capacity.
18.0 The completed work will be taken over only if the results obtained in above tests are
within the limits mentioned above, and in accordance with I.E. Rules.
On completion of the installation work, a certificate shall be furnished by the

contractor, countersigned by the certified supervisor under whose direct supervision the
installation was carried out along with his license No. Contractor's seal with license
no etc. This certificate shall be in a prescribed form as required by the local Electric
Supply Authority.
19.0 Special Specifications
a) Before fixing all switches, fittings etc. should be produced before Engineer-in Charge and
get approved.
b) All metal switch boards and switch/regulator boxes to be used in work shall be
painted with two coats of anti rust primer (red oxide paint) prior to erection. After
erection they shall be again painted with two coats of enamel paint of approved
quality and shade.
c) Before execution of any portion of conduit work for wiring a neat proper layout
should be made out by the contractor and got approved from the Engineer-in Charge. For
this purpose contractor is advised to get acquainted with the layout drawings of the
Consultant/Consultant/Interior Decoration Contractor.
d) While laying the conduits for concealed wiring in the wall/ ceilings,
partitions/modular furniture‟s etc, the contractor must ensure that all the inlets and
both ends of the conduits are available clear so that no difficulty arises.
e) Damage to any fitting during erection and before handing over the installation by
contractor shall be set right or replaced by the contractor at his own cost.
f) Caution Board of proper size wherever required, shall be provided, as per I.E.E.
regulations for which no extra payment will be admissible.
g) Any repairs done to wall etc. should match with the surrounding surface otherwise
162
same will be got done through Building Contractor at the cost of the Electrical
Contractor .
h) Earthling Installation shall be done in the presence of Engineer-in-Charge or his

representative.
i) The installations should not be energized without adequate ear thing.
j) The I.C. switches and Distribution Fuse Boards shall be provided with neat lettering in
block letters with paint for identification of the I.C. switches and for the points connected
to each fuse way of the D.B's for which no extra payment will be admissible.
k) Completion Drawings
The contractor shall be required to submit along with Final bill, the under-noted
drawings on tracing papers, along with three copies of Ammonia print each.
I) Plan (as per structural drawing) of each floor (not less than 1:100 metric scale)
showing :
ii) Location of Main Switch Board, Distribution boards (with the circuit numbers
controlled by them).
iii) The runs of mains and sub mains.
iv) Location of New switch boards, new location of shifted switch board, split switch boards
at different locations etc.
v) Location of lights, fans, wall sockets, other power consuming devices together with type
of fittings and fixtures including circuit numbers.
vi) Position of Lightning Conductors and route of running conductor.
vii) Position of Earthing Stations for light and power and ear thing Installation Conductor viii)
Following information‟s are to be given on all the drawings:
a) Name of work with job no. Accepted Open Tender No. b)

Date of completion
c) Name of Place
d) Name and Signature of Contractor
e) Scale of Drawings.
163
20.0 Schematic layout and Two line diagram drawings of each floor showing (i) Location of
Main and Sub-board, S.O.S. having descriptions of the size, capacity, type and their
numbers, the system and the source of supply, (ii) Location, Size, Type, length of main
and sub main cables/line (iii) Loading of each S.D.S. indication of phases, Departmental
mark on each S.D.S and switchgear.
The drawings shall be very neatly drawn and submitted properly without folding
them.
21.0 Cable route should be marked on site plan with measurements from permanent
structures.
B. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR CONDUIT WIRING SYSTEM
1.0 Type and Size of Conduit
All conduit pipe shall be screwed type, solid drawn or welded and with black stove enameled
surface or galvanized and of thickness conforming to IS : 9537 Part II of 1981 (or latest revision)
in all respects. The conduits are to be free from burrs and internal roughness. No conduits less
than 20 mm in dia shall be used, unless specified. Not more than 2 circuits shall be bunched in
one circuit.
2.0 Accessories
Only screwed type of accessories are to be used.
3.0 Conduit Joints
The conduit shall be properly earthed. In long distance straight runs of conduit either
inspection type screwed couplers are to be provided at reasonable intervals on running
threads with couplers and jam nuts. Threads on conduit pipes in all cases shall be between 13 mm
to 27 mm long sufficient to accommodate pipes to full threaded portion of couplers or accessories.
Cut end of conduit pipes shall have no sharp edges or any burrs left to avoid damage to insulation
of conductor while pulling them through such pipes.
4.0 Protection against dampness and rust
In order to minimize condensation and sweating inside the tube, all outlets of pipes system
shall be properly drained and ventilated, but in such a manner as to prevent entry to insects inside
the conduit.
To protect against rust the outer surface of the conduit and accessories shall be painted and the bare
thread portion is to be pointed with anti-corrosive preservative.
164
5.0 Fixing of Conduits
Conduit pipes shall be fixed by heavy gauge saddles and h.w. or metal bars, secured to
wall/ceiling by screws driven into wood plugs or rawl plugs or phil- plugs at an interval of not
more than 76 cm apart for vertical run and 60 cm apart for horizontal run; but on other side of
couplers or bend of similar fittings-saddle shall be fixed at a distance of 30 cm from the centre
of such fittings. The minimum thickness for saddles shall be 24 SWG, for conduits up to 25 mm
dia and 20 SWG for larger sizes.
6.0 Bends in Conduits
All necessary bends in the system including diversion shall be done by bending the pipes, or by
inserting suitable inspection type bends, elbows or similar fittings, or by fixing cast iron
inspection boxes whichever is most suitable.
7.0 Outlets
All outlets for fittings, switches etc. shall be fixed on boxes of suitable metal for either
surface mounting system or flush mounting system. In case of cast iron boxes the wall
thickness shall be at least 3 mm and in case of welded mild steel sheet box the wall thickness
shall not be less than 16 gauge. Except where otherwise stated 3 mm thick insulated
laminated sheets shall be fixed on the front with screws. Where conduits are terminated
special care shall be taken in employing double jam nuts, for securely fixing conduits to
outlets so as to prevent any possibility of damages to cables when drawn.
8.0 Cables to be used

Unless stated otherwise only Two core PVC insulated cables of approved manufactures shall be
used for wiring in conduit system. The number of Two core cables drawn in one conduit shall not
be greater than maximum set out in Table II of Indian Standard (I.S. 732-1963) Code of
Practice (revised) for electrical wiring installation(system voltage not exceeding 650 volts).
9.0 Looping in system
Distribution wiring in conduit to light, fan plug points etc. shall be done in looping system. In this
system no joints or connections shall be made anywhere of the system except at
terminating points such as at terminals of switches, ceiling roses, etc and in case of socket outlets
at the socket terminals.
10.0 Earthing continuity wires
All three pin 5 Amps plug points and metallic fan regulator cover should be provided with ear thing
attachment by NO. 14 SWG G.I. wires, unless specified otherwise.
165
Three pin 15 Amps power plug point should be provided with ear thing attachment by No. 14
SWG G.I. wire, unless specified otherwise.
For conduits and accessories for distribution wiring should be provided with ear thing attachment
by number 14 SWG G.I. wire, unless specified otherwise.
For looping ear thing G.l. wire shall be run on conduits being fixed with saddles. This wire
shall not be normally visible after installation when run with the conduit. Where the wire has to
be taken without the conduits this will be fixed with 'U' nails at 2' feet intervals.
11.0 Painting
Conduit and all conduit fittings and accessories shall be painted with two coats matt paint.
Painting of conduits shall be done to harmonize with co lour bearing surface, i.e. wall, joists,
trusses etc. after installation and as approved by the Engineer-in-Charge/ Consultant.
C. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR CONCEALED WIRING SYSTEM
1.0 Concealed conduit wiring system shall comply with all requirements for surface
conduit wiring system as specified above and in addition conform to the requirements
specified below:
Wiring shall be taken from the MCB DBs along column/partition walls/in concealed manner in
BE MS conduit/ trunking by cutting chases on walls, putting the conduits/trunking in
position, putting junction boxes, switch boxes in position and mending good the damages up to
an acceptable level. The wiring from DB shall enter into embedded metal trunking in floors
and shall reach near the respective areas of the respective floors. The circuits shall enter into
the race-way/cable alley, of the modular furniture from the floor trunking by making holes
on the cover plate of the metal trunking and distributed within the furniture‟s/blocks by looping
method whenever applicable. The details of the trunking has been described in the schedule of
items. The wiring shall be completely flexible and shall be done in full proof manner for ease of
operation and maintenance. The switches shall be of modular/piano type design as suggested and
shall be fixed on front mounting plates/Bakelite Boards on the floor/wall as per the
requirement. The telephone and computer signal/data lines are to be run separately all through
and shall be totally isolated from Raw/UPS power supply to conform with the National &
International Standards.
The power supply to the respective floor SPN MCB DBs (both for Raw & UPS power supply)
shall be taken from the TPN MCB DB located conveniently in the electrical rooms of the floors by using
suitable sizes 1100V, grade, AI conductor/Copper Conductor, PVC insulated and sheathed armored cable
on surface through cable duct/wall/ceiling as necessary and above the false ceiling. The cable, if any
comes below the false ceiling in the hall area shall be concealed in wall by cutting chases and
mending good the damages.
166
All wiring below the false ceiling shall be done in concealed manner whereas above false ceiling,
the cabling and conduit wiring shall be done as surface wiring. However, concealed conduits are
mainly to be laid in floor slabs during casting in the same shall available above false ceiling and
concealed metal trunkings available on walls shall be utilized for the purpose of wiring.
2.0 Making of Chase
The chase in the wall/floors shall be neatly machine cut and shall be of ample dimensions to
permit the conduit/floor trunking to be fixed in the manner desired and perfectly finished
with the existing surface.
3.0 Fixing of Conduit in Chase
The conduit pipes shall be fixed by means of staples, J-Hooks or by means of saddles not
more than 60 cm apart for vertical run and horizontal run. Fixing of standard bends or elbows
shall be avoided as far as pipes with a long radius which will permit easy drawing in of
conductors. All threaded joints of metallic conduits shall be treated with some approved
preservative to secure protection against rust.
4.0 Inspection Boxes
Suitable inspection boxes shall be provided when necessary to permit periodical inspection and
to facilitate dressing/removal of wires. These shall be mounted flush with wall/floor after
finishing the surfaces.
For longer runs of conduit involving more than one bend, one inspection box/draw-in box
shall be used after one bend.
5.0 Types of Accessories to be used
All outlets such as switches, socket outlets, shall be flush mounting type with cast iron or
M.S. boxes with a bakelite cover of approved insulating materials not less than 3 mm thick. The
switches and other outlets shall be mounted inside such boxes as would be approved. The
metal box shall be efficiently earthed with conduit/floor trunking by means of ear thing
attachment with No. 14 SWG G.I. wires/insulated copper wire of approximate size, running inside
the conduit.
6.0 Conduits
i) Steel-Slack enameled screw type M.S. conduits with thickness conforming to IS 9537
Part II of 1981 (or latest revision).
ii) PVC/Polythene - Medium gauge pipes of reputed make having 3 mm wall thickness
167
shall be used.
For roof slabs - These shall be pre laid during casting of floor/roof slab. No. of wires
drawn through the same shall not exceed the number of specified I.S. Code.
For vertical drops in wall to switch boards - Minimum size shall be 13 mm bore
through which not more 2 Nos. 1/1.40 and G.I. earth wire shall be drawn.
iii) Maximum capacity of conduits for drawing in of PVC insulated cables shall be as
follows:
650/1100V PVC copper wire In 20 mm dia conduit In 25 mm dia conduit
1.5 sq.mm 4 Nos 8 Nos

10 sq.mm - 3 Nos
16 sq.mm - 2 Nos
7.0 Fish wire - 16 S.W.G. G.I. wire shall be used and it shall protrude the conduit ends by
9 inches.
8.0 Conduit laying in floor/roof slabs before casting: PVC/Polythene/G.I. conduit shall be laid
straight as far as practicable and properly placed including binding with the steel
reinforcement rods with 22 SWG G.I. wire so that proper positions of conduits are
maintained.
While laying the conduits for concealed wiring in the ceiling or in the beams and columns
and before casting, the contractor shall ensure that both ends of the conduit are plugged
by means of dead-end socket or otherwise so that any foreign matter can not enter the
conduit and choke them.
All precaution must be taken while laying the conduits on the slabs, R.C. walls,
columns etc. and the contractor shall rectify at his own cost if any defects are found
during process of drawing cables through the concealed pre laid conduits.
Each PVC/polythene/steel conduit shall be provided with protruding length of not less
than 9 inches from the cast surface with threaded ends with free end of the
conduits.
There shall be no intermediate joints in one straight run of conduit.
168
All ceiling outlets shall be terminated in a round C.I./G.I. circular box/deep box to suit standard
size ceiling rose or/and rectangular M.S. junction box or Fan Hook Box as the case may be.
It will be mandatory for the contractor to get the layouts approved by the Engineer-in-
Charge/Consultant when the conduits are laid and bound to steel reinforcement rods, before he can
release the work for casting of floor/roof.
9.0 Connector Boxes, Draw-in Boxes, Junction Boxes
These shall be constructed from 16 SWG M.S. sheet and have M.S. cover. Minimum size for
connector boxes is 6" x 4" and for Draw-in-Boxes 4" x 4" with required depth upto 75mm.
10.0 Fan Hook Boxes
These shall be 100mm (4") diax 75mm (3") deep, constructed from 16 SWG M.S sheet, and
provided with one 12 mm dia plain M.S. rod 300 mm (12" long).
11.0 Metal Trunking
Metal trunking shall be of requisite width and depth with internal separations and made from
1.6 mm thick galvanized steel sheet. The trunking shall be embedded in floors by cutting
necessary chases in floor by machine cut grooves and the damages shall be mended good
after installation. Suitable G.I junctions boxes/Access Box (14 SWG) of dimensions 120 x
120 x 50 mm depth (approx) with screwed type/spring type removable covers shall provided at
regular intervals of 2.0 M (approx) where from the tapings shall be taken to the work
stations/group of works stations/partitions walls etc (Modular type).
12.0 Outlets
All outlets for fittings, switches etc. directly on mounting plates/bakelite boards and shall be fixed
on boxes of suitable metal for either surface mounting system or flush mounting system in case of
mounting on brick and other types of walls. Welded mild steel sheet box shall be only used (16
SWG). Except otherwise stated 3 mm thick insulated laminated sheets shall be fixed on the front
with screws wherever ordinary switches are fixed or switches are fixed on the boards/boxes as
specified in the BOQ. In case of fixing of modular switches necessary mounting plate & covers
shall be used for mounting of the modular switches. Where conduits are terminated special care
shall be taken in employing double jam nuts, for securely fixing conduits to outlets so as to
prevent any possibility of damages to cables when drawn.
13.0 Cables to be Used
Unless stated otherwise only Two core PVC insulated cables of approved manufactures shall be used for
wiring in conduit system. The number of Two core cables drawn in one conduit shall not be greater
than maximum set out in Table II of Indian Standard (I.S. 732-1963)
169
Code of Practice (revised) for electrical wiring installation(system voltage not exceeding 650
volts).
14.0 Looping-in-System
Distribution wiring in conduit to light, fan plug points etc. shall be done in looping system. In this
system no joints or connections shall be made anywhere of the system except at
terminating points such as at terminals of switches, ceiling roses, etc and in case of socket outlets
at the socket terminals.
15.0 Earthing Continuity Wires
All three pin 5 Amps plug points and metallic fan regulator cover should be provided with ear
thing attachment by one member Two core 11 OOV, 1.5 sq.mm copper PVC insulated wires,
unless specified otherwise.
Three pin 15 Amps power plug point should be provided with ear thing attachment by one number
Two core 1100V, 2.5 sq.mm copper PVC insulated wire unless specified otherwise.
For conduits and accessories for distribution wiring should be provided with ear thing attachment
by one number Two core 1100V, 1.5 sq.mm copper PVC insulated wire specified otherwise.
16.0 Painting
Outside of wall switch boards, connector boxes & draw-in-boxes and other C.I./M.S. accessories
shall be painted with two coats of anti-rust paint in addition to other painting instruction given
elsewhere.
D. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR CABLE INSTALLATION
1.0 General
All Medium Voltage and Low Voltage PVC insulated and armored/unarmored cables shall
conform to IS 1554 Part-I-1964 and of 1,100 volt grade.
Old and used cables must not be used for installation. Only one make of cable shall be used. All
cables brought to site must be tested and got approved by the Engineer-in-Charge before these can
be laid. The cables shall be dispatched to site on wooden drums with ends sealed. Exact lengths
shall be determined by the Contractor after measurement at site.
The underground installation of cables shall be generally conforming to I.S. 1255-1967,

Code of Practice for installation and maintenance of underground cables (upto including 33
KV).
170
2.0 Laying of Cables
a) Direct in Ground
Trenches shall be 750 mm deep (minimum) for L T Cables and 1.2 M (4'-0") deep minimum) for
HT Cables from ground level and trenching work shall include all pumping and bailing out
water. These trenches shall be wide enough to accommodate all the cables with brick separations
as per the requirements specified in the relevant I.S.
When more than one multi core cable is to be laid in the same trench, a minimum horizontal inter
axial spacing between cables will be as per relevant I.S.
After excavation of the trench of proper size, the bottom of the trench shall be dressed and
leveled and filled with a 75 mm layer of fine sand. The cable shall then be laid with bricks on both
sides of the cable continuously. After having the space within the bricks, filled and packed
up to a level of 75 mm (3") above top of cable with fine sand, the top layer of bricks shall be
placed side by side in continuous series as protective cover. Total No. of bricks required being 16
per meters run. The remainder of the trench shall be filled with riddled soil, well rammed and
watered to a level of 75 mm (3") above surrounding ground level. The ground level surface of
the whole trench route shall be restored properly after completion of cable laying.
b) Inside Building
Cables shall be laid on walls/ceiling/structure, unless specified otherwise, with M.S. brackets and
suitable clamps or over claw type aluminum cleats fixed on M.S. brackets, spaced not more
than 450 mm apart. G.I Bolts of suitable sizes are to be grouted on the wall properly for fixing the
brackets.
c) Minimum bending radius permissible is 12D for MV Cables and 20D for HV cables. At joints
and terminations, the individual core of multi core cables should never be bent so that the radius
is less than 15 times the diameter over the insulation.
No cable jointing is allowed between two terminal points.
3.0 Cable Jointing
All cable joints shall be carried out by experienced and Licensed jointers under strict supervision. Electro
plated brass cable glands, aluminum/tinned copper cable sockets and approved jointing materials must be
used. The price for cable jointing and finishing the ends of the cable shall include all materials and
shall also provide for tools and plants for the work. The cable armoring is to be properly
terminated. All cable accessories and other associated materials shall conform to Indian Standard
Specification where applicable. Proper ear thing of cable glands and armored shall be included in the
job.
171
4.0 Testing of Cables
All cables shall be tested for insulation resistance with megger - 5,000V constant pressure megger
insulation tester for HT Cables and 1 ,000 V constant pressure megger for MV Cables,
before installation.
After installation and end termination, the cables shall be again subjected to the above test.
Insulation value for HT Cables shall not be less than 100 megohms and for MV Cables 1.0
megohm.
After laying and jointing, the HV Cables shall be subjected to high voltage pressure test
before commissioning the test voltage being as specified in I.S.1255-1967 or latest.
5.0 Testing of Installation
Before the completed installation is put into service or handed over to Owner, the installation is
to be subjected to the above tests to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in Charge. The
completed work will be taken over only if the results are acceptable to the
Consultants/Owner.
E. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR EARTHING INSTALLATION
The installation shall generally conform to IS 10038 - Indian Standard Code of Practice for
Ear thing, as amended up to date.
1.0 Earthing Electrode
The ear thing electrode shall be cast iron pipe of Class B medium quality - 100 mm dia bore and
3.04 M (10') long for general ear thing and 600x600x3mm copper plate for UPS ear thing.
A suitable trench shall be excavated about 0.45 M (1'-6") deep and the pipe electrode driven to
an average depth of 3.35 M (11'-0") below ground level. The top end of the electrode shall be at
an average depth of 0.30 M (I') below the ground surface.
Alternate layers of Charcoal or Salt and Coke to be provided for Electrode as per I.S. Code of
Practice unless specified otherwise.
One no. 6 SWG G.I. wire (unless otherwise specified) shall be connected securely on the properly
cleaned surface at the top end of pipe electrode by means of a 100 mm (4") long x
172
13 mm (1/2") dia G.I. bolt nut and double washers. The earth lead conductor shall be
protected mechanically be means of a continuous length of G.I. pipe (Class A) having 13 mm
(1/2") inside diameter up to a height of 0.60 M (2') above ground and the same shall be
completely filled with bitumen compound and topped up to overflowing.
2.0 Masonry Inspection Pit
The inspection pit for the earth station shall be approx 0.56 M x 0.56 M (1'-1 0"x1'-1 0") outside
dimensions and approx 0.45 M (1'-6") deep when completed, having 5" thick cement brick work
with 1st class bricks in cement mortar (6:1) both inside and outside plastered 19 mm (3/4")
thick and neatly cemented 1.60 mm (1/16") thick, both inside, outside and top. The opening on
top shall be provided with a C.I. ring with lockable cover fixed flush with ground surface.
All the excavations shall be duly back filled, dressed and rammed.
3.0 location for Earth Electrodes
Electrodes shall be buried at least 2 M (6'-6") away from the building pole or object to be earthed.
However, ear thing electrodes for L.C. installations should be as close to the down conductors as
possible.
Electrodes, when installed in parallel, shall not be placed less than 2 M

(6'-6") apart and preferably placed at distances greater than twice their lengths.
4.0 Earth Bus bar
a) Galvanized M.S. Flat
The bus bar shall be of suitable size and length, as specified in the Schedule of Items, heavily
galvanized and having adequate number of drilled and tapped holes 30 mm apart, complete with
G.!. bolts, nuts, washers for securely connecting the earth leads and earth continuity conductors.
The bus bar shall be fixed on wall, having clearance of 6 mm from wall with spacing insulators
with at least the numbers 13 mm (1/2") G.I. rag bolts spaced about 0.46 M (1'-6") apart.
(b) Copper Flats
To be used, as specified, in the Schedule of Items, where ear thing requirements are more
stringent. Brass bolts, nuts washers shall be used for connections.
5.0 Value of Earth Resistance

In case of installation where the does not exceed 5 K.W. the resistance to earth shall on no
account exceed 5 ohms. Where the load exceeds 5 K.W. the resistance shall not exceed I
173
ohm.
For sub-stations, the value is I ohm.

For L.C. installations, the value is I ohm.
F. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR LIGHT FITTINGS
1. General Requirement
The General requirements for light fittings shall be as follows: Sheet

metal mounting frame and enclosure with fixing accessories. Sheet
metal white stove enameled reflector.
Control Gear such as ballast, starter and capacitor.
Lamp holder.
Louvers, diffuser and other attachments to reduce glare.
2. The enclosure for the light fitting and other accessories shall confirm to IS:2147 and
IS:2148 depending on the location mounting of the fittings.
3. The type of fittings and lamps shall be indicted on the schedule of material.
4. The ballast shall be of copper wound, polyester filled with minimum loss, silent operation
without Radio interference or electronic as indicated in the schedule of material
5. The light fittings and the lamps shall be suitable for long life and shall withstand voltage
variation of minimum + 10%
6. The fittings shall be pre wired with PVC insulated copper wires of adequate capacity. The
light fittings shall be provided with ear thing terminals.
G. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR DISTRIBUTION BOARD
1. Miniature Circuit Breakers Distribution Board:
Miniature circuit breaker shall be of molded design and shall be housed in totally
enclosed, hinged door distribution boards.
The housing of MCBs shall be such that they shall be totally heat resistant and shall
withstand all mechanical stresses operation.
The fault level of MCB shall not be less than 9KA at 230v AC.
The contacts of the MCB on both the sides shall be made up of either nickel silver
alloy and or graphite silver alloy.
174
When MCBs shall be incorporated in distribution boards of cubicle pattern they shall be
separately housed as per the number of ways, hinged door compartment.
All the MCBs shall be tested and certified as per the relevant section of IS
Specifications.
They shall mainly comply to DS 3871 (part-I) and shall be of quick make and break
type.
L.T.CABLES
SCOPE
Supply, installation, storing, laying, fixing, jointing, terminating, testing and commissioning of
1.1 kv grade PVC insulated FRLS Armored Aluminum Conductor Cables of reputed make,
conforming to IS 1554 Latest, Part-I and specifications given below, laid in, on cable trays, in
pipes, clamped directly to wall or Structures.
Type
1.1 KV grade cables shall be aluminum conductor, PVC insulated, FRLS and steel wire flat
armoured or steel tape armored construction. The cable shall have straded, sector shaped
aluminum conductors for cables of 4 Sq mm size and above.
1.2 The cables shall be rated for a voltage of 1100 Volts.
1.3 Core Identification shall be provided with the following co lour scheme of PVC
insulation.
Two Core:Red/Black/Yellow/Blue
Two Core: Red and Black
Three Core: Red, Yellow and Blue
31/2 or 4 Core: Red, Yellow, Blue and Black
Inspection
All cables shall be inspected upon receipt at site and checked for any damage during transit
and shall be supplied with complete manufacturer‟s test certificates. At any cost the cables shall
not be accepted without test certificate.
Storing
All the cables shall be supplied in drums, with manufacturers seal. On receipt of cables at site,
the cables shall be inspected and stored in drums with flanges of the cable drum in vertical
position.
Joint in Cables
175
The Contractor shall take care to see that all the cables received at site are apportioned to various
locations in such a manner as to ensure maximum utilization and avoidance of cable jointing.
This apportioning shall be got approved by the Consultant before the cables are cut to lengths.
Bonding of Cables
Where a cable enters any piece of apparatus, it shall be connected to the casing by means of an
approved type of armoured clamp and gland. The clamps must grip the armouring firmly to the
gland or casing, so that no undue stress is passed on to the cable due to vibrations. The glands
shall be fixed to the lead sheath by means of either a „Plumbing joint‟ or a cone of approved
material, capable of being compressed into lead sheath. The gland or cone shall be capable of
affecting a good electrical bond between both the armouring of the cable and the casing.
Laying of Cables
Cables shall be laid as per the specifications given below:
Cables – Indoor
The cables laid indoors should be laid on slotted angle GI cable trays supported on
M.S.angles. The cable trays should be routed above false ceilings wherever provided.
Suitable clamping with straps and saddles shall be used for keeping the cables in position.
Spacing between the cables shall not be less than the overall diameter of the cable.
The cable run through vertical shaft/wall/ceiling shall be clamped neatly with GI clamps.
Testing of Cables
TESTS
The cable shall be tested in accordance with the IS:684/1554/7098. The tests shall include
PVC insulated cables(for voltage up to 1100V:IS 684
PVC insulated cables (heavy duty): IS 1554
Cross-linked polyethylene insulated PVC sheathed cables:IS 7098.
176
Cable Insulation Tests shall be conducted between phases and between phase and earth for
each length of cable, before and after jointing. As such all phase cables may be checked
before being laid for above tests.
CABLE TRAYS, ACCESSORIES AND TRAY SUPPORTS
DI le racks/ trays shall run on overhead supports, supported from ceiling and same shall be
perforated type.
Cables shall be clamped to the cable clamped to the cable trays at regular intervals. All
cable trays and vertical raceways shall be hot dip galvanized.
Installation work shall comprise installation of trays as per approved layout drawings
prepared by Contractor. All steel sections such angles, channels, brackets etc. required for
supporting the trays shall be supplied by the Contractor.
CONDUITS, PIPES AND DUCTS
The contractor shall supply and install conduits, and under floor ducts as per requirement and
accessories/fittings required for making the installation complete, including but not limited to
ordinary and inspection tees elbows, checkouts, male and female reducers and enlarges,
wooden plugs, caps, square headed male plugs, nipples, gland sealing fittings, junction
boxes, pull boxes, conduits, outlet boxes, splice boxes, terminal boxes, glands gaskets and box
covers, saddles and all steel supporting work shall be supplied by the Contractor. Conduit
fittings shall be of the same material as the conduits.
Conduits or pipes shall run along walls, floors and ceilings, on steel supports, embedded in soil,
floor, wall or foundation, in accordance with approved layout drawings.
Exposed conduit shall be adequately supported by racks and clamps or straps or by other
approved means. Conduit supports shall be erected square, and true to line and grade with an
average spacing of one support for every 2 meters of conduit length.
Each conduit run shall be marked with its designation.
All installed conduits shall have their ends temporarily closed by caps, wooden plugs or other
approved means until cable is pulled. Closures shall be made in such a way that they do not get
dislodged easily.
177
When one or more cables are trained through a conduit, conduit size shall be such that the
total cross sectional area of the cable does not exceed 60% of the internal cross sectional area of
the conduit.
The Contractor shall be responsible for boning of metal pipes or conduits in which cable
have been installed to the main ear thing system. Joints, metal sheath and amour of cables
shall be bonded to the earth system in as approved manner. The entire system of conduit
after installation shall be tested for mechanical and electrical continuity throughout and
permanently connected to earth by means of a special approved type earthing clamp
efficiently fastened to the conduit. Gas or water pipes shall not be used as an earth medium.
INSTALLATION OF CABLES
The contractor shall install, test and commission the cabled specified in the technical specification
in accordance with Contractor‟s drawings and approved by the Engineer. Cables shall be
laid on cable racks/cable trays and supports, in conduits or bare on wall, ceiling etc. as per
approved drawing. Contractor‟s scope of work includes unloading, laying, fixing, joining,
bending and terminating of the cables. The Contractor shall also supply the necessary materials
and equipment required for joining and terminating of the cables.
All apparatus, connections and cable work shall be designed and arranged to minimize rise of fire
and any damage, which might be caused in the event of fire. Wherever cables pass through
floor or wall openings or their partitions suitable bushes of an approved type shall be supplied and
put into position by the contractor. If required by the Engineer, the contractor shall seal the
cables into the bushes using fire-resisting materials to prevent the spreading of fire through each
partition.
Inspection on receipt, unloading, storage and handling of cables shall be in accordance with
IS: 1255 and other Indian Standard Codes of Practice.
Standard cable grips and reels shall be utilized for cable pulling. I unduly difficult pulling
occurs, the Contractor shall check the pull required and suspend pulling until further
procedure has been approved by the Engineer. The maximum pull tension shall not exceed the
recommended value for the cable measured by the tension dynamometer. In general, any lubricant
that does not injure the over all covering and does not set up undesirable conditions of
electrostatic stress or electrostatic charge may be used to assist in the pulling of insulated cables
in conduits and ducts.
Sharp bending and kinking of cables shall be avoided the bending radii for various types of
cables shall not be less than those specified below:
1.1kv PVC insulated FRLS cable: 15 times the overall dia of the cables.
178
If shorter radius appears necessary, no bend shall be made until clearance and instructions
have been received from the Engineer‟s Representative.
When power cables are laid in the proximity of communication cables, minimum horizontal and
vertical separation between power and communication cables shall be normally 600 mm, but in
any case not less than 460mm for Two core cables and 300mm for Multicore cables. Power and
communication cables shall as far as possible, cross at right angles to each other.
Cables on cable racks, on cable trays and in conduits shall be formed to avoid bearing against
edges or trays, racks, conducts or their supports upon entering or leaving trays, racks or conduits.
Cables shall be racked or laid directly into cantilevered cable trays where practicable, but
in some cases it may be necessary that cables are pulled or threaded into trays. To facilitate
visual tracing, cables in trays shall be laid only in Two layers and unnecessary crossing of cables
shall be avoided. Cables on trays shall be finally be clamped in an approved manner.
Cable splices will not be permitted except where permitted by the Engineer. Splices shall be made
by the Contractor for each type of wire of cable in
accordance with the instructions issued by cable manufacturer and the Engineer. Before
splicing, insulated cables shall have conductor insulation stepped and bound or penciled for
recommended distance back from splices to provide a long leakage path. After splicing,
insulation equal to that on the spliced conductors shall be applied at each splice.
At cable terminal points where the conductor and cable insulation will be terminated ,
terminations shall be made in a neat , workmanlike and approved manner by men specialized in
this class of work. The contractor shall make terminations for each type of wire or cable in
accordance with instruction issued by cable manufacturers and the Engineer.
Jointing of cables shall be in accordance with relevant Indian Standard Codes of Practice and
manufacturer‟s special instruction. The Contractor shall supply materials and tools required
for cable jointing work.
Metal sheath and arm our of the cable shall be bonded to the ear thing system of the station. The
size of conductor for boning shall be appropriate with the system fault current.
All 1.1 KV grade cables shall be megger tested before joining is completed and shall be
tested by 1000 Volt megger.
Cable cores shall be tested for

Continuity
Absence of crow phasing
Insulation resistance to earth
179
Insulation resistance between conductors
Contractor shall furnish all testing kit and instruments required for field-testing
POWER AND CONTROL CABLE TERMINATIONS
Cable boxes shall be of approved design with adequate clearances between phases and
between phases and earth, in accordance with relevant standards.
Suitable compression type cable glands shall be provided for power and control cables. Equipment
terminal blocks for power connections shall be complete with adequate phase
segregating insulating barriers and suitable crimping type of lugs for connecting the insulated
cable tails.
All switchboards shall, top or facilitate bottom cable entry. Removable gland plates shall be
mounted at least 300mm above the base of the panel. If the gland plates are provided inside the
switchboards cubicles, entries in the base of the cubicle must be adequately vermin proofed.
The individual cores of power and control cables shall be neatly dressed and supported at regular
intervals inside the switch boards, before connecting them to the relevant terminals.
SPECIFICATION FOR INSTALLATION
SCOPE
The specification covers the installation, testing and commissioning of all electrical
equipment‟s and accessories required for the switchyard for efficient and trouble free
operation.
STANDARDS
The electrical installation work covered by this specification shall unless otherwise stated
comply with the requirements of the latest edition of relevant Indian Standard, statutory
regulations and codes of practices.
Indian Electricity Rules: 1956

Tariff advisory committee: Approvals
IS – 10118:
Installation & gear Code of practice for selection,maintenance of Switchgear and control gear.
IS – 6600: Guide for loading of oil immersed Transformers
IS – 3043: Code of practice for ear thing
IS – 2309: Code of practice for protection of building and allied structures against
lightning
180
IS – 2274: Code of practice for electrical wiring Installation
IS – 6665 Code of practice for industrial lightning.
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
The installation shall be carried out by an electrical contractor holding a valid EA license as
required by the NDMC. The contractor shall provide particulars of the license held by him or
his sub contractor to the purchaser.
In accordance with the specific installation instructions or as directed by the purchaser, the
contractor shall unload, erect, assemble, install, wire test and commission all electrical
equipment‟s included in this contract. Equipment‟s shall be installed in a neat workman like
manner with highest regard for safety.
Erection materials, tools, testing instruments or any other machinery of any nature shall not be
supplied by the purchaser. The contractor shall arrange for the same in a timely manner and he
shall not be allowed to claim for ay delay or extra cost of any nature.
Consumable materials of any nature required for the erection job shall also have to be
arranged by the contractor.
Clearing the site after completion of erection as well as regular clearance of unwanted,
materials from site, returning all packing material and excess material and excess material
shall also be covered under the scope of work.
All equipment‟s and instruments of indoor and outdoor, shall be inscribed with number,
nomenclature, danger boards and other instructions.
The contractor shall touch up the surface for all the equipment‟s which are scratched and / or
damaged during transportation and erection. The paint used shall match exactly the surface being
touched up.
The contractor shall employ skilled and semi skilled laborers for erection, installation and testing
as required. Al electricians, cable jointers, wire men, welders and other employed shall be
suitably qualified possessing valid certificates/licenses recognized by the competent authorities.
The contractor shall also furnish a list of Engineers/Supervisors and staff employed by him for
erection and installation jobs, giving in brief, qualification and experience of such staff and
indicating whether they hold such competency certificates/licenses to supervise the electrical
installation jobs as required under Indian Electricity Rules and State electrical Inspectorate
Rules.
181
The contractor shall set up his own workshop and other facilities at site to undertake
fabrication jobs, pipe bending, threading etc.
The contractor shall be responsible for recording of all readings and observations during erection,
testing and commissioning, in registers or on prescribed Performa. These shall be carried the
presence of purchaser‟s representative. All such test data and records shall be duly signed by
contract‟s Engineer/Purchaser‟s representative and shall be submitted to Purchaser in triplicate.
The contractor shall carry out all tests at site for outdoor and indoor electrical equipment and
commission the installation in the presence of Purchaser‟s representative. The contractor
shall be responsible for final adjustment of relays, instruments, meter breakers etc., and also for
submission of relay settings and calculations.
LIGHTING SYSTEM
Lighting wiring between lighting DB and lighting fixtures shall be done by FRLS 3 core
(phase, neutral and earth) 1.5 sq mm multistrand copper conductor wires drain in PVC/ GI
conduits. Wiring between power DB and 20A sockets shall be done with PCV insulated 3 core
(phase, neutral and earth) 4 sq mm Copper conductor FRLS wires drawing in PVC/GI conduits.
WIRING SYSTEM
SYSTEM OF WIRING
The system of wiring shall consist of FRLS Multistrand copper conductor wires in PVC/GI
conduits as per IS9537 part II for concealed surface installation.
GENERAL
Prior to laying and fixing of conduits, the Contractor shall carefully examine the drawings
indicating the layout, satisfy himself about the sufficiency of number and size of conduits,
locating of junction boxes, size and location of switch boxes and other relevant details. Any
discrepancy found in the drawings shall be brought to the notice of the Consultant/IRCTC. Any
Modification suggested by the Contractor shall be got approved by the consultants before
the actual laying of conduits is commenced.
CONDUITING MATERIALS
All concealed and surface electrical wiring installation shall be in PVC/conduits as specified.
PVC CONDUITS
182
Conduits and accessories shall conform to IS 9537 – Latest and the specifications given
below. PVC conduits shall be black, round, heavy gauge Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC). The internal
surface of the conduit shall be smooth. All flexible conduits shall be of steel. Only approved
quality as recommended by the consultant and factory made bends/accessories shall be used.
GI CONDUITS
Conduits and Accessories shall conform to IS 9537 (Latest) and Open Tender specifications. The
GI conduits shall be solid drawn, mild steel, 16 gauge, heavy duty electrical welded, thread
type, having perfect circular tubing with tight fitting joints and shall be capable of being
cleaned easily.
Minimum Conduit Dia (OD) for Electrical Wiring shall be 20.0mm.
Minimum Conduit Dia (OD) for Telephones, LAN, Audio/Video shall be 25.0 mm
Joints between conduits and accessories shall be securely m,ade, to ensure earth continuity in
the case of GI conduits.
The conduits shall be delivered to site of construction in original bundles and each length of
conduit shall bear the label of the manufacturer. This shall be approved by respective
Engineer-in-charge and same shall be submitted along with bills for payment.
The number of 650/1100 volts grade FRLS multistand copper conductor wires that may be drawn
in the conduits of various sizes are given below. The space occupied by the wires shall not
exceed 60% of the conduit Internal Area and 40% of conduit space should be left free.
Maximum permissible number of 650/1100 volt grade FRLS wires that may be drawn into
rigid non-metallic or GI conduits are given below:
Maximum Number of Wires conduits Size(mm)

Size of wire
in Sq.mm
20 25 32 38
1.5 3 6 10 14
2.5 2 5 10 14
4.0 -- 3 5 8
6.0 -- 2 4 5
10.0 -- --- 3 4
16.0 -- 2 2 3
183
25.0 -- -- -- 1
35.0 -- -- -- 1
BENDS IN CONDUIT (FOR GI)
Conduit bends shall be of 14 SWG. Where necessary, bends or diversions may be achieved by
means of bends and/or circular inspection boxes with adequate and suitable inlet and outlet
terminations. In case of recessed system each junction work shall be provided with a cover
properly secured and flush with the finished wall surface. No bends shall have radius less than
2 ½ times the outside diameter of the conduit. Ready-made bends shall be used where required.
Locating junction boxes on outer surface of exterior walls of building should be avoided to
prevent exposure to weather as also to preserve aesthetics.
Junction boxes should never be closed permanently by plaster. The covers of the boxes
should match the co lour of the wall.
All the switch points shall be fixed at a level accessible from floor level as mentioned in the dugs.
Conduits in wall crossing area shall be sealed with M-Seal/epoxy compound after pulling the
wires.
SWTICH OUTLET AND JUNCTION BOXES.

All concealed outlet boxes for switches, sockets and other receptacles shall be rust proof and
shall be of thick Zinc passivated (MS) boxes having smooth external and internal surfaces.
All outlet boxes for receiving plug sockets and switches shall be of standard factory make and
of approved size and shape. All boxes shall have adequate number of knock out holes of required
diameter and ear thing terminal screws. Outlet boxes shall have a minimum depth of 65mm.
INSPETION BOXES.
Rust proof inspection boxes of 2mm thick mild steel having smooth external and internal
finish shall be provided to facilitate removal and replacement of wires where required.
WALL SOCKET OUTLETS
Following types of socket outlet shall generally be used for interiors; All
sockets shall be of shutter type.
184
6A 3 pin Switched Socket outlet for raw powder and UPS powder.
6/16A 3 pin switched socket with Indicator for power outlets.
20 Amps SP Industrial type socket controlled by 20 Amps DP MCB mounted on a fabricated and
powder coated MS box.
No electrical cable/ temporary cabling shall be allowed at floor level for connecting any
equipment on any account.
INSTALLATION OF CONDUITS
Concealed Conduit System
Unless otherwise specified all wiring shall be in heavy gauge rigid PVC conduit embedded in wall,
or ceiling and concealed in the false ceiling. The size of the conduit shall be selected in
conformity with relevant IS code and a s specified in the table 6.8.3.b.6 given above. Factory
made conduit bends and accessories shall be used. PVC conduit shall be jointed using
solvent cement as recommended by the conduit supplier. The conduit in ceiling slab shall be
straight as far as possible. Before the conduits are laid in the ceiling the position of the outlet
points, controls, junction boxes shall be set out clearly as per the dimensions and to minimize off-
sets and bends. Conduits in ceiling shall be bonded to the reinforcement rods with GI bonding
wire to secure them in position. PVC light outlet/pull boxes shall be provided as required. The
conduit in ceiling slab shall be laid above the first layer of reinforcement rods to avoid cracks in
the ceiling surface.
Conduits concealed in the wall shall be secured rigidly by means of steel hooks/staples at
minimum 750 mm intervals. Before conduit is concealed in the walls, all chases, grooves
shall be neatly made to proper required dimension to accommodate number of conduits.
The chased portion of the walls for electrical works shall be plastered by electrical Contractor to
bring it to the finished wall surface. The outlet boxes, control switches, and inspection and draw
boxes shall be fixed as and when conduits are being fixed.
The recessing of conduits in walls shall be so arranged as to allow at least 12mm- plaster
cover on the same. Where conduit passes through expansion joints in the building, adequate
expansion fitting or other approved devices shall be used to take care of the relative
movement of expansion joints.
All grooves, chases etc., shall be refilled with cement mortar and finished up to wall surface before
plastering of walls is taken up by the general civil Contractor. Whenever the conduits terminate into
Control Boxes, distribution boards etc., conduits shall be rigidly connected to the boxes/boards with
check nuts on either side of the entry to ensure electrical continuity.
All opening of conduits, junction boxes shall be properly plugged with PVC stoppers or any
185
other suitable materials, so that water, mortar, vermin or any other foreign materials do not enter
into the conduit system. All conduit ends terminating into an outlet shall be provided with bushes
of PVC or rubber after the conduit ends are properly filed to remove burrs and sharp edges.
Necessary GI pull wires shall be inserted into the conduit for drawing wires. The insulated
Earth wires shall be run in each conduit originating from the panel board up to the light, Socket
and Switch boxes. If the Electrical Contractor forgets to install any conduit/ boxes etc., before
the plastering/painting work is done by other agencies, he may be permitted to install the
same with prior permission of Consultant and the expenses towards redoing the wall, floor,
ceiling etc. shall be borne by the Electrical Contractor.
OPEN / SURFACE CONDUIT SYSTEM

Conduits on surface of wall/RCC slabs shall be avoided as far as possible. In case it is not
avoidable, prior approval in writing shall be obtained from IRCTC/Consultant on the exact route.
Heavy gauge GI saddles shall fix conduit. Distance between two consecutive saddles shall not
exceed 900 mm. No wooden gutties for fixing saddles/clamps shall be used. Use of Rawl
plug/steel fastener with hard setting/scaling compound is recommended. Conduits shall be
run in square and by metrical lines. Wherever couplers, bends or similar fittings are used, saddles
shall be provided at either side at a distance of 300 mm from the center of such fittings.
Conduits shall be joined by means of screwed couplers and screwed accessories only. In long
distance straight runs of conduit inspection type couplers/ junction boxes shall be provided.
Threading shall be long enough to accommodate pipe to the full threaded portion of the
couplers and accessories. Cut ends of conduits shall have no sharp edges nor any burrs left, to
avoid damage to insulation‟s of wires.
Bends in conduit runs shall be done by using pipe-bending machine. Sharp ;bends shall be
accomplished by introducing solid bends, inspection bends shall be accomplished by introducing
solid bends, inspection bends or cast iron/MS inspection boxes. Radius of solid bends shall not be
less than 75mm. Not more than 90-degree bend shall be used in a conduit run from outlet to
outlet.
All conduits opening shall be properly plugged with PVC stoppers/bushes. Conduits shall be
adequately protected against rust by applying two coats of approved synthetic enamel paint after
the installation is completed and should be certified by the Site Engineer. The certificate
shall be submitted along with bills for payment.
Wherever conduits terminate into control boxes, outlet boxes, distribution boards etc., it shall be
rigidly connected to the box with check nuts on either side of the entry.
In ground floor, conduiting below the flooring should be avoided. Wherever it is

unavoidable, GI pipe should be used with prior approval of IRCTC/Consultant.
The entire conduit system shall be bonded to the earth.
186
WIRING
All wires shall been manufactured in accordance with the latest IS Specification (IS 694 – Part
II).
All wires shall be FRLS insulated, multi stand copper conductors of 650-volt grade. Cross
section of the conductor shall be as per the specification mentioned in schedule of quantities.
Minimum cross section of conductor for electrical wiring shall be 2.5 mm square.
For Two-phase wiring, the co lour of the insulation of phase conductors shall be
Red/Yellow/Blue and black for neutral. The co lour coding adopted should be uniform for the
entire project.
Ear thing is to be done by Green PVC insulated copper conductor. For three phase wiring, the
insulation of phase conductors shall be Red/Yellow/blue, as per relevant phase and Black for
neutral.
Earth wire shall always be of copper conductor PVC insulated and co lour of insulation shall be
Green.
Whenever wires are being terminated in a Distribution Board/Switch box/Plug Point/Outlet Box
etc., a minimum of 200 mm long extra wire should be provided in the form of a loop for further
maintenance use.
For each lot of wires, the Contractor shall submit all relevant test certificates issued by the
Manufacturer stating its origin, date of manufacture, constitution and standards to which it
complies. All wires and cables shall bear the manufacturer‟s label and shall be brought to site
in original packing.
Only Authorized/certified wiremen and cable jointers shall be employed to do the cable
jointing work.
Wires shall not be jointed inside the conduit or pull boxes. Where unavoidable, joints shall be
made through approved mechanical connectors with prior permission of IRCTC/Consultant.
Control switches shall be connected in the phase conductors only; sand shall be „ON‟ when knob
is down. Switches shall be fixed in galvanized steel boxes. Chromium plated screws shall be
used.
Power wiring shall be distinctly separate from lighting wiring.
187
Each circuit phase wire from the distribution boards should be followed with a separate
neutral wire of the same size as that of the circuit wire.
Wires originating from two different phases shall not run in ;the same conduit.
DRAWING CONDUCTORS
The drawing and jointing of FRLS insulated multi stand copper conductor wire and cables
shall be executed with due regard to the following precautions. While drawing wires through
conduits, care shall be taken to avoid scratches, etc., Care shall also be taken to ensure that the
insulation is not peeled off either in portions or as a whole; and the conductor is not broken
anywhere. There shall be no sharp bends that may lead to the breakage of the conductor.
PVC Insulated copper conductor wire ends shall be soldered (at least 20 mm; length) before
inserting into the switch for termination and Conductors having nominal cross sectional areas
exceeding 10 sq mm shall always be provided with cable sockets/lug of same material as that of
conductor.
Strands of wires shall not be cut for connecting terminals. The terminals shall have
sufficient cross sectional area to take all strands and shall be soldered. Connecting brass
screws shall have flat ends. All looped joints shall be soldered and connected through
block/connectors. The pressure applied to tighten terminal screws shall be just adequate, neither
too much nor too less.
At all bolted terminals, brass flat washer of large area and approved steel spring shall be
used. Brass nuts and bolts shall be used for all connections.
For all internal wiring, FRLS insulated wires of 650/1100 volts grade shall be used.
The sub-circuit wiring for point shall be carried out in loop system and no joints shall be allowed
in the length of the conductors. If the use of joint connections are unavoidable due to any
specific reason, prior permission, in writing, shall be obtained from the IRCTC/Consultant. No
wire shall be drawn into any conduit until all work of any nature, that may cause injury to
wire, is completed. Care shall be taken in pulling the wires so that no damage occurs to the
insulation of wire. Before the wires are drawn into the conduits, the conduits shall be
thoroughly cleaned of moisture, dust, dirt and any other constructions debris, by forcing
compressed air through the conduits. All sub-circuit wiring for light points shall be with 2.5 sq
mm PVC insulated copper conductor.
JOINTS
All joints shall be made at main switches, distribution boards, socket outlets, lightning outlets and
switch boxes only. No joints shall be made in conduits and in junction boxes.
Conductors shall be continuous from outlet to outlet.
188
MAINS AND SUB - MAINS
Mains and sub-mains cable or wires where called for shall be of the rated capacity and
approved make. Every main and sub-main wire shall be drawn into an independent adequate size
conduit. An independent earth wire of the proper rating shall be provided for each sub main, Two
earth wires of proper rating shall be provided for each sub main, Two earth wires of proper
rating shall be provided for every Two-phase sub main. For every 3 phase sub main, two
earth wires of proper rating shall be provided along with the sub main. The earth wires shall be
fixed to conduits by means of clips at not less than 1000-mm distance. For mains and sub
mains extra lengths of cable shall be provided to facilitate easy connections and maintenance.
LOAD BALANCING
Balancing of circuits in three-phase installations shall be planned before the commencement of

wiring and shall be strictly adhered to.
COLOUR CODE OF CONDUCTORS
Co lour code shall be maintained for the entire wiring installation as re, yellow blue for three
phases, black for neutral.
MEASUREMENTS
POINT WIRING
All outlets connected on a lighting circuit shall be measured under point wiring. It shall include
wiring from first switch point of the circuit up to light, fan socket outlet via witches, regulators ,
controls etc as called for. Generally, the following accessories shall be included.
Light outlet box

Lamp holder
Switches
6/16 A socket outlets with plug tops
M.S./G.I outlet box
Fan hook
Fan regulator
Small wiring from outlet to Fan/light
Conduit and accessories
PVC copper conductor wires
CIRCUIT MAIN FOR LIGHT CIRCUIT
189
Circuit main is measured in length from the Distribution Board/panel Board up to the first switch
point on the circuit only; form this point onwards, all looping will be measured under point
wiring.
GENERAL
Point wiring and circuit wiring should be done in independent conduits and should not be
taken through one conduit.
Fan regulator box, fans, light fittings, calling bells are to be properly earthed. In respect of 6
Amps conventional plug point, the third pin should be earthed with 2.5 sq mm green PVC
insulated copper wire.
All flush type switches and accessories will be used with 3 mm thick hylam sheet in MS
box.
For the purpose of determining the load per circuit. The following electric rating of points
shall be assumed.
SL.NO DESCRIPTION WATTAGE

1. LIGHT PINTS 60
2. CONVENTIONAL PLUG 100
POINT
(DEPENDENT OR
INDEPENDENT)
3. FAN POINT 60
4. EXHAUST FAN POINTS 40 OR AS SPECIFIED
Light, fans and 6A point shall be wired on a common circuit. Each circuit shall not have
more than a total of ten points of lights, fans and 6A socket outlets or a load of 800 watts
whichever is less. The ceiling fan point shall be complete with special outlet box including fixing
and connection of regulator. Supply and fixing of 6A switch for each ceiling fan is included in
scope of Contractor.
For 16A POWER PLUG POINTS
In one circuit, there shall not be more than two 16A-power plug points and circuit shall be
connected by 3 x 4 sq mm copper conductor wires.
190
One flush type plug socket outlet and switch shall be fixed for each power point on 3mm
thick hylam sheet cover. Plug socket can be standard type or 6/16 A universal type as
shown in the diagram. The circuit main would commence from DB and end up to the switch box.
Looping of circuit would be done to second 16A power points from first 16A power points from
first 16A power point and shall be counted as power point wiring.
Electrical load for each 16A power point would be considered as 1000 watts.
COMPLETION CERTIFICATE
(TO BE FILLED IN BY CONTRACTOR)
WE CERTIFY THAT THE INSTALLATION DETAILED BELOW HAS BEEN INSTALLED

BY ME/US AND THAT TO THE BEST OF MY/OUR KNOWLEDTE AND BELIEF. IT
COMPLIES WITH INDIAN ELECTRICITY RULES 1956 AS WELL AS IS:
732 – 1963 CODE OF PRACTICE FOR ELECTRICAL WIRING AND INSTALLATIONS
(SYSTEM VOLTAGE NOT EXCEEDING 650 VOLTS) REVISED.
Electrical Installation at
Voltage and system of supply _
If the work involves installation of overhead lines and/or underground cable _

Ear thing Description of ear thing electrode, size of earth, wire and number of each
electrodes provided_
Test Results
1) Insulation resistance for the whole installation. (i)

between conductors---
(ii) between each conductor & each neutral---
(iii) Insulation resistance for whole installation –
2) Resistance of ear thing electrode or ear thing system---

3) Maximum ear thing resistance of installation
_
Signature of supervisor Signature of Contractor

Name and Address of Supervisor Name and Address of Contractor
191
LIST OF APPROVED MATERIALS
Sl.No. Item Make

1. MCB/MCCB : GE Power Control, Siemens, Merlingerin,
L&T
2. Power & Aux Contractor, : Siemens, Merlingerin, L&T, GE, ABB,
Heavy Duty Switches Alstom
3. MCB Distribution Board : MDS, Legrand, Schyendler
4. FSU/SFU with Fuse, Fuse Base : GE Power Control, Siemens, L&T.
5. Selector Switches : GE, Kaycee, L&T(Salzer), Siemens(BCH)
6. Indicator Lamp : MDS Legrand, Siemens, Teknic
7. Meters : AE, MECO, MDS Legrand
8. Timers : L&T, EAPL, MDS
9. Power & Control Cables : Finolex, RR Cable, Lapp Cable, Gloster

(FRLS)
10. Power Cable : Finolex, Lapp Cable, RR Cable, Gloster
11. CT, PT : AE, Pragati, MDS Legrand.
12. Cable Gland High & thimbles : Connet, Bracco, Sibg, Domelis
13. G I Pipe : BST, Jindal, BEC
14. Connectors : Elmex, Connectwell
15. Wiring Lighting & Power Wire : Finolex (FRLS), National (FRLS), Lapp
(FRLS)
16. Switch Socket : MK/MDS-Mosaic, Anchor Roma
17. M S Pipe : BEC/NIC
18. Capacitor Bank & APFCR : GE/Siemens
Relay
19. Telephone Cable : Delton, Finolex
20. Cat VI : AT&T, Avaya, Krone
21. Krone Module : Krone Make
22. GI Metal Trunking with : MK Electric, LK Pace & Profab
accessories like Junction Boxes
23. Light Fittings : Philips, Thorn , Wipro, Bajaj , Crompton
& Greaves ( As per BOQ)
24 RJ11 with shutter : Anchor Roma, MK
25 RJ45 Jack : Avaya, AT&T, Krone
26 PVC Conduit : Diamond, Precision
27 Surface Information Outlet : Avaya, Krone , AT&T
28 4 core 14/36 shielded cable : ISI Mark
29 8 core 14/36 shielded cable : ISI Mark
30. 650/1100 volts, 24/0.2 mm : DCI
copper conductor PVC
insulated for music system
31. LT Power Capacitor(Heavy : Siemens, Epcos, L&T Meher, Universal
192
Duty low loss mixed di-
electric)
32. Contactors : Siemens /ABB/L&T
32. Contactors : Siemens /ABB/L&T
34. Selector Switch : MDS Legrand, KAYCEE, BCH, L&T
Salzer, Siemens
35. Indicating Lamp : MDS Legrand, Siemens, Teknis/L&T
36. RJ11 cable : Finolex,
37. Exhaust fan : Newtek, Crompton&Greaves
38. Inverter : SUCAM, LUMNUS, MICROTEK
39. Digital Meter for KWH : SECORE, HAVELLS
40. TV Outlet/Socket : MK/MDS-Mosaic, Anchor Roma
41. Patch Box : Avaya, AT&T, Krone
Note: The contractor should obtain prior approval for the materials to be used in the work
from the Client/Consultant before commencing the work
LIST OF APPLICABLE STANDARDS & CODES

Sl No Description of Standard Brief Description of the Standard
A BIS Code Year
1 IS 9537 Part I & II 1981 Hot Dip GI, Stove Enamelled MS and
PVC Conduits for Electrical use
2 IS 13947 1993 General requirements of Switchgear
3 IS 8828 1993 Miniature Circuit Breakers
4 IS 9224 Part II HRC Cartridge fuse
5 IS 2705 1992 Current Transformers
6 IS 1248 1983 Indicating Instruments
7 IS 5578, 11353 Busbar connections and accessories
8 IS 6005 Code of practice for Phosphating Iron
and Steel
9 IS 694 1990 PVC insulated wires
10 IS 5424 1969 Insulated Rubber Mats
11 IS 1554 Part I 1988 PVC insulated cables
12 IS 8130 1984 General requirements of copper
conductor for cables
13 IS 10810 1984 Test methods of PVC insulated cables
14 IS 2147 1962 Degree of protection provided by the
enclosure for low voltage switchgear
and control gear
15 IS 8623 Part I and II 1993 assemblies of Switchgear and Control
Gear and Bus Trunking
16 IS 1897 electrolytic copper flats
193
and control gear
19 IS 5 Painting
B UNDERWRITERS LABORATORY
1 UL 1479 Fire barriers
C IEC Standards
1 IEC
2 IEC 898 Miniature Circuit Breaker
D ITD Specifications
1 S/WS/113-C Telephone wires, cables and junction
boxes
boxes
3 G/WIR-06/02 May 94 Telephone wires, cables and junction
boxes
E CPWD SPECIFICATIONS
1 CPWD General Specifications
for Electrical works Part-IV-
Substation-1982 as amended up to
date
for Electrical works Part - I
Internal - 1994 as amended upto
date,
for Electrical works Part - II
external - 1994 as amended
upto date
F STATUTORY RULES & REGULATIONS
1 The Electricity Act 2003
2 National Electrical Code
Note: The above list is only illustrative and not exhaustive and the standards shall be as
amended upto date.
194
PLUMBING AND SANITARY WORKS
MATERIALS AND GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
1.0 GENERAL
Materials shall be of the best approved quality obtainable and unless otherwise from
Owners/Consultant specified they shall conform to the respective Indian Standard Specification.
Samples of all materials shall be got approved before placing order and the approved samples
shall be deposited with the IRCTC. In case of non-availability of materials in metric sizes, the
nearest size in FPS units shall be provided with prior approval of the Owners / Consultant for
which neither extra will be paid nor any rebate shall be recovered. If directed, materials shall be
tested in any approved testing laboratory and the contractor shall produce the test certificate. The
entire charges for original as well as repeated tests shall be borne by the Contractor. If required by
the Owners / Consultant, the Contractor shall arrange to test portion of work at his own cost in
order to prove their soundness and efficiency. If, after any such test, the work or portion of work
is found, in the opinion of the IRCTC / Consultant, to be defective or unsound, the Contractor
shall pull down and redo the same at his own cost. Defective material also shall be removed from
the site.
It shall be obligatory for the contractor to furnish certificate if demanded by the Owners /
Consultant, from manufacturer or the material supplier, that the work has been carried out by
using their material and installed / fixed as per their recommendations.
2.0 SOIL, WASTE AND RAIN WATER PIPES
All soil, waste, vent & Rain Water pipes and fittings used within sunken floor area within
plumbing shafts vertical run shall be PVC Pipes with washer / Solvent Cement jointed. The
internal and external surfaces of pipes shall be smooth and clean, free from grooving and
other defects.
Make : Finolex / Prince / Truebore
C.I. Pipes to be used for Kitchen Waste Line.
Make : Neco or approved equivalent
Pressure Rating
Internal Soil, Waste & Vent Pipe - Type B.

Rain Water Pipe - Type A
External Drainage - 6 Kg / Sq. Cm.
Joints
Washer Joints / Solvent Cement Joints.
Installation Methods
195
a) Above Ground Installation
The PVC Pipes shall be laid and clamped to MS frames fixed above the surface of walls. Use of
fittings with door and cleaning pipe may be made at suitable points to provide access for
inspection and cleaning. Provisions shall be made for the effect of thermal movement by not
griping or restricting the pipe at supports between the anchors for suspended pipes. Generally the
pipes shall be clamped at a spacing of 1500 mm for horizontal run and 1800 mm for vertical
run. It is essential that PVC pipes shall be aligned with the clamps and fixed keeping the pipe in
plumb. The pipe aligned properly before fixing them.
b) Concealed Installation
For concealing the drain lines in sunken floors, pipes shall be laid to proper slope and shall be
aligned first proper P.C.C / brick masonry supports shall be provided near the joints and at regular
intervals. Sharp edged objects shall be avoided while filling the sunken portions. All concealed
lines shall be tested for leakage before concealing the system.
Cast Iron Pipes
The cast iron pipes and fittings shall conform to IS 1729. The pipes and fittings free from any
manufacturing defects. These pipes shall be NECO make. The cast iron pipe shall be in
general used for kitchen waste. Firmly pack joints with jute packing and seal with molten
virgin pig lead. Use 12 oz. of molten lead for each inch in diameter of pipe used at each joint. Run
lead in one pouring and caulk tight. Seal and smoothly face the joint.
3.0 Water Supply
G.I Pipes
Generally G.I (Galvanised Iron) Pipes medium Class B TATA make shall be used for supply of Hot and
Cold water on surface in the service ducts etc., For exposed pipes, the Clamps fixing shall be done by
means of mild steel angle brackets and clamps, keeping the pipes not more than 200 mm clear of the
wall . When it is concealed, the pipe chasing may be adopted. For pipes fixed in the ducts or recesses
etc., provide sufficient space to work on the pipes with the usual tools. The pipes shall not
ordinarily be buried in solid floors. Where unavoidable pipes may be buried for short distances
provided adequate protection is given against damage and shall be fixed at a place a pipe is passing
through a wall or floor to allow freedom for expansion and contraction and other movements. In the
case, the pipes is embedded in walls or floors it should be painted with anti-corrosive bitumastic of
approved quality and pipe shall be wrapped in burlap or Hessian cloth impregnated with bitumen. The
wrapping shall be made to fit tightly over the pipe and where wrapping with a new piece overlap the old
pipe and where wrapping one joint it shall be tied with M.S wire or nylon thread. Where pipes are
encased within chases made in the wall, they shall be fixed to the
wall with M.S clamps so as to prevent movement before filling in and making good the chase.
All screwed tubes and sockets shall have pipe threads conforming to the requirements of IS :
196
554 - 1964 (or revised). Screwed tubes shall have taper threads while the sockets shall have
parallel threads.
G.I Fittings
The fittings shall be “R” Brand or approved equal conforming BIS. The fittings shall have screw
threads at the ends and conforming to the requirement of IS : 544-1955 (or revised). Female
threads or fittings shall be parallel and male threads (except on running nipples and collars of
unions) shall be taper. Unions shall be provided at regular intervals in the pipe lines for easy
maintenance / Repair / Replacement of pipes. The fitting shall be designated by the respective
nominal bores of the pipes for which they are intended.
Cutting, Threading, Laying and Jointing
The pipes and fitting shall be inspected at site before use to ascertain that they conform to the
specification. The defective pipes shall be rejected and removed from site. Where the pipes
have to be cut or rethreaded, the ends shall be carefully filed out so that no obstruction to bore
is offered. The ends of the pipes shall then be threaded conforming to the requirements of
IS:544-1955 with pipe dies and taps carefully in such a pieces are screwed together. The taps and
dies shall be used only for the straightening screw threads which have become bent or damaged
and shall not be used for turning of the threads so as to make them slack, as the later procedure
may not result in a water tight joint. The screw threads of pipes and fittings shall be
protectedfrom damage until they are fitted.
Installation of pipes in trenches
The pipes shall be painted with two coats of anti-corrosive bitumastic paint of approved
quality and wrapped with hessain cloth impregnated with bitumen. The pipes shall be laid on a
sand cushion layer of 75 mm. river sand and filled with excavated earth. The surplus earth shall
be disposed off as directed. The filling shall be done after testing & rectifying leakages and after
final passing of work by Engineer Incharge at site. When the excavation is done in rocks the
bottom shall be cut deep enough to permit the pipes to be laid on a sand cushion of minimum 75
mm. In case of bigger diameter pipes where the pressure is very high thrust blocks of cement
concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone aggregate of 20 nominal size) shall be
constructed on all bends to transmit the hydraulic thrust without impairing the ground and
spreading it over a sufficient area, as directed by the Engineer Incharge at Site.
4.0 Insulation for Hot Water Pipes
197
All hot water piping shall be insulated in the manner specified herein, before applying
insulation, all pipe work and fittings shall be brushed and cleaned. Dust, dirt, mortar and oil shall
be removed. For G.I. pipes running concealed in wall chases, they shall be provided with one
coat of bitumastic paint followed by wrapping with PVC tape tightly over the pipe. The ends and
overlap shall be tied with M.S Wire or Nylon rope. Asbestos rope / tape of thickness as
mentioned below shall be wound tightly and evenly over the entire length of pipe including
fittings and valves. The insulated pipe shall then be wrapped with two layers of polythene faced
Hessian and tied with M.S Wire or nylon rope. For pipes running exposed in pipe shafts, plant
rooms or areas where insulation is prone to mechanical damage the pipes should be insulated as
described herein. After cleaning the pipes, they shall be insulated with resin bonded mineral
wool / fibre glass crown 150. The material shall have a thermal conductivity value not
exceeding 0.3 btu /Hr - sq.ft / Hr at mean temperature of 200 deg.C and a density not less than
32 kgs per Cu.m. Samples of insulating materials also shall be submitted for approval. All
longitudinal and transverse joints shall be sealed. 20 guage G.I wire shall be wound tight around
the insulation to keep it in position. The insulated pipe shall then be wrapped with two layers of
polythene faced hessain and covered with chicken wire mesh. The pipes shall then be covered
with two coats of 10 mm thick each of smooth sand cement plaster over chicken mesh lath.
Curing of plaster shall be done using wetted jute bags.
Pipe Size Insulation thickness (Fibre glass insulation)
Insulation Thickness (ASBESTOS ROPE/TAPE)
15 mm, 20 mm 25 mm 8 mm
25 mm, 32 mm 30 mm -
40 mm & above 40 mm -
The thickness of insulation mentioned in the table above is exclusive of the thickness of
plaster / protective coat to be applied over the insulation material. At joints and multi pipe routes
the trench width shall be widened where necessary. To work of excavation and refilling
shall be done true to line and gradient. 5.0 Inspection and Test After Installation and prior to
testing, insulating or painting, inspect each run of each system for completion of joints, supports
and accessory items. During the progress of work, pressure test the various piping system
including mains, risers, branches and fixtures as directed or as required to permit insulation,
general construction and built in rough work to proceed. Provide all apparatus and
temporary work for tests. Take all due precautions
to prevent damage to the building or it‟s contents as a result of such tests. Pay for all such
damage to the building or work of other trades caused by such tests. After testing remove all
water. Domestic water piping with water and test to 1.5 times the system working pressure but
not less than 200 PSIG with no loss in pressure for a period 2 hours. Test include all valve
and vessels.
198
6.0 Testing of Joints
After laying and jointing, the pipes and fittings shall be inspected under working conditions of
pressure and flow. Any joint found leaking shall be redone and all leaking pipes removed and
replaced without extra cost. The pipes and fittings after they are laid shall be tested to hydraulic
pressure of 6 kg/cm2. (double the designed working pressure whichever is more). The pipes shall
be slowly and carefully charged with water allowing all air to escape and avoiding all shock or
water hammer. The draw off takes and stop cocks shall be then closed and specified hydraulic
pressure shall be applied gradually.
Pressure should hold for at least 2 hrs. The pipes and fittings should be tested in section as the
work of laying proceeds, keeping the joints exposed for inspection during the testing.
7.0 Measurements
The length shall be measured in running metre correct to a cm. for the finished work, which shall
include PVC Pipes, G.I Pipes, G.I Fittings such as bends, tees, elbows, reducers, crosses,
plugs, sockets, nipples and nuts, but exclude brass or gunmetal taps (cocks), valves, lead
connection pipes and shower rose. The length shall be taken along the central line of the pipe
fittings. All pipes and fittings shall be classified according to their diameter of the internal
bore. For C.I. pipe the measurement shall be taken at along the center line of the pipes and
fittings as installed and fitting will be counted separately and will be paid extra over the
linear measurement. The pipe shall be described as including all cuttings and wastage. In
case of fittings of unequal bore, the largest bore shall be measured. Digging and refilling of
trenches shall be measured separately or clubbed with main item as indicated in the BOQ. For
concealed piping the rates shall be inclusive of chasing of walls, fixing of pipes
& fittings, making good the chases, etc., as
indicated in the BOQ.
WATER SUPPLY AND WASTE FITTINGS
1.0 General
The brass or gun metal fitting shall be of heavy quality and approved manufacture and
pattern with screwed ends as specified. The fittings shall in all respects comply with the
Indian Standard Specifications No. I.S. 778-1957 and I.S. 781 - 1959. The Standard size of brass
or gun metal fittings shall be designated by the nominal bore of the pipe outlet to which the
fittings are attached. A sample of each kind of fittings shall be got approved from the Engineer-in-
charge at site and all supplies made according to the approved samples. All cast fittings shall be
sound and free from laps, blow holes and fillings. Both internal and external surfaces shall be
clean, smooth and free from sand etc., Burning,
plugging, stopping or patching of the casting shall not be permissible. The bodies, bonnets, spindles and
other parts shall be truly machined so that when assembled the parts shall be axial, parallel and
cylindrical with surfaces smoothly finished. The area of the water-way of the fittings shall be less
than the area of the nominal bore. The fittings shall be fully examined and cleared of all
foreign matters before being fixed. The fittings shall be fitted in the line in a workman-like manner.
199
The joints and fittings shall be leak-proof when tested to a pressure of 6 kg/sq.cm. as described in para
above and the defective fittings and joints shall be replaced or redone, without any extra cost.
2.0 Water Supply Fittings
All water supply fittings (including mixing fittings accessories shall be brass / copper, heavy
chromium plated, of the make and design specified. The fittings shall be cast fittings of screw
type, machine and threaded properly for fixing to the supply pipes. The plating shall conform to
Indian Standard Specification IS: 4827 - 1968 electroplated coating of nickel and
chromium on copper and copper alloys. The fittings shall be supplied complete with
chromium plated matching flanges, nuts and extension pieces of required lengths. Metallic
washers where required shall also be of chromium plated brass. All bib cocks and stop cocks
shall conform to Indian Standard Specification IS:781 - 1967 - Bib taps and stop valves for water
services, sand cast brass screw-down (revised) pillar cocks to IS:1795 – 1961. Pillar taps,
mixing fitting to IS:1701 - 1960 mixing valves for abolitionary and domestic purpose. Bath filler,
shower arm, rose spout and other fittings shall match the supply fittings in construction,
performance and appearance. All fixing accessories and screws shall be similar to fittings with all
exposed
parts chromium plated. All washers shall conform to Indian Standard Specification IS : 4326
- 1967 washers for water taps for cold water services.
Waste Fittings
All waste fittings (waste, chain, pop-up, over-flow) shall be brass / copper, heavy chromium
plated of the make and design specified and match the supply fittings. They shall conform to
Indian Standard Specification IS:2963 – 1964 waste fittings for wash basins and sinks non-
ferrous.
Bottle Traps
Bottle traps (for wash basins, sinks, urinals etc) shall be deep seal (minimum 6 cm. seal) cast
brass bottle traps, heavy chromium plated. All bottle traps shall be provided with suitable cleaning
eye, extension piece, flare nuts-all chromium plated. Bottle traps shall be of approved make
and design. Traps for wash basins shall be 32 mm, for sinks 40 mm.
Wall Flange
Wall caps shall be provided on all walls, floors, columns, etc., wherever supply and disposal of
pipes pierce through them. These wall caps shall be chromium plated brass snugly fitting. The
receiving pipes shall be large enough to cover the punctures properly.
200
Floor Traps
Floor traps shall be of PVC / prefabricated of the size required, of approved design incorporating
a deep seal (5 cm. minimum) unless otherwise indicated.
Grease Traps
This is to separate grease and oil from kitchen wastes, thus prevent it from entering the
sewage disposal system. The detailed design is incorporated in the Open Tender.
1.0 Valves and Appurtenances Ball Float Valve
The ball valve shall of high pressure type shall be of sizes as specified. The normal size of a ball
valve shall be that corresponding to the size of the pipe to which it is fixed. The ball valve
shall be of brass or gun metal as specified, and the float of copper sheet. The minimum thickness
of copper sheet used for making the float shall be of 0.45 mm for float exceeding
115 mm dia. Plastic floats may also be used if specified. The body of the high pressure ball
valves when assembled in working conditions with the float immersed to not more than half of
it‟s volume shall remain closed against a test pressure of 3.5 kg/sq.cm. The ball valve shall
generally conform to I.S. specification No.1703 :1862. The weight of ball cock and the size of
the ball cock shall be as per I.S. Specification.
Brass full way Valve
Full way valve is a valve with suitable means of connection for insertion in a pipe line for
controlling or stopping the flow. The valve shall be of brass fitted with a cast iron wheel and
shall be of gun metal gate valve type opening full way of the size as specified. The valve
shall be of best quality or approved by the Engineer-in-charge.
Gun-metal full way valve
These shall be of the gun metal fitting with wheel and shall be of gate valve type opening full way
and of the size as per specification. These shall generally conform to I.S 7780 - 1957.
Ball Valves
All valves for shut-off purposes for sizes of 50 mm and below shall be ball valves. The valve
body and body connector shall be carbon steel as per ASTM A216-WCB, the ball and stem shall
be stainless steel SS 304/316. The seats and stem packing shall be PTFE. All Valves shall
have socket weldable ends, in 2/3 piece construction and the central portion could be bolted out
for maintenance. All valves should be supplied in full bore construction. The valves should
have a pressure rating of ANSI 150.
201
Pressure Reducing Valves
Pressure reducing valves shall be pilot operated spring loaded valves for reducing pressure
from 2.5 kg/cm2 to 0.5 kg/cm2 suitable for specified dia of pipe.
Sluice Valve
The sluice valves are used in a pipe line for controlling or stopping flow of water. They shall
be of specified size and class and shall be of inside nonraising screw type spindle with either
double flange or double sockets ends and cap or hand-wheel. These shall in all respects
comply with the Indian Standard Specification I.S 780 - f 1963 for valves upto and including
300 mm, size and No. BDC (429) p2 for valves above 300 mm. size. Class - I sluice valves are
used for maximum working pressure of 10 kg/cm2. (100 meter head) and Class – II sluice valves
for 15 kg/cm2 (150 meter head).
The body, domes, covers, wedge gate and stuffing box shall be of good quality cast iron, the
spindle of bronze the nut and valves seats of leaded tin bronze. The bodies, spindles and
other parts shall be truly machined with surfaces smoothly finished. The area of the water way
of the fitting shall be not less than the area equal to the nominal bore of the pipe. The valve
wheel shall be marked with an arrow to show the direction to turn for closing the valves.
The valve shall be fully examined and cleared of all foreign matter before being fixed.
Valve Schedules Service Type Size Rating Ends Materials
Cold Water Butterfly 50 mm NB & above 150 Wafer type slip on Cast iron body
Cold Water Ball with through bore 3 piece construction 40 mm NB & below
150 Screwed Cast steel body and SS Ball.
Cold Water Dual Plate Check Valve 100 mm NB 150 Wafer type slip-on Cast Steel &
SS flap
Appurtenances
a) Purge Valves
These are placed at every summit in the pipe line to permit the escape of air when the main is
filled and afterwards, if any air carried out into the mains. These are also placed on long stretches
of nearly level main. Purging assembly shall comprise of 25 mm x 150 mm G.I Pipe nipple and 25
mm NB CS Ball Valve, fitted with hose nipples at the outlet.
b) Scour Valves
These are placed at the bottom of all depressions for emptying the main or letting out the
sediment.
202
c) Reflux Valves
These are fixed so as to open in the direction of flow but automatically close if the water
flows back. They are used to diminish the damage done by the escape of water due to a burst or
prevent damage to impellers of pumps.
d) Safety or Relief Valves
These are fixed at the downstream ends of long lengths of main or where water hammer may take
place so as to reduce from any excessive pressure to the normal if it occurs, like in water pipes of
high rise buildings. They are also called pressure reducing valves. Fixing Water meter and
stop cock in G.I. pipe line :
Materials - Pipe fittings as described in material section.
Cutting G.I Pipe Line
The G.I line shall be cut to the required length at the position where the meter and stop cock are
required to be fixed. The ends of the pipe shall then be threaded. Unions shall be
provided in the pipe assembly for fixing water meter.
Fixing Meter and Stop Cock
The meter and stop cock shall be fixed in position by means of connecting pipes, G.I. jam nut and
socket etc., The stop cock shall be fixed near the inlet of the water. The paper disc inserted
in the ripples of the meter shall be removed and the meter installed exactly horizontal or
vertical in the flow line in the direction shown by the arrow cast on the body of the meter. Care
shall be taken that the factory seal of the meter is not disturbed. Wherever the meter shall be fixed
to a newly fitted pipe line, the pipe line shall
have to be completely washed before fitting the meter. For this purpose a piece of pipe equal to
the length of the meter shall be fitted in the proposed position of the meter in the new pipe line.
The water shall be allowed to flow completely to wash the pipe line and then the meter installed
as described above by replacing the connecting piece.
4.0 MASONRY CHAMBERS
General
All masonry chambers for stop cocks, sluice valves, etc., shall be built as per supplied
drawings.
Excavation
The excavation for chambers shall be done true to dimension and levels as indicated on plans
or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
203
Bed Concrete
This shall be cement concrete 1:3:6 (1 cement: 3 fine sand: 6 graded stone aggregate 40 mm
nominal size).
Brick Work
This shall be in Class B bricks (Table Molded) with crushing strength not less than 35 kg /
sq.cm. in cement mortar 1:5 (1 cement : 5 fine sand).
Plastering
Plastering not less than 12 mm thick shall be done in cement mortar 1:3 (1cement : 3 coarse
sand) finished with a floating coat of neat cement.
Surface Box
This shall be of cast iron, well made and free from casting and other defects. All sharp edges
shall be removed and finished smooth. The shape and dimensions for surface boxes for stop
cocks, sluice valves, etc., shall be as per approved samples.
Measurements
Masonry chambers shall be measured as No. of units and the item shall may or may not
include, excavation and back-filling as detailed in the BOQ.
EXTERNAL DRAINAGE WORKS
1.0 Brick Masonry Chamber for gully trap
After fixing and testing gully and branch drain, a brick masonry chamber 300 x 300 (inside) in
Class B bricks in cement mortar 1:5 (1 cement :5 fine sand) shall be built with a 230 mm thick
brick work round the gully trap from the top of the bed concrete upto ground level. The space
between the chamber walls and the trap shall be filled in with cement concrete 1:5:10 (1 cement
: 5 fine sand : 10 graded stones aggregate 40 mm nominal size). The upper portion of the chamber
i.e above the top level of the trap shall be plastered inside with water proof cement mortar 1:3 (1
cement : 3 coarse sand) finished with a floating coat of neat cement. The corners and bottom
of the chamber shall be rounded off as to slope towards the grating and form a hopper. C.I.
cover with framed 300 x 300 mm, (inside) shall then be fixed on
the top of the brick masonry with cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 graded
stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size) and rendered smooth. The finished top to cover shall be left
about the adjoining ground level so as to exclude the surface water from entering the gully
trap.
2.0 Manholes, Inspection Chambers, Gullies.
Inspection Chambers
204
Where depth of sewer is less than 1500 mm., below outside rectangular made up / finished
level of paving, chambers shall be used having size as specified. Usual sizes are 600 x 600 or 600 x
900. These shall be constructed in the sewer lines at such places and levels and dimensions as
indicated on the drawing. Sizes specified shall be clear internal dimensions of the chamber.
Manholes
The type of manhole has been given in drawing as per IS: 4111 (Part I) to be followed.
Construction of Manholes, Inspection Chambers and Gullies
(i). Excavation
This shall be done to dimensions and levels on the drawing.
(ii) Sand Filling
First the excavated area shall be filled with river sand the height of 100 mm
(iii) PCC
100 mm thick PCC 1:3:6 to be laid over river sand.
(iv) Bed Concrete
Base of the manhole shall be constructed in R.C.C. 1:2:4, using 20 mm graded stones.
Thickness shall be 200 mm upto 4250 mm depth and 300 mm for depths more than 4250 mm
depth or as specified by the Engineer-in-charge at Site.
(v) Brickwork
Brickwork shall be in C.M. 1:4 constructed with Class B wire cut bricks. Brick masonry in arches
and arching over the pipe shall be in C.M. 1:3. Walls shall be generally built in 230 mm
thickness for inspection chambers and manholes upto a depth of 2100 mm and 350 mm for
depth over 2:2.
(vi) Plastering
Walls of manholes shall be plastered inside with 15 mm thick cement plaster 1:3 using W.P.
Compound and finished smooth. Where ground water table is high, external surfaces of
manholes shall also be plastered in C.M. 1:3.
(vii) Filleting
75 mm fillet shall be made with C.M 1:3 all round the external joint between the bed
concrete and brick masonry wall of manhole.
(viii) Benching
Channels and benching inside the manhole or inspection chambers shall be done in C.C 1:2:4 and
rendered smooth with cement.
(ix) Footrest
Footrests shall be PVC encapsulated C.I. rungs. These shall be embedded 200 mm deep. The blocks
with C.I foot rest placed on its center shall be cast in - situ along with masonry.
205
Footrests shall be placed 300 mm apart vertically and 375 mm horizontally in staggered fashion.
First footrest shall be 450 mm below top.
x) Manhole Frames and Covers
All Man hole covers shall be of NECO.

All manholes covers should conform to IS - 12592.
The covers shall be so fixed as to be flushed with ground surface / as directed by the EIC /
Consultant.
Testing
Manhole, after it is raised above highest expected sub soil water level in monsoon, shall be tested
for water tightness. The mouths of all pipes entering the manhole shall be suitable plugged with
brick masonry or wooden or any other type of plug. Manhole under test shall then be filled with
water upto general subsoil water level and the level observed for one hour. If the level does not
drop to more than 50 mm in one hour, it shall be deemed as water tight. During testing the pit
around shall be kept free of water contractor shall observe the places where leakage takes place
and takes steps to correct the same. Filling earth around Manholes shall be done after testing.
SANITARY FIXTURES AND FITTINGS

1.0 Installation of Fixtures and Fittings
All Plumbing and Sanitary Fixtures and fittings should be 1st (Standard) quality and shall be
stored in covered stores and handled carefully to prevent damage. The sanitary fittings shall be
installed at the correct assigned positions as shown on the drawings and as directed by the
Engineer-in-charge / Consultant at site and shall fully meet with the aesthetic and
symmetrical requirements as demanded by the Consultants. Fixtures shall be installed by
skilled workmen with appropriate tools according to the Standard practice in the trade.
Manufacturer‟s instructions shall be followed for the installation of the fixtures.
2.0 Protection of Fixture Unit
Care shall be taken at all times, particularly after fixing to protect fixtures from damage. All
offsets shall be temporarily plugged during progress of work to prevent obstruction. Fixtures shall
be finally cleaned to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge at Site.
MISCELLANEOUS WORKS
1.0 Supports
Provide proper solid angle iron section, supports for all pipe runs in the vertical ducts. For attachment in
concrete, use „Dash‟ fasteners or Anchor plug type inserts or equivalent. Support angles to be
fixed at 1500 mm C/C maximum.
206
2.0 Cutting, Patching, Repairing & Making Good
Cutting, Patching and repairing required for the proper installation and completion of the
work specified in each division, including chasing, plastering, masonry work, concrete work, etc.,
and making good shall be carried out by the Contractor wherever required. Any damages
to waterproofed location should not be patched up, without rectification by the water
proofing agency (specialist contractor) to ensure his guarantee. Repair cost of water
proofing shall be borne by the Sanitary Contractor.
3.0 Equipment Protection
Keep all pipe and conduit openings closed by means of plugs or caps to prevent the entrance of
foreign matter. Protect all piping, conduit, fixtures, equipment or apparatus. Any such items
damaged prior to final completion or work shall be restored to its original condition or replaced at
no expense to the Owner.
Accessibility
The installation of valves, thermometers, clean out fittings and other indicating equipment or
specialties requiring frequent reading, adjustment, inspections, repairs, removal or
replacement, shall be conveniently and accessibly located with reference to the finished
buildings. Thermometers and gauges shall be installed so as to be easily read from the floor. For
floor clean outs minimum distance of 600 mm shall be available from any wall.
4.0 Cleaning, Operation & Tests
Plumbing equipment fixtures, piping, etc., shall be free of stamping, marking (except those
required by codes) iron cutting and other foreign materials. Hot and Cold water systems shall be
cleaned thoroughly, filled and flushed water. Test all plumbing systems in the presence of the
Engineer Incharge / Owners Representative at Site / Consultant and the Consultant as herein
specified. Provide all equipment, materials and labour necessary for inspection and tests and
repair all work, not passing the tests. After repairs are made, repeat test until units / systems is
found satisfactory, to the above authorities. Carry out tests prior to concealing, insulating or back
filling over any piping. No exceptions will be made.
5.0 Water Test
Test entire system or sections of system by closing all openings except the highest opening and filling
system with water to the point of overflow. If the system is tested in sections, plug each opening except
the highest opening of the section filled with water. Keep the water in system or in portion under test
for at least 45 minutes before inspection starts with test pressure / head lasting for two hours. The
system must be tight at all joints. Test all down spouts or rain headers and their branches within the
building by water as described for the above soil, waste and vent system.
207
6.0 Final Test
After fixtures are set, test the system with smoke test as follows :
Smoke Test
Fill traps with water, then introduce into system a pungent thick smoke produced by one or more
smoke machines. When smoke appears at stacks on the roof, plug stacks and allow pressure of 1-
inch water column to build up in systems. The system shall be tight at all joints. Test all down
spouts or rain headers and their branches within the building by water as described for the
above soil, waste and vent system.
7.0 All Water Piping
Hydro-static test 7.5 kg / cm2 or twice the working pressure whichever is higher. Without
drop in pressure as required. All tests on below ground lines shall be continued until back fill on
such lines is completed to disclose any damages caused by back-filling. All systems shall be
tested in sections as required to expedite the work of other trades and meet construction schedules
and final test on completion. On completion of the works, the following tests shall be performed
to the satisfaction of the Consultant / clients representative before issue of virtual completion
certificate, if so required.
a. Smoke Test
b. Hydraulic Test
c. Performance Test for fixtures.
d. Tests for anti-syphonage system
e. Pump rating and output
f. Inspection of all units and fixtures.
The Contractor shall arrange for similar tests during the progress of works to ensure that
there are no defects in material / workmanship in portions of work to be concealed or
embedded under the floor or walls or in ceiling and get this approved by the Consultant/Engineer
Incharge. The under floor pipe works shall not be closed without the approval of
Consultant/Engineer Incharge.
8.0 Disinfection of Piping System and Storage Tanks
Before commissioning the water supply system, the Contractor shall arrange to disinfect the entire system
as described in the succeeding paragraph. The filtered water storage tanks and pipe shall first be filled
with water and thoroughly flushed out. The storage tanks shall be then filled with water again and
disinfecting chemical containing chlorine added gradually, while tanks are being filled to ensure
thorough mixing. Sufficient chemicals shall be used to give the water a dose of 50 parts of
chlorine to one million parts of water. If ordinary bleaching powder is mixed with water to a
creamy consistency before being added to the water in the storage tank. If a proprietary brand of
chemical is used, the proportions shall be as specified by the manufacturer. When the storage tank is
full, the supply shall be stopped and all the taps on the distributing pipes opened successively, working
progressively from storage tank.
208
Each tap shall be closed when the water discharge begins to smell of chlorine. The storage tank
shall then be filled up with water from supply pipe and added with more disinfecting chemical in
the recommended proportion. The storage tank and pipe shall then remain charged at least
for three hours. Finally, the tank and pipes shall be thoroughly flushed out before any water is
used for domestic purpose.
9.0 Clean Outs

Provide clean outs at the base of all soil, waste and leader stacks and all changes in direction
of horizontal piping, wherever no manholes are present. Distance between clean outs on
horizontal runs shall be minimum 15 M on centers.Clean out fittings in vertical stacks shall
consist of tapped tees capable for receiving a rough brass raised head clean out plug. When clean
outs occur in floors, furnish and install fittings with clamping collar device where required.
Clean out shall be of following type - cast iron, with aerated cut-off sections. Brass internal plugs
shall be, floor deck plate and rim shall be polished bronze and vandal proofed. All clean out plugs
shall be brass and lubricated with graphite before installation. Clean out fittings to exterior grade
shall consist of clean out plug cast iron double flanged housing and cast iron vandal-proof cover.
Clean outs occurring in cast iron soil pipe above floor at change in direction of pipe run and at
end of horizontal runs shall have cast iron ferrule for caulk connection and fitted
with a straight threaded, tapered bronze plug with raised head.
10.0 Installation
All materials shall be new and installed in a first class manner. All drainage piping, unless
otherwise indicated, shall be pitched at a minimum rate of 10 MM / 1 M in direction flow. Branch
connections to stacks or main drains shall not be made in a manner which will permit back-flow.
Any main vent line, regard less of size off-setting horizontally shall be made of galvanised steel
pipe and black steel pattern fittings unless otherwise noted from point of offset and up through
roof.
Nipples: Any piece of pipe 200 MM in length and less shall be considered a nipple. All
nipples shall be used unless otherwise directed. Plugged outlets shall be left in drainage
piping for future fixtures, where indicated on the drawings.
LIST OF INDIAN STANDARDS
IS : 2556 : Vitreous sanitary appliance (vitreous china)
Part XII – 1973: Specific requirement for floor traps.
Part XV – 1974: Specific requirements of universal water – closets.
IS : 3311 – 1979 : Waste plug and its accessories for sinks and wash basins (first revision). IS :
5961 – 1970 : Cast iron gratings for drainage purposes.
IS : 1742 – 1983 : Code of practice for Building drainag
IS : 4111 (Part 1) – 1986 : Code of practice for Manholes.
IS : 9739 – 1981 : Specification for reducing valves for domestic water supply systems. IS :
4985 – 1987 : Specification for PVC Pipe lines.
IS : 7834 – 1987 Part 3,4,6 : Specification for PVC Fittings. IS :
2379 – 1990 : Pipe lines – identification colour code.
SP 27 – 1987: Mode of measurement for water supply, plumbing, drains water and sewer lines.
209
LIST OF APPLICABLE STANDARDS & CODES
Sl No Description of Standard Brief Description of the Standard
A BIS Code Year

1 IS Hot Dip GI, Stove Enamelled MS and
PVC Conduits for Electrical use General
requirements of Switchgear
2 IS 13947 1993
3 IS 8828 1993 Miniature Circuit Breakers
4 IS 9224 Part II HRC Cartridge fuse
5 IS 2705 1992
6 IS 1248 1983 Indicating Instruments
7 IS 5578, 11353 Busbar connections and accessories
8 IS 6005 Code of practice for Phosphating Iron and Steel
9 IS 694 1990
10 IS 5424 1969 Insulated Rubber Mats
11 IS 1554 Part I 1988 PVC insulated cables
12 IS 8130 1984 General requirements of copper

conductor for cables
Degree of protection provided by the
and control gear
14 IS 2147 1962
15 IS 8623 Part I and II 1993 assemblies of Switchgear and Control
Gear and Bus Trunking

16 IS 1897 electrolytic copper flats
17 IS 10810 1984
and control gear
19 IS 5 Painting
B UNDERWRITERS LABORATORY
1 UL 1479 Fire barriers
210
C IEC Standards
1 IEC
2 IEC 898 Miniature Circuit Breaker
D ITD Specifications
boxes
boxes
3 G/WIR-06/02 May 94 Telephone wires, cables and junction
boxes
E CPWD SPECIFICATIONS
for Electrical works Part-IV-
Substation-1982 as amended
uptodate

for Electrical works Part - I
Internal - 1994 as amended upto
date,

for Electrical works Part - II
external - 1994 as amended
upto date
F STATUTORY RULES &

REGULATIONS
1 The Electricity Act 2003
2 National Electrical Code
Note:
1. The above list is only illustrative and not exhaustive and the standards shall be as amended up to date.
211
15. DETAILED LAYOUT & DRAWINGS
212
16. List of Approved Brands
SN
Category SubCategory BrandName
AmbujaCement,L&T,ACC,Birla,Ultratech
1 Cement OPC 43/53Grade(ISI ,Ambuja,Grasim,JK,Binani,DalmiaCeme
marked) nt, KalburgiCement
2 Cement WhiteCement Ultratech, ACC,Birla,J.K,

Kerakoll,BASF,MYKSchomburg,Pidilite,
3 Cement ChemicalAdmixtures SunandaChemicals,Sika,FOSROC,Choks
eyChemicals,PErmaConstructionAids.
4 Cement Expansionjointboard SupremeIndustriesor equivalent

Vizag,TISCON,SAIL,Metrostructure,RINL
5 Steel StructuralSteel ,AGRASEN ISPAT,JSW,CORUS
M.S.Pipe,Tubes,
6 Steel Bar,Flats, Angle,Tee SAIL,TISCO
Sections
FBE Coatingto
7 EpoxyCoating ReinforcementBars ElectrothermIndia,Hariom Ingots,PSL
BILTIndustriesPvt.Ltd,Aerocon,
8 BrickWork AACblocks SiporexIndialimited,Xtralite
PVCcontinuousfilletforp
9 Wood &PVCWork eriphery Roop/Anand/ForexPlastic
PackingofGlazings/Cur.
Wall
Wood &PVCWork
10 PVCsheet Forbo,Armstrong
Wood &PVCWork
11 WoodenFlushDoors Kutty,Anand,Anchor,Duro,Kent,Durabo
ard,Kitply,MerinoPly
Wood &PVCWork
12 WaterproofPly GreenPly,Garnet,Century
Wood &PVCWork
13 Commercialply. Garnet,Century,Donear,GreenPly
Wood &PVCWork
14 Veneer Duro,Green,Donear,Century
Wood &PVCWork
15 Laminate Greenlam,Century,Merino
213
Wood Pre- Novopan,Merino,Anchorlam,Bhutan
16 laminatedparticleboard
&PVCWork Board
-Exteriorgrade
Wood
17 Gypsumboard. SaintGobain,Lafarge
&PVCWork
Wood CementBonded
18 BISON‟byNCL
&PVCWork Board
Wood
19 MineralFiberCeiling Lloyd,Nittobo,Armstrong.
&PVCWork
Wood Calciumsilicatefalse
20 Hilux,Promat
&PVCWork ceiling
Wood
21 WaxPolish Mansion
&PVCWork
Wood PhenolbondedboardsofMerino/
22 BlockBoard/Ply Duro/Samrat/KitPly
&PVCWork
Wood
23 CementBoard SmartBoard,JAMESHardie
&PVCWork
Wood
24 PVB/LaminateFilm Dupont
&PVCWork
Wood &PVC Ingersolrand,Geze,Dorma,Guardian,Dors
25 Work DoorHardware et,Magnum,Union,Kitch
Wood Ingersolrand,Geze,DormaGuardia
26 DoorLock &Handle
&PVCWork n,D-Line
Wood
27 Doorcloser Ingersolrand,Geze,Dorma,Guardian
&PVCWork
DoorLocks(Concealed/
28 Wood Surface mounted) Ingersolrand/Dorma,Haffle,Dorset
&PVCWork
Wood
29 &PVCWork Locks Dorset,Sobeet,Godrej
30 StainlessSteel
Wood Screwsforfabrication Kundan/Puja/Atul
&PVCWork andfixingofwindows
31 TwoorFourPointlocking
Wood OpenableWindowHandl Gize,AluAlpha
&PVCWork e
32 Wood
&PVCWork PatchFitting Ingersolrand,Dorma,Geze
33 Wood DoubleSideTab,Decoret
iveTab 3M
&PVCWork
214
Wood SaintGobain,
34 &PVCWork Glass AIS,Asahi,Pilk
ington,Modi,
Wood GuardianGlas
35 ClearFloatGlass AISGlass/SaintGobain/Modiguard
s
&PVCWork
Wood Sourcefortempering GSC Toughened/Gold Plus/Gurind/
36 Art“n”Glass/ImpactSafety
&PVCWork Refl.Glass/Clear
Wood
37 &PVCWork Glass(Toughened) SaintGobain/ModiFloat/AsahiF
loat
Diamontile,MarboGranit,Granamite,Boss
38 Flooringwork Vitrified CeramicTiles ,NITCO,AGL,Euro,Somany,OrientBell,Kaj
aria,Simpolo,RicasilCeramic,Swastik,Cry
stal
OrientBell,Kajaria,Nitco,Somany,Swastik
39 Flooringwork GlazedCeramicTiles ,AGL,Euro,
40 Flooringwork ANTI-MICROBIAL SELF Flowcrete, Ucrete

SMOOTHINGPOLYURET
HANE SYSTEM
VyaraTilesPvt.Ltd..SuperDecorativeFloori
41 Flooringwork InterlockingConcrete ngsPvt.Ltd.,SaiEnterprises,HindustanTile
Blocks s,NimcoPrefab,R.K. Tiles.
Finishing St.Gobain,Permaboard,Vinayakgypsum
42 GypsumPlaster
Works
Finishing
43 Whitewashinglime Dehradun(Source)
Works
Paint/primer/oil AsianPaints,ICI,Hindustan,GodavariPaint
Finishing
44 bounddistemperA s,Nerolac,Dulux,Spectrum,Unitile,Berger,
Works
crylicpaint Aeropaints,Jotun
Finishing Waterproofcementpaint SnowcemIndiaLtd,AsianPaints,Berger,Nit

45 Works coCem
Finishing
46 FireRetardantpaint Jotun,Hilti,Akzonobel,
Works
Finishing
47 Mirror ModiGuard,SaintGobain
Works
VyaraTilesPvt.Ltd..SuperDecorativeFloori
48 Flooringwork InterlockingConcrete ngsPvt.Ltd.,SaiEnterprises,HindustanTile
Blocks s,NimcoPrefab,R.K. Tiles.
Finishing
49 EpoxyPaint Asian/Berger/J&N
Works
Finishing
50 SiliconCoating BASF &Dowcorning
Works
215
51 Sanitaryware Sanitarywares Cera,Roca,Parryware, hindware
SensorOperated
52 Sanitaryware Cera,Roca,Parryware
FlushingSystem
Seatcovers(Heavy
53 Sanitaryware Parryware,Hindware,Cera
Duty)
FlatBackUrinal
54 Sanitaryware Cera,Roca,Parryware
(SensorOperated
C.Pfittings&Bathrooma Jaquar,Parryware,Hindware,ROCA,
55 Sanitaryware ccessories Cera
56 Sanitaryware Geyser Racold,venuswave,AOsmithjaquar
57 Sanitaryware Sanitarywares Cera,Roca,Parryware, hindware

StainlessSteel(304)
58 Sanitaryware SquareFrameGrating Noway,Chilly,Camry
Supreme,Finolex,PrincePipes,Jain
59 Sanitaryware UPVCpipes/fittin Pipes
gs
60 CPVCPipesand Astral,Ajay,AshirwadPipes,
Sanitaryware Supreme,PrincePipes
Fittings
61
Sanitaryware G.I. Pipes/M.S.Pipe Tata, Jindal, Zenith,SuryaRoshni
62 SandCastIron Pipes
Sanitaryware &fittings Neco,Rif,Hepco,NagpurFoundries
63 HDPEpipesFor
Sanitaryware InternalDrainage Supreme,JainPipes,EonnPlast
64
Sanitaryware RCC NP2ClassPipe Pranali,Shreeji,Pawan
65
Sanitaryware PVCKHURRA SUPREME,Prince,FINOLEX
66 H.Guru/ForbesMarshall/
Sanitaryware PressureGuage Waaree,wika,fiberg
216
AluminiumSystems/ Indal,Hindalco,Bhoruka,
67 Aluminum Anodizedaluminumfitti Midi,RoyalTouch,Alufit(Sapa),Kawneer,Sc
Work ngsfordoors/windows hueco,Reynaers,Crown,ALANS,Classic,
Bharat,Argent
Aluminum
68 Work E.P.D.M.Gaskets Anand/Roop/Bohra/Hanu
Waterproofing
69 WaterProofing compound CICO,Pidilite,Laticrete
Membrane
70 WaterProofing Waterproofingsystem BASF,STPlimited,Texsa,WRGrace
Chemical BASF,MC-Bauchemie,Sika,Sunanda
71 WaterProofing Waterproofingsystem SpecialtyCoatings,PermaConstruction
Members(Perimeter,
72 FalseCeiling ceilingsection,intermedi IndiaGypsumLtd, Armstrong,
ates,anglesetc.)
73 Miscellaneous MetalDeckSheet TATA/SAIL
74 Miscellaneous StainlessSteel Jindal,SAIL,Golden

Danpalon,Alcox,Polygal,V.A.Corporation,
75 Miscellaneous PolycarbonateSheet JoyFab,YadavEngineering
76 Miscellaneous Adhesives & Grouts Bal, Laticrete, KeraKoll, Pidilite
77 Electrical Wires & Conduits Polycab, Finolex, Havells,
78 Electrical Sockets & Switches Siemens, Havells, MCB, Anchor, equivalent
79 Electrical Fixtures Wipro/GM/Urja/Phillips/Syska
80 HVAC AC‟s Bluestar/Daikin/Hitachi/Carrier
217
INDIAN RAILWAY CATERING AND TOURISM CORPORATION
(A Govt. of India Enterprise-Mini Ratna Company)
FINANACIAL BID (PACKET B)
To
Group General Manager- West Zone
Indian Railway Catering & Tourism Corporation Ltd.
2nd Floor, New Administrative Building,
CSMT Railway Station, CSMT, Mumbai-400001
TENDER NO.: 2019/IRCTC/WZ/BK-Renovation/Nagpur
Subject: Renovation o f e x i s t i n g B a s e Kitchen at Nagpur Railway Station.

a) I/We accept the terms and conditions mentioned in the Tender Document which have
been clearly understood by us.
b) I/We have duly signed on each page of the Tender Document.
c) I/We further certify that we are ready to start the supply of captioned item(s) within the
timeframe given by IRCTC Ltd., from time to time. and as per the standard and special
conditions prescribed by the IRCTC in the Tender Document and in the agreement to be executed
between the parties.
d) I/We understand that IRCTC reserve the right to reject, accept or consider any offer without
assigning any reason whatsoever.
I further declare that the information furnished by us in this document is true and correct.
Our financial bid is as under: -

(Attach separate sheet on firm/company‟s letter head in case items are more)
218
ARCHITECT / CONSULTANT
AR.ASHWIN PARMAR
M/S.SUPREME ENGICONS (INDIA) PVT.LTD.
CLIENT : IRCTC.
PROJECT: - PROPOSED INTERIOR WORK OF IRCTC BASE KITCHEN AT NAGPUR RAILWAY
STATION.
BILL OF QUANTITIES FOR CIVIL, CARPENTARY & PLUMBING WORKS
PWD SN Particulars Units Qty Rate in Amount

-DSR Rs.
A DISMANTLING & DEMOLITION

NOTE : CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE
FOR INSPECTION BEFORE QUOTE.
1 Dismantling 150mm thick brick wallS carefully by using sq.mts. 300 400 120000
chisel to cut & making good wall edges with removal of
existing cement plaster including removal of debris from
site.
2 Dismantling marble,granite,kota,marble mosaic, ceramic sq.mts. 608 500 303761
tile or other flooring & skirting etc upto bare rcc slab
(including cleaning of existing cement morter &
concrete/brick bat coba waterproofing) in a manner which
facilitate laying of new flooring without undue extra
expense.the rate shall include removal of debris from site.
3 Dismantling kitchen/pantry platform & wash basin sq.mts. 453 500 226442
counters of marble,granite or other materials etc.wherever
required in a manner which facilitate fixing of new dado
without undue extra expense.the rate shall include removal
of debris from site.
4 Dismantling existing doors/windows/m.s grillwork,false sq.mts. 33.75 200 6750

ceiling,air conditioning units, electrical cables / fittings,
existing plumbing fittings, pipes, m.s.jali, ci pipes &
aquaguard & insectocutors fittings, mirrors, towel rods,
soap dispensers, picture frames, all fixed furnitures such as
partitions etc. all existing unused lines for waste water etc.
to be removed,the rate shall include all incidental work,
cutting & making good walls & floors etc.complete. as
directed by architect/project-in-charge (contractor shall
visit the site for inspection before quote). the rate shall
include removal of debris from site.
TOTAL (A) 656953
219
B CIVIL WORKS
1 Providing Raised Flooring with constructing masonry in cu.mts 122.6 6309 773746
Autoclaved Aerated Concrete blocks of aproved
manufacturer confirming to IS 2185 Part III 1984 of size (
625x240x225)mm in extra fine jointing mortar of
fixoblock of Ultra Tech or equivalent in superstucture
including,striking joints,racking out joints watering and
scaffolding etc.complete (BILT Industries Pvt. Ltd,
Aerocon, Siporex India limited, Xtralite)
R2- 2 Providing and laying in position plain cement concrete of cu.mts. 30.19 7012 211713
CS- specified grade cement with trap/granite/quartzite/gneiss
CW- metal mixing in concrete mixer including bailing out water,
1-j compacting, finishing surface, curing and including the
cost of centering and shuttering at all level :Nominal Mix
of 1:1:2 (1 cement OPC: 1 coarse sand : 2 graded stone
aggregate 20 mm nominal size) ( Ambuja Cement, L &
T, ACC, Birla, Ultratech,)
27 3 Providing second class Burnt Brick masonry with cu.mts. 13.5 5223 70506
conventional / I.S. type bricks in cement mortar 1:4
including scaffolding, racking out joints and watering
etc.in pillar of curved shapes as shown in the drawing or as
directed complete.
32 4 Providing internal cement plaster 20mm. thick in two coats sq.mts. 452.88 350 158351
in cement mortar 1:3 without neeru finish, to concrete,
brick surface, in all positions including scaffolding and
curing etc. complete. ( Ambuja Cement, L & T, ACC,
Birla, Ultratech,)
31 5 Providing water proof bedding for flooring inclusive of sq.mts. 204.95 393 80484
Bath and WC 25 mm thick in C.M. 1:3 including using
approved water proofing compound in
specified proportion as per manufacturers specifications for
per bag of cement including leveling, curing and covering
10 years guarantee on court fee stamp paper of Rs.500/-
including ponding test etc. complete. (BASF, MC-
Bauchemie, Sika, Sunanda Specialty Coatings, Perma
Construction Aid Pvt ltd.)
31 6 Providing waterproof plaster in W.C. and bath 12 mm thick sq.mts. 151.65 239 36306
for dado in cement mortar 1:3 with neat finishing, floating
using waterproofing compound at the rate of 1 kg. per bag
of cement of approved make and manufacturer and curing
etc. complete. (Excluding Tiles) (CICO, Pidilite,
Laticrete)
TOTAL (B) 1331105
220
C FLOOR / SKIRTING/ WALL DADO FINISHES
1 "6MM THICK HIGH PERFORMANCE ANTI- sq.mts. 402.57 2795 1125190
MICROBIAL SELF SMOOTHING POLYURETHANE
SYSTEM - SATIN FINISH (MANFACTURED BY
FLOWCRETE/UCRETE)
• By enclosed shot blasting or scarification. Finish edges
with hand tools. Cut minimum 4mm x 4mm anchorage
grooves at edges, upstands, drains and doorways. Remove
all residues to leave a dry and dust free open textured
surface.
• Providing and applying of scratch coat with Flowfresh
and allow it to dry.
• Providing and laying SELF-SMOOTHING ANTI-
MICROBIAL POLYURETHANE SCREED TOPPING
FLOWFRESH-MF SYSTEM WITH in approved thickness
& color and allow it dry."
2 Flowcrete Cove 75 x 75 mm all along the junction of floor r.mts 113.95 325 37034
and walls
3 Providing and layingANTI-MICROBIAL WATER sq.mts. 251.04 445 111713
BASED POLYURETHANE WALL COATING –
FLOWGARD WB
33 4 Providing and laying machine cut machine Polished Kota sq.mts. 87.33 912 79642
stone flooring 25mm to 30mm thick and required width in
plain/ diamond pattern on bed of 1:6 C. M. including
cement float, filling joints with neat cement slurry, curing,
polishing and cleaning etc. complete.
33 5 Providing and laying ceramic tiles of having size 30 cm x sq.mts. 30.30 957 28994
30 cm confirming to I.S.15622/2006 (group D II-A) and 7
to 8 mm thick for flooring in required position laid on a
bed of 1:4 cement mortar including cement float, filling
joint with white/colour cement slurry cleaning curing etc.
complete. (Orient Bell, Kajaria, Nitco, Somany,
Johnson, Euro,)
33 6 Providing and fixing 9" wide green marble of 18 to 20 mm r.mts. 67.5 1647 111203
thick for door frame/ dado/ window boxing etc. On C.M.
1:6 including filling joints with polymer base filler nosing
the sharp edges wherever necessary, curing, etc. complete.
(6 nos. toilet doors and 15 nos. windows)
33 7 Providing and laying ceramic tiles having size 30 cm. x 60 sq.mts. 151.65 1069 162102
cm. confirming to corresponding I.S. for dado and skirting
in required position with readymade adhesive mortar of
approved quality on plaster of 1:2 cement mortar including
joint filling with white/ colour cement slurry cleaning
curing etc. complete. (Orient Bell, Kajaria, Nitco,
Somany, Johnson, Euro,)
36 8 Providing and applying plastic emulsion paint of approved sq.mts. 821.09 91 75007
quality, colour and shade to new surface in three coats
including scaffolding, preparing the surface. (excluding
primer coat) etc. complete. (Paints, Nerolac, Dulux,
Spectrum, Unitile , Berger, Aero paints, Jotun)
221
9 Providing and Fixing of Stainless Steel Sheet (316 sq.mts. 50.19 6100 306159
grade)1.5mm thk on 19mm thk Marine Ply cladding
dado.(Jindal, SAIL, Golden)
10 Providing and fixing Stainless Steel (316 grade)Trenching r.mts 57 11000 627000
with SS Grating cover as per details provided in the
drawings. (Jindal, SAIL, Golden) ( REFER DETAIL-A in
DWG.)
TOTAL (C) 2664043
D FALSE CEILING WORKS

1 In KITCHEN AREAS Providing and Fixing of GI Lay in sq.mts. 282.63 6100 1724058
Plain metal ceiling consisting of 600x600mm Lay in tiles
of Stainless Steel in 0.5 mm thickness to be laid on grid
systems with 15mm wide T - section flanges color white
having rotary stitching on the Main Runner, 1200 mm and
600 mm Cross Tees.products approved as per GRIHA and
BS 476 etc. complete. (Armstrong, Nucon or its
equivalents)
38 2 In OFFICE AREAS Providing and Fixing of Mineral sq.mts. 24.3 1632 39650
Fibre Suspended Ceiling System with Bioguard (Bevelled
Tegular) EDGE TILES WITH 15mm Exposed GRID. The
tiles should have Humidity Resistance (RH) of 99%, Light
Reflectance 90%, Thermal Conductivity k = 0.052 - 0.057
w/m K, Colour White, Fire Performance UK Class 0/Class
1 (BS 476 Part 6 and 7), in module size of 600x600 x
16mm with Anti Microbial coating on the face of the tile,
suitable for Green Building application, with Recycled
content of 34%. The tile shall be laid on precoated G.I.
channel on XL2 Clip having a web height of 32 mm 32
with 15 mm wide T - section flanges colour white having
rotary stitching on all T sections i.e. the Main Runner and
1200 mm Cross Tees with a web height of 32 mm and a
load carrying capacity of 7.7 Kgs/M2 and pull out strength
of 100Kgs. . The T Sections have a Galvanizing of 90
grams per M2 and need to be installed with Suspension
system The Tile and Grid system used together should
carry a 10 year warranty. products approved at GRIHA and
BS 476 etc. complete. (Armstrong, Nucon or its
equivalents)
TOTAL (D) 1763709
E CARPENTARY WORKS
(DOORS/WINDOWS/PARTITIONS
1 12mm thk. Toughend Glass Partition as per details given in sq.mts. 47.55 5000 237750
drawing (Modi Guard, Saint Gobain)
2 Aluminium Frame anodised finished Glass paneled nos. 4 15000 60000
shutters as per drawing
222
3 Aluminium Frame with Aluminium section of size 3"x nos. 6 4000 24000
1.5"and 4 mm thk.bakelite sheet paneled shutters of
approved color (Indal, Hindalco, Bhoruka, Midi, Royal
Touch, Alufit(Sapa), Kawneer, Schueco, Reynaers,
Crown, ALANS, Classic, Bharat, Argent)
4 Edge protection of columns and walls with rubberized 33.3 900 29970
angles as per approved vendors specifications
(kiranrubber, polymax, wallpro,)
39 5 Providing and fixing in position. (as per I.S.1868 / 1982) sq.mts. 33.75 5036 169958
Aluminium sliding window of two tracks with rectangular
pipe having overall dimension 63.50 x 38.10 x 1.02 mm at
weight 0.547 kg/Rmt. and window frame bottom track
section 61.85 x 31.75 x 1.20 mm at weight 0.695 kg/Rmt.
Top and side track section 61.85 x 31.75 x 1.30 mm at
weight 0.659 kg/Rmt. The shutter should be of bearing
bottom 40 x 18 x 1.25 mm at weight 0.417 kg/Rmt. Inter
locking section 40 x 18 x 1.10 mm at weight 0.469 kg/Rmt.
And handle section 40 x 18 x 1.25 mm at weight 0.417
kg/Rmt. and top section 40 x 18 x 1.25 mm at weight 0.417
kg/Rmt. As per detailed drawings and as directed by
Engineer in charge with all necessary Aluminium sections
fixtures and fastenings such as roller bearing in nylon
casting and self locking catch fitted in vertical section of
shutter including 5 mm thick plain glass with all required
screws and nuts etc, complete. With powder coating with
box (Indal, Hindalco, Bhoruka, Midi, Royal Touch,
Alufit(Sapa), Kawneer, Schueco, Reynaers, Crown,
ALANS, Classic, Bharat, Argent)
TOTAL (E) 521678
F SANITARY FITTINGS & FIXTURES WITH

NECESSARY MATERIALS INCLU.CONNECTING
THE EXISTING WATER SUPPLY LINES &
DRAINAGE LINES. COMPLETE.
1 Fixing Client's/ Architect's approved,make (Hindware, Nos. 2 11000 22000
Parryware, Jhonson) special coloured vitreous
chinaware floor Mounted Indian water closet with in-
built health faucets. The item shall be with
a) Concealed flush cistern with the cover plate.
b) Supports for the water closet
d) Two way bip tap for operating the faucets.
2 Fixing Client's/ Architect's approved ,(Hindware, Nos. 4 3600 14400
Parryware, Jhonson) vitreous chinaware wash hand
basin suitable for mounting below counter comprising:
a)vitreous chinaware oval shaped wash basin, size

550mm x 400mm with supporting MS or CI brackets
223
b) 15mm CP brass battery operated automatic pillar Cock
with infra-red sensor.
c) 1No 32mm CP cast brass bottle trap with extension
piece to wall, wall flange with rubber adopter waste
connnection.
d) 2Nos heavy quality CP brass angular stop cock
15mm size with CP brass flexible connector pipe. The
supporting bracket shall be provided with 3 coats of
approved paint of approved shade
3 Fixing Client's/ Architect's approved ,(Parry ware , Nos. 2 6000 12000
Hindware , Cera) chinaware urinal comprising
a) Large flat back wall hung urinal size 610 x 400 x

380mm
b) 15mm CP brass battery operated automatic flush valve
with infra-red sensor.
c) CP brass chromium plated flush piping from flush valve

to urinal terminated with a 15 mm screwed spreader.
d) 32mm dome CP cast brass waste.
e) 32mm n.b CP cast running trap with extension pipe to
wall, wall flange, rubber adopter for waste connection.
4 Fixing CP brass shower rose with revolving joint, regulator Nos. 2 RO
key and with 150 mm long CP brass arm with wall flange
complete.Size 15mm
i)Single lever concealed diverter for bath tub & shower
system
5 Fixing and installation of of best 'Indian make S.S sink Nos. 6 7000 42000
with integral drain board, single pressing of size 930mm x
460mm with supporting brackets CP brass waste, bottle
trap etc. complete with single lever sink mixture with
swinging spout with 450 mm long copper pipes.-
6 Providing, laying, fixing jointing with screwed joints
using teflon tape GI pipes heavy quality conforming to IS
1239 including all fittings such as sockets, unions reducers,
long or short bends, elbows, nipples,
flanges,checknuts,clamps,z-pieces, including support
required as per approved dwgs and specification etc.
testing the pipes and specials and painting the pipes and
fittings 'with one coat of approved primer & finishing coats
all as per specifications For pipes in exposed /Under
Ground conditions:-
25mm n.b Rm 2 370 740
40mm n.b Rm 2 900 1800
224
7 Providing, laying, fixing jointing CPVC SDR 11 Pipes
including all fittings such as sockets, unions reducers, long
or short bends, elbows, nipples,
flanges,checknuts,clamps,z-pieces,male and female
adapters etc all as per specifications along with nessary
support requird for concealing and supporting the shaft as
per supplier speciifcation. (For pipe lines chased in walls)
for Cold Water. (Astral, Ajay, Ashirwad Pipes,
Supreme, Prince Pipes)
15mm n.b Rm 70 190 13300
20mm n.b Rm 12 255 3060
support requird for cosealing and supporting the shaft as
per supplier speciifcation (For pipe in exposed condition)
for Cold Water. (Astral, Ajay, Ashirwad Pipes,
15mm n.b Rm 50 200 10000
20mm n.b Rm 14 265 3710
25mm n.b Rm 8 355 2840
32mm n.b Rm 10 430 4300
40mm n.b Rm 10 550 5500
9 Providing, laying, fixing jointing CPVC SDR 11 Pipes 0
support requird for consealing and supporting the shaft as
per supplier speciifcation inlcuding 9mm nitril rubber
insulation .(For pipe lines chased in walls.) for Hot
Water with insulation. (Astral, Ajay, Ashirwad Pipes,
15mm n.b Rm 5 270 1350
20mm n.b Rm 5 340 1700
support requird for cosealing and supporting the shaft as
per supplier speciifcation .(For pipes in exposed
condition) for Hot Water with insulation. (Astral, Ajay,
Ashirwad Pipes, Supreme, Prince Pipes)
15mm n.b Rm 5 295 1475
20mm n.b Rm 5 380 1900
225
11 Providing, laying, fixing jointing CPVC Sheduled-40 Rm 5 860 4300
Pipes including all fittings such as sockets, unions
reducers, long or short bends, elbows, nipples,
adapters including all support as per supplier specification
and approved drawingsetc all as per specifications (For
pipes in exposed conditions) for Cold Water 50mm n.b
(Astral, Ajay, Ashirwad Pipes, Supreme, Prince Pipes)
12 Providing, fixing and testing heavy quality Gunmetal
valves( ball valves) of 10 kg pressure on CPVC lines.
15mm Rm 2 460 920
20mm Rm 1 540 540
32mm Rm 1 1250 1250
40mm Rm 1 1500 1500
13 Providing and fixing best Indian make CI flanged water 1 30000 30000
meters direct reading type calibrated in 'litres & kilolitres
tested and approved by Municipal Corporation with dirt
box (strainer) including making necessary flanged joints,
testing etc. complete.-- 40mm size (Kay Cee / Kent /
Desmesh)
14 Constructing brick masonry valve & meter chambers in 1 14000 14000
250mm thick brick masonry in cement mortar 1.5 using
first class bricks constructed over a bed of 150mm thick
cement concrete 1:2:4 plastering inside outside and all
'exposed surface with 20mm thick cement mortar 1.3,
finishing 'inside with a floating coat of neat cement
providing & fixing CI frame & cover size, weight
mentioned below painting all CI items with 3 coats of
approved bitumastic paint etc. complete.-- Chamber 600 x
600mm clear inside with 600 x 600 CI frame & cover
weighting not less than 250kg Depth of chamber not
exceeding 1000mm.
15 Providing & fixing brass float valves with brass rod and 1
copper float suitable to withstand a pressure 2 kg/sqcm.
(Leader,Sarkar)
40mm n.d 1200 1200
16 Excavation in trenches for pipe lines of required width and
depth as directed by Engineer-in-charge including
trimming bottom and sides, excavation for sockets
including refilling with selected excavated material (after
laying of pipe line) in 200mm layers, watering
consolidation disposal of surplus earth within 50m etc.
complete (for LA class pipes only)
In ordinary soil (for CI pipe lines laid outside the building 2 350 700
only) depth not exceeding 1.5m.
- Do - in soft rock 1 450 450
17 Providing and fixing best Indian make CP brass Auto air 2
release valves with isolation valve fixed on GI / CPVC
226
lines. 15mm n.b air valve with 15mm isolation valve. 1550 3100
18 Making connection from the existing Municipal Water set 1 10000 10000
main line including permission from the Municipal
Authority, with all liasoning work, submission of drawings
etc complete.
19 Supplying, testing and commissioning automtic level 1 20000 20000
controller(Hi/Low) in over head water tank as per the
dimension of the water tanks including necessary
electical cabling and connection to the pump panel for the
given drawings in complete.
20 Connections to kitchen/laundry equipments from
watersupply pipes with all fittings such as elbows,
reducers, GI to CPVC adapters etc. and including making
good walls and floors wherever required (Astral, Ajay,
Ashirwad Pipes, Supreme, Prince Pipes)
15 dia 5 950 4750
20 dia 1 1100 1100
21 Providing and fixing CI traps of self cleansing design 12 1850 22200
with water seal not less than 50mm 'with or without
vent,including setting the trap in 1:2:4 cement concrete
etc. complete. The trap shall be `P' or `S' 'type as
required. Trap 'with 75 mm inlet .-
22 As in item 21 but with in PVC with 75 mm out let. 2 670 1340
23 Providing and fixing stainless steel grating 'of 18 14 650 9100
gauge thick, with 'circular perforation of 'approved
pattern over CI 'traps. The grating shall be of size 150mm
x 150mm or circular of 150mm dia '(as directed) and shall
'be set in cement, sand mortar 1:3 etc. complete.
24 Providing and fixing uPVC SWR Pipe confirming to IS
13592-92 TYPE B for vertical SW pipes , Rain water, floor
bed, vent and A/C water discharge, including all fittings
with and with out inspection doors, including supports
brackets as per supplier specification and distance,cutting,
chases/holes in walls/floors/slab etc.(Under floor in
toilets, In shafts for Soil/Waste/Vent)(Supreme , Finolex
, Prince Pipes, Jain Pipes)
150mm i/d Rm 5 1200 6000
100mm i/d Rm 15 900 13500
75mm i/d Rm 15 650 9750
65mm i/d Rm 2 500 1000
50mm i/d Rm 5 450 2250
227
25 Supplying, laying, fixing 'jointing & testing
Centrifugally cast 'iron spun soil pipes / sand cast pipes
including 'all fittings with or without inspection doors,
'vents, cowls at top etc. 'jointing with lead caulked
joints, painting all as per 'specification and as directed
by Engineer-in-charge., Including providing and fixing MS
supports for pipes fabricated from MS flats angles and
plates including fixing the brackets to walls, slab, beam
etc.with anchor, fasteners 12mm 'U' or 'J' bolts for fixing
the pipes to clamp painting with one coat of primer and
two coats of approved paint etc. complete.(Under floor in
kitchen for kitchen waste)
150mm i/d Rm 10 RO
100mm i/d Rm 10 RO
75mm i/d Rm 50 RO
40mm i/d Rm 30 RO
26 Providing and fixing in position cast iron rain water 2 4550 9100
inlets with gravel guard and dome type grating specially
cast generally conforming to drgs Inlet for 100mm i/d
pipes. (Neco, Skf, Nagpur Foundries)
27 Providing and fixing cast brass clean out plugs with 2 1950 3900
suitable 'inset keys screwed to CI sockets in CI LA class
pipe lines complete as per specification 150mm dia pipes
28 Supply, fabrication, fixing in position making all inlet 2 5350 10700
connections and, SS fabricated drain boxes size 550 x '250
x 400 deep made of 3mm S.S plate, tube size and number
as required for inlets and outlets, S.S baffle for providing
water seal of min. 35mm. Stainless Steel 'perforated tray
size 380 x 230 'x 75 to retain solids 10 SWG SS 316 S.S
cover, independent perforated cover over tray portion and
fixed cover over outlet portion all detailed in drawing.
29 Providing and fixing CPVC pipes for connecting from
waste appliances to floor trap with all fittings such as
elbows, reducers, suitable adapters etc. and including
making good walls and floors wherever required (Astral,
Ajay, Ashirwad Pipes, Supreme, Prince Pipes)
50 O.D. pipes Rm 3 280 840
40 O.D. pipes Rm 3 250 750
32 O.D. pipes Rm 20 220 4400
30 Providing and fixing uPVC SWR Pipe confirming to IS Rm 10 900 9000
13592-92 TYPE B for vertical SW pipes , Rain water, floor
bed, vent and A/C water discharge, including all fittings
with and with out inspection doors, including supports
brackets as per supplier specification and distance,cutting,
chases/holes in walls/floors/slab etc.(FOR RAIN WATER
DRAIN IN SHAFT): 100mm dia (Supreme , Finolex ,
Prince Pipes, Jain Pipes)
228
31 Providing fixing Heavy duty GI C lass pipes as per IS 1239 Rm 10 1000 10000
,for sump dewatering ,including all fitting as required and
for buried pipes painting with bitumastic paint protection
wrapping with Hasein faced polythelene taping & painting
complete as per specifications. (For pipe lines laid below
ground level and laid in chases in walls. The rate include
for excavation to depth not exceeding 1.5m and for
cutting as required. For sump discharge pipes the pipes
shall be buried from the retaining wall till the external
chamber. Vendors to consider buried pipes specification
for the same. ): 80 dia (Tata , Jindal , Zenith, Surya
Roshni)
32 Excavation in trenches for pipe lines including
trimming bottom and sides cutting for sockets, ramming of
bottom refilling in 200mm layers with 'selected
excavated earth, disposal of surplus earth within 50m
etc. complete.
Depth of excavation not exceeding 1.5m (Excava'tion in Cu.m 6 250 1500
all classes of soil)
Extra over item (1) above 'for depths greater than 1.5m Cu.m 2 600 1200
but not exceeding 3.0m.
33 Providing, Laying, jointing and testing socketed and
spigotted RCC pipes (NP3 class) for Sewerage system
conforming to IS:458 collars jointed with stiff mixture of
cement mortar in the proporation of 1:2 (1 cement : 2 find
sand) laid to correct levels below ground in trenches upto
required depth including excavation in all kind of soil (hard
/ soft), dewatering, refilling, watering, ramming and
removing the surplus excavated material and making good
the same complete as required. Cost shall be inclusive of
providing protection to pipe all round / haunches as per
specification. ( For Sewer pipes ) (Pranali, Shreeji,
Pawan)
100 mm i/d Rm 2 600 1200
150 mm i/d Rm 10 750 7500
34 Providing, Laying, jointing and testing socketed and Rm 10 750 7500
spigotted RCC pipes (NP2 class) for storm water
drainage system conforming to IS:458 collars jointed with
stiff mixture of cement mortar in the proporation of 1:2 (1
cement : 2 find sand) laid to correct levels below ground in
trenches upto required depth including excavation in all
kind of soil (hard / soft), dewatering, refilling, watering,
ramming and removing the surplus excavated material and
making good the same complete as required. Cost shall be
inclusive of providing protection to pipe all round /
haunches as per specification.( For storm water pipes ):
150mm i/d (Pranali, Shreeji, Pawan)
35 Providing cement concrete 1:3:6 for bedding haunches & Cu.m 1 5500 5500
envelopes for pipe lines including mixing, placing, form
229
work, curing etc. complete
36 Providing & fixing square mouth salt glazed stoneware 2
gully trap class A with CI grating at top including
embedding the trap in cement concrete 1:2:4 construction
of brick masonry chamber internal clear size 300 x 300mm
in brick masonry 250mm thick in cement sand mortar 1:5
over 1:4:8 cement concrete 'bed 150mm thick, plastering
inside outside and all exposed surfaces with 1:3 cement
sand plaster 15mm thick providing and fixing CI frame &
cover size 300 x 300mm weighing together not less than
7.8Kgms painting all CI items with 3 coats of approved
bitumastic paint etc. complete. (Rajora , Equivalent)
Gully trap with 150 x 150 inlet & 150mm outlet. 3000 6000
37 Construction of brick masonry inspection chambers with
first quality burnt bricks in cement mortar 1:5, 250mm
thick over 1:4:8 cement concrete foundation, 1:2:4 cement
concrete for benching and channel cement mortar plaster
1:3 '20mm thick on inside outside and all exposed faces
providing & fixing cast iron steps if depth of chamber
exceeds 1000mm etc. complete.(Size 450x 450mm)
Size of chamber 900mm x 450mm inside clear for sewer 2 10500 21000
lines depth not exceeding 1500mm with heavy duty FRP
frame & cover. Size 900 x 450 weighing (suitable for
withstand 40 tonne load)
same as above for 450x450mm catch basins 2 8500 17000
38 Oil Traps with CI/HDPE heavy duty(25ton) 1 100000 100000
grease trap . Size of oil trap shall be
2.5mx1.2mx1.8m or NS10 easy clean grease trap
39 Providing and installing RO system with 900 litres daily 1 100000 100000
capacity of reputed brand like AquaGaurd/Kent equivalent.
40 Making connection from the existing Municipal Sewer 1 0 0
main line including permission from the Municipal
Authority, with all liasoning work, submission of drawings
etc complete.
41 Making connection from the existing Municipal Storm 1 0 0
Water main and permission from the Municipal Authority,
with all liasoning work,submission of drawings etc
complete.
TOTAL (F) 596115
G HVAC WORKS
230
1 Supply & Installation Testing & commissioning of 2 tons 6 65000 390000
Aircooled cassettte type Airconditioners comprising Indoor
Air Handling Unit, Outdoor Condensing unit, isolating
valves, thermostatic control, safety cutouts, (condensor
mounting stand excluded) and vibration isolation pads with
hard/soft copper Refrigerant piping, complete with fittings,
elbows, bends, supporting arrangement on walls, cable
trays/trenches.(MAKE : Bluestar/Daikin/Hitachi/Carrier
). 100% copper condencor 3 star rating
2 Supply and install kitchen exhaust hood as indicated.The r.mts 20 15000 300000
hood shall be constructed out of 18 gauge, (type 304)
stainless steel with satin finish. Hood shall be constructed
using the standing seam method for optimum strength.
The seams on the canopy shall be welded liquidtight, and
all exposed external welds shall be ground and polished to
match the original finish of the metal. Hood shall include
certified grease extractor type, high efficiency cartridge
style baffle filters of adequate number and sizes to ensure
optimum performance in accordance with manufacturer‟s
published information. Vapor proof recessed light fixtures
shall be prewired to a junction box situated at the top of the
hood for field connection. Ventilator complete with control
panel with a kitchen exhaust fan on/off switch, alarm reset
push-button, alarm buzzer and lamps to indicate Power On,
Maintenance Required, Access Open, No Airflow and Fire.
3 Supply & Installation Testing & commissioning of r.mts 20 5000 100000
Mechanical ventilation system inclusive of all components
like centrifugal fans, G.I. ductings, diffusers, insulation etc.
preparing of shop drawings in accordance to the design
standards and specifications of CPWD
TOTAL (G) 790000
H ELECTRICAL WORKS
H.1 MAIN DISTRIBUTION BOARD'S
Providing, installing, commissioning & testing, Main
Distribution boards IP-42 protection with MCB, RCCB,
inter connections, earthing, DB chart etc. complete as per
specifications & make as specified.(Siemens, Havells,
MCB, equivalent)
Note : -
i. All the MCB's shall be "C" Curve Characteristic.
ii. Laminated A3 or A4 size SLD & control drawings
copy shall be pasted inside the DB door.
12 Way TPN MCB DB comprising of Nos. 1 28500 28500
INCOMER
1 No. 63 Amp. TPN MCB 10kA
PHASE CONTROL
231
3Nos. - 63A DP RCCB 100mA sensitivity
Outgoing
12 No-40A SP MCB (10KA)
TOTAL 28500
H.2 SUB MAIN WIRING (Polycab, Finolex, Havells,)
a Circuit wiring
Supplying & fixing following rigid 20 mm Heavy Duty
G.I conduit pipe accessories ( coupling , junction boxe) all
complete as per direction/drawing.
i 2 x 2.5 Sq.mm + 1 x 1.5 Sq.mm wires in 20mm Heavy Nos. 9 10692
Duty G.I conduit pipe - ( DB to 5/6A switch boards - 1,188.00
Average length 12/14 Mtr)
ii 2 x 4 Sq.mm + 1 x 2.5 Sq.mm wires in 25mm Heavy Duty Nos. 5 7810
G.I conduit pipe .DB to 15/16A switch boards - Average 1,562.00
length 12/14 Mtr)
iii 2 x 4 Sq.mm + 1 x 2.5 Sq.mm wires in 25mm Heavy Duty Nos. 5 7810
G.I conduit pipe .DB to AC switch boards- Average length 1,562.00
10/12 Mtr).
TOTAL 26312
H.3 KITCHEN LIGHTING AND POWER POINT
WIRING (Polycab, Finolex, Havells,)
1 Point wiring
Providing point wiring for following points using 2 Nos. x
1.5 Sq.mm & 1 No. x 1.5 Sq.mm FRLS copper conductor
wires in Heavy Duty G.I conduit pipe of minimum 20mm
dia. With necessary conduit accessories, complete with
flush mounted shock proof switch accessories and
Industrial type switches of approved make fixed on
manufactures standard Back boxes all complete as per
direction
i One Light Point Control by 6 Amp. S.P. Switch Nos. 9 1075 9675
ii Two Light Point Control by 6 Amp. S.P. Switch Nos. 31 1400 43400
iii Exhaust fan point controlled by 6 Amp. S.P. switch Nos. 7 1075 7525
2 Providing & fixing modular type 3 Pin, 6 Amp. Switch

socket outlet secondary ( Half Point) with internal
looping complete.
i One 5/6 Amp switch with socket Nos. 14 550 7700
3 Providing & fixing modular type 3 Pin, 15 Amp. Industrial
type Switch socket outlet secondary ( Half Point) with
internal looping complete.
i One 20 Amp Industrial type switch with socket Nos. 14 1,450.00 20300
232
4 Providing & fixing modular type 3 Pin, 20 Amp. Industrial
type Switch socket outlet complete for AC point.
i One 20 Amp Industrial type switch Nos. 4 1,450.00 5800

5 Providing & fixing (concealed/surface in wall/wooden Nos. 30 1,250.00 37500
panel) suitable standard Back box with approved
Industrial/Normal type modular plate with all accesories as
per the drawing as required. (For TEL point, 5/6 power
point,16 amps power points, AC Switch board etc.)
TOTAL 131900
H.4 TELEPHONE NETWORK
1 Providing and fixing 150 mm x 150 mm LV Box with MS Nos. 1 1075 1075
powder coated enclosure flush / wall mounted suitable for
1 no. 5 pair TTB.
3 Providing and making wiring using 2 Pair 0.51 sqmm Tin Nos. 4 4000
Copper telephone cable in 20/25mm dia. Heavy duty G.I 1,000.00
conduit for industrial type telephone outlet socket in office
from TTB to respective flush mounted modular type,
telephone jack type outlet socket point ( Average length 8
Mtr. per telephone point)
4 Providing and fixing flush mounted Industrial type Nos. 4 3500

telephone jack type outlet socket (RJ -11) of approved 875.00
make fixed manufactures standard G.I. Boxes flush with
wall / wooden panel all complete as per direction
TOTAL 8575
H.5 Fixtures
i Supply & Installation of ceiling light fixtures(T) inclusive Nos. 13 2000 26000
of Lamps/Tubes, control gears and necessary supports
from ceiling/ wall & foundation work for external fixtures
complete in all respect as per sample approval of Architect
/ Client.300x300 18/20 watt LED Panel recessed
light.(Wipro/GM/Urja/Phillips/Syska)
ii Supply & Installation of ceiling light fixtures(CL) inclusive Nos. 48 4000 192000
of Lamps/Tubes, control gears and necessary supports
from ceiling/ wall & foundation work for external fixtures
complete in all respect as per sample approval of Architect
/ Client.600x600 40 watt LED Panel recessed light.
(Wipro/GM/Urja/Phillips/Syska)
233
iii Supply & Installation of exhaust fan inclusive all Nos. 3 1720 5160
necessary supports from ceiling/ wall & foundation work
for external fixtures complete in all respect as per sample
approval of Architect / Client. ( Almonard, CBDoctors
Vents, EPC, Airovient )
iv. Supply & Installation of 40 watts LED tube light fixtures Nos. 4 1720 6880
inclusive of Lamps/Tubes, control gears and necessary
supports from ceiling/ wall & foundation work for external
fixtures complete in all respect as per sample approval of
Architect / Client.(Wipro/GM/Urja/Phillips/Syska)
TOTAL 230040
TOTAL (H) 425327
TOTAL (A+B+C+D+E+F+G+H) 8748930
I/ We agree to carry out of the work at (in figures)……………………………% (in

words)…………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………..% at par/above/below the schedule rates.
In case of discrepancy in the amount quoted, the amount quoted in figures will be taken into
consideration.
Rates Quoted are exclusive of all applicable taxes. HSN/SAC Code under GST may be
specified.
Signature of the authorized signatory and company /

Organization
(Name of the authorized signatory)

Address
SEAL OF THE COMPANY
*************************END OF THE TENDER DOCUMENT**********
234
Digitally signed
by
MILINDKUMAR
HEMRAJ
BORKAR
Date: 2019.05.31
17:30:24 IST
Reason: PDF
Authenticated

Irctc Specification

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Titolo originale

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Irctc Specification

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

INDIAN RAILWAY CATERING AND TOURISM CORPORATION LIMITED

(A Government of India Enterprise – Mini Ratna)

CIN No. U74899DL1999GOI101707

E-OPEN TENDER DOCUMENT (TWO BID SYSTEM)

(Tender No. 2019/IRCTC/WZ/BK-Renovation/Nagpur)

Name of the work

Date and Time of [02/07/2019] at 15:30 hrs

Estimated Defect liability 60 days from the date of completion.

1. E - OPEN TENDER NOTICE 4-6

3. ESSENTIAL QUALIFYING CRITERIA 7-12

4. INSTRUCTIONS TO TENDERERS 13 -17

5. E-OPEN TENDER APPLICATION 18

6. ENCLOSURES [Appendix] 19-20

COMPANY DETAILS: [Appendix- A]

7. AFFIDAVIT FOR SOLE PROPRIETORSHIP OF FIRM: Appendix A- 1 21

8. CONSTITUTION OF FIRM – SOLE PARTNERSHIP/ LTD.CO. [Appendix A-2] 22

9. LIST OF ALL SIMILAR NATURE WORKS COMPLETED [Appendix A-3] 23

11. STATEMENT OF FACTS BY BIDDER [Appendix- A/5] 25

12. AGREEMENT TOWARDS WAIVER UNDER ARBITRATION AND CONCILLIATION

15. STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT 32-73

GENERAL OBLIGATIONS, EXECUTION OF WORKS, CLAIMS, MEASUREMENTS, CERTIFICATES

16. SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT 73-74

17. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS & STANDARDS 74-211

18. DETAILED LAYOUT & DRAWINGS 21 2

19. LIST OF APPROVED BRANDS 213-217

20. FINACIAL BID 218-234

INDIAN RAILWAY CATERING AND TOURISM CORPORATION LIMITED

1. E - OPEN TENDER NOTICE

For GGM /West Zone

2. NOTICE INVITING OPEN TENDER

Name of work Renovation and Upgradation of existing B ase Kitchen at

5. AMENDMENT OF OPEN TENDER DOCUMENT

7. Submission of the tender

8.0 TENDER VALIDITY

For & on behalf of

2. ESSENTIAL QUALIFYING CRITERIA

1. Work Experience/Technical Eligibility

- The contractor should submit d e t a i l s in reference to executed works above from

(b) In case of any information submitted by tenderer is found to be false forged or

5. Execution of Contract Documents: The successful Tenderer(s) shall be required to execute

TENDER FORM (Third Sheet)

SCHEDULE OF RATES AND QUANTITIES

Rates in Figures Amount(₹)

I/We undertake to do the work at __ % above/below the Schedule of Rates of

Signature of the Tenderer(s)

AGREEMENT FOR ZONE CONTRACT

CONTRACT AGREEMENT No._ DATED .

NOW THIS INDENTURE PRESENTS WITNESSETH That in consideration of the payment to be

Signature of witnesses with address

(TENDERER (S) SHOULD CAREFULLY READ THE FOLLOWING

16. The Earnest Money is liable to be forfeited

8. THE BID SO SUBMITTED SHALL COMPRISE FOLLOWING

1. Two bid system process-

Price (financial bid)

7. SECURITY DEPOSIT/ RETENTION MONEY: Security deposit will be 5% of contract

8. EXECUTION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS – The successful tenderer(s) shall be

10. STUDY OF TENDER DOCUMENT & VISIT TO SITE

9. CHECK LIST OF DOCUMENTS TO BE SUBMITTED

i) Technical Bid-Annexure A also works as the checklist of documents to be enclosed.

ii) Price/financial bid

GGM (West Zone),

I/We (authorized representative of the firm) ----------------------------------------------------------------

Signature of the Open Tenderer/s